Glossary
Types of attestation for names and terms of the corresponding source language
This term is attested in a manuscript used as a source for this translation.
This term is attested in other manuscripts with a parallel or similar context.
This term is attested in dictionaries matching Tibetan to the corresponding language.
The attestation of this name is approximate. It is based on other names where the relationship between the Tibetan and source language is attested in dictionaries or other manuscripts.
This term is a reconstruction based on the Tibetan phonetic rendering of the term.
This term is a reconstruction based on the semantics of the Tibetan translation.
This term has been supplied from an unspecified source, which most often is a widely trusted dictionary.
g.1
abdomen is not misshapen
Wylie: sku ma rnyongs pa
Tibetan: སྐུ་མ་རྙོངས་པ།
Sanskrit: abhugnakukṣitā
Fifty-seventh of the eighty minor marks.
g.2
abdomen is slender
Wylie: phyal phyang nge ba
Tibetan: ཕྱལ་ཕྱང་ངེ་བ།
Sanskrit: kṣāmodaratā
Fifty-eighth of the eighty minor marks.
g.3
abdomen that is unwrinkled
Wylie: sku la gnyer ma med pa
Tibetan: སྐུ་ལ་གཉེར་མ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: mṛṣṭakukṣitā
Literally, “unwrinkled body;” fifty-ninth of the eighty minor marks.
g.4
Ābhāsvara
Wylie: ’od gsal
Tibetan: འོད་གསལ།
Sanskrit: ābhāsvara
Sixth god realm of form, meaning “luminosity.”
g.5
abide
Wylie: gnas
Tibetan: གནས།
Sanskrit: adhitiṣṭhati
g.6
abides in the sense field of infinite consciousness
Wylie: rnam shes mtha’ yas skye mched la gnas pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་ཤེས་མཐའ་ཡས་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་ལ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit: vijñānānantyāyatanaṃ viharati
Eighth of the eight sense fields of mastery. See also n.46.
g.7
abides in the sense field of infinite space
Wylie: nam mkha’ mtha’ yas skye mched la gnas pa
Tibetan: ནམ་མཁའ་མཐའ་ཡས་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་ལ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit: ākāśānantyāyatanaṃ viharati
Seventh of the eight sense fields of mastery. See also n.46.
g.8
abiding
Wylie: gnas pa
Tibetan: གནས་པ།
Sanskrit: adhitiṣṭhan
g.9
Abiding in the Real Nature Without Mentation
Wylie: de bzhin nyid la gnas shing sems med pa
Tibetan: དེ་བཞིན་ཉིད་ལ་གནས་ཤིང་སེམས་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: tathatāsthitaniścita
Name of the 108th meditative stability.
g.10
abiding nature of all things
Wylie: chos rnams kyi chos gnas pa nyid
Tibetan: ཆོས་རྣམས་ཀྱི་ཆོས་གནས་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: dharmasthititā
A synonym for emptiness, and the expanse of reality (dharmadhātu).
g.11
abiding nature of phenomena
Wylie: chos gnas pa nyid
Tibetan: ཆོས་གནས་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: dharmasthititā
A synonym for emptiness, and the expanse of reality (dharmadhātu).
g.12
abiding of phenomena in the real nature
Wylie: de bzhin nyid du chos gnas pa
Tibetan: དེ་བཞིན་ཉིད་དུ་ཆོས་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit: tathatādharmasthiti
g.13
Abiding Without Mentation
Wylie: sems med par gnas pa
Tibetan: སེམས་མེད་པར་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit: niścitta
Name of the seventy-third meditative stability.
g.14
abode
Wylie: gnas
Tibetan: གནས།
Sanskrit: layana
Also translated here as “sanctuary,” and “resting place.”
g.15
absence of distinguishing counterparts
Wylie: ldog pa
Tibetan: ལྡོག་པ།
Sanskrit: vyāvṛtti
In Buddhist logic, the term “distinguishing counterpart” (vyāvṛtti, ldog pa) denotes a given phenomenon that conceptually appears to be the opposite of a phenomenon of a dissimilar class but is not actually existent, such as the idea of a specific form that appears in conceptual thought.
g.16
absence of dogmatic assumptions
Wylie: mchog tu ’dzin pa med pa
Tibetan: མཆོག་ཏུ་འཛིན་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: aparāmarśaṇatā
g.17
Absence of Joy with Respect to All Happiness and Suffering
Wylie: bde ba dang sdug bsngal thams cad la mngon par dga’ ba med pa
Tibetan: བདེ་བ་དང་སྡུག་བསྔལ་ཐམས་ཅད་ལ་མངོན་པར་དགའ་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvasukhaduḥkhanirabhinandī
Name of the ninety-third meditative stability.
g.18
absolutely existent
Wylie: yang dag par yongs su grub pa
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པར་ཡོངས་སུ་གྲུབ་པ།
Sanskrit: pariniṣpanna
g.19
absolutely void
Wylie: shin tu dben pa
Tibetan: ཤིན་ཏུ་དབེན་པ།
Sanskrit: atyantavivikta
g.20
absorb
Wylie: sdud par bgyid
Tibetan: སྡུད་པར་བགྱིད།
Sanskrit: parigrahakaroti
g.21
absorption in cessation
Wylie: ’gog pa’i snyoms par ’jug pa
Tibetan: འགོག་པའི་སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit: nirodhasamāpatti
g.22
abundant in splendor
Wylie: dbang ’byor pa
Tibetan: དབང་འབྱོར་པ།
Sanskrit: abhujiṣya
g.23
accept
Wylie: khas len
Tibetan: ཁས་ལེན།
Sanskrit: upaiti
g.24
acceptance
Wylie: bzod pa
Tibetan: བཟོད་པ།
Sanskrit: kṣānti
Third of the four aspects of the path of preparation.Also translated here as “tolerance.”
g.25
acceptance that phenomena are non-arising
Wylie: mi skye pa’i chos la bzod pa
Tibetan: མི་སྐྱེ་པའི་ཆོས་ལ་བཟོད་པ།
Sanskrit: anutapattikadharmakṣānti
The bodhisattvas’ realization that all phenomena are unproduced and empty. It sustains them on the difficult path of benefiting all beings so that they do not succumb to the goal of personal liberation. Different sources link this realization to the first or eighth bodhisattva level (bhūmi).
g.26
accepted
Wylie: yongs su zin pa
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་ཟིན་པ།
Sanskrit: parigṛhīta
Also translated here as “favored.”
g.27
accommodate
Wylie: go ’byed
Tibetan: གོ་འབྱེད།
Sanskrit: avakāśa bhavati
g.28
Accumulation of All Attributes
Wylie: yon tan thams cad kyi tshogs su gyur pa
Tibetan: ཡོན་ཏན་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་ཚོགས་སུ་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvaguṇasaṃcaya
Name of the seventy-second meditative stability.
g.29
acquire the precepts on the basis of actual reality
Wylie: chos nyid kyis thob pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཉིད་ཀྱིས་ཐོབ་པ།
Sanskrit: dharmatāpratilambhika
The acquisition of vows through direct insight into the nature of reality rather than through formal ceremony.
g.30
acquisitiveness
Wylie: kun tu ’dzin pa’i sems, yongs su ’dzin pa
Tibetan: ཀུན་ཏུ་འཛིན་པའི་སེམས།, ཡོངས་སུ་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit: āgrahacitta, udgrahacitta, parigraha
g.31
actions (physical, verbal and mental) that are tainted with the inadmissible transgressions
Wylie: (lus kyi las dang ngag gi las dang yid kyi) las kha na ma tho ba dang bcas pa
Tibetan: ༼ལུས་ཀྱི་ལས་དང་ངག་གི་ལས་དང་ཡིད་ཀྱི༽ ལས་ཁ་ན་མ་ཐོ་བ་དང་བཅས་པ།
Sanskrit: sāvadyasya kāyavāgmanaskarma
g.32
actor
Wylie: byed pa po
Tibetan: བྱེད་པ་པོ།
Sanskrit: kartṛ
g.33
actual birth
Wylie: skye ba
Tibetan: སྐྱེ་བ།
Sanskrit: jāti
Eleventh of the twelve links of dependent origination.
g.34
actualize
Wylie: mngon sum du byed, mngon par grub
Tibetan: མངོན་སུམ་དུ་བྱེད།, མངོན་པར་གྲུབ།
Sanskrit: sākṣātkaroti, abhinirvartate, abhinirharati
g.35
actualize formative predispositions
Wylie: ’du byed rnams mngon par ’du byed
Tibetan: འདུ་བྱེད་རྣམས་མངོན་པར་འདུ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: abhisaṃskārān abhisaṃskaroti
g.36
Adamantine
Wylie: rdo rje lta bu
Tibetan: རྡོ་རྗེ་ལྟ་བུ།
Sanskrit: vajropama
Name of the tenth meditative stability.
g.37
adamantine gnosis
Wylie: rdo rje lta bu’i ye shes
Tibetan: རྡོ་རྗེ་ལྟ་བུའི་ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: vajropamajñāna
g.38
adamantine meditative stability
Wylie: rdo rje lta bu’i ting nge ’dzin
Tibetan: རྡོ་རྗེ་ལྟ་བུའི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit: vajropamasamādhi
g.39
adopt the precepts
Wylie: yang dag pa blang
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པ་བླང་།
Sanskrit: samādānavirati
g.40
advance courageously
Wylie: gnon
Tibetan: གནོན།
Sanskrit: parākramate
g.41
advantage
Wylie: phan yon
Tibetan: ཕན་ཡོན།
Sanskrit: anuśaṃsā
g.42
afflicted
Wylie: kun nas nyon mongs pa, nyon mongs
Tibetan: ཀུན་ནས་ཉོན་མོངས་པ།, ཉོན་མོངས།
Sanskrit: saṃkleśika, vihanyati
See “afflicted mental state.”
g.43
afflicted mental state
Wylie: nyon mongs, kun nas nyong mongs pa, sems las byung ba’i nye ba’i nyon mongs pa
Tibetan: ཉོན་མོངས།, ཀུན་ནས་ཉོང་མོངས་པ།, སེམས་ལས་བྱུང་བའི་ཉེ་བའི་ཉོན་མོངས་པ།
Sanskrit: kleśa, saṃkleśa, caitasikopakleśa
The essentially pure nature of mind is obscured and afflicted by various psychological defilements known as the afflicted mental states, which destroy the mind’s peace and composure. Included among them are the primary afflictions of fundamental ignorance, attachment, aversion, pride, doubt, and twenty subsidiary afflictions.
g.44
afraid and terrified (be)
Wylie: dngang la dngang bar ’gyur
Tibetan: དངང་ལ་དངང་བར་འགྱུར།
Sanskrit: saṃtrāsamāpatsyate
g.45
afraid (be)
Wylie: dngang
Tibetan: དངང་།
Sanskrit: saṃtrāsam apadyate
g.46
afraid (will be)
Wylie: dngang bar ’gyur
Tibetan: དངང་བར་འགྱུར།
Sanskrit: samtrāsam āpatsyate
g.47
agent
Wylie: byed du ’jug pa po, byed pa po
Tibetan: བྱེད་དུ་འཇུག་པ་པོ།, བྱེད་པ་པོ།
Sanskrit: kārāpaka, kartṛ
g.48
aggregate of consciousness
Wylie: rnam par shes pa’i phung po
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པའི་ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit: vijñānaskandha
Fifth of the five psycho-physical aggregates.
g.49
aggregate of ethical discipline
Wylie: tshul khrims kyi phung po
Tibetan: ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས་ཀྱི་ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit: śīlaskandha
First of the five definitive aggregates.
g.50
aggregate of feelings
Wylie: tshor ba’i phung po
Tibetan: ཚོར་བའི་ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit: vedanāskandha
Second of the five psycho-physical aggregates.
g.51
aggregate of formative predispositions
Wylie: ’du byed kyi phung po
Tibetan: འདུ་བྱེད་ཀྱི་ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit: saṃskāraskandha
Fourth of the five psycho-physical aggregates.
g.52
aggregate of liberation
Wylie: rnam par grol ba’i phung po
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་གྲོལ་བའི་ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit: vimuktiskandha
Fourth of the five definitive aggregates.
g.53
aggregate of meditative stability
Wylie: ting nge ’dzin gyi phung po
Tibetan: ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་གྱི་ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit: samādhiskandha
Second of the five definitive aggregates.
g.54
aggregate of perceptions
Wylie: ’du shes kyi phung po
Tibetan: འདུ་ཤེས་ཀྱི་ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit: saṃjñāskandha
Third of the five psycho-physical aggregates.
g.55
aggregate of physical forms
Wylie: gzugs kyi phung po
Tibetan: གཟུགས་ཀྱི་ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit: rūpaskandha
First of the five psycho-physical aggregates.
g.56
aggregate of the perception of liberating gnosis
Wylie: rnam par grol ba’i ye shes mthong ba’i phung po
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་གྲོལ་བའི་ཡེ་ཤེས་མཐོང་བའི་ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit: vimuktijñānadarśanaskandha
Fifth of the five definitive aggregates.
g.57
aggregate of wisdom
Wylie: shes rab kyi phung po
Tibetan: ཤེས་རབ་ཀྱི་ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit: prajñāskandha
Third of the five definitive aggregates.
g.58
aging and death
Wylie: rga shi
Tibetan: རྒ་ཤི།
Sanskrit: jarāmaraṇa
Twelfth of the twelve links of dependent origination.
g.59
agitation
Wylie: ’khrugs pa
Tibetan: འཁྲུགས་པ།
Sanskrit: kṣobhaṇa
g.60
agitation and regret
Wylie: rgod pa dang ’gyod pa
Tibetan: རྒོད་པ་དང་འགྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit: auddhatyakaukṛtya
One of the five obscurations.
g.61
Akaniṣṭha
Wylie: ’og min
Tibetan: འོག་མིན།
Sanskrit: akaniṣṭha
Fifth of the pure abodes, meaning “highest.”
g.62
Akṣobhya
Wylie: mi ’khrugs pa
Tibetan: མི་འཁྲུགས་པ།
Sanskrit: akṣobhya
Lit. “Not Disturbed” or “Immovable One.” The buddha in the eastern realm of Abhirati. A well-known buddha in Mahāyāna, regarded in the higher tantras as the head of one of the five buddha families, the vajra family in the east.
g.63
alert
Wylie: shes bzhin can
Tibetan: ཤེས་བཞིན་ཅན།
Sanskrit: saṃprajāna
g.64
alertness
Wylie: shes bzhin
Tibetan: ཤེས་བཞིན།
Sanskrit: samprajanya
g.65
alien
Wylie: ’gyes pa
Tibetan: འགྱེས་པ།
Sanskrit: parataḥ
g.66
alienated (be)
Wylie: sems gzhan du ’gyur, gzhan nyid du ’gyur
Tibetan: སེམས་གཞན་དུ་འགྱུར།, གཞན་ཉིད་དུ་འགྱུར།
Sanskrit: cittasyānyathā bhavati, anyatvamāpadyate
g.67
all the activities of their bodies are preceded by gnosis and followed by gnosis
Wylie: lus kyi las thams cad ye shes sngon du ’gro zhing ye shes kyi rjes su ’brang ba
Tibetan: ལུས་ཀྱི་ལས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཡེ་ཤེས་སྔོན་དུ་འགྲོ་ཞིང་ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀྱི་རྗེས་སུ་འབྲང་བ།
Sanskrit: sarvakāyakarmajñānapūrvagamaṃ jñānānuparivarti
Thirteenth or sixteenth of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.68
all the activities of their minds are preceded by gnosis and followed by gnosis
Wylie: yid kyi las thams cad ye shes sngon du ’gro zhing ye shes kyi rjes su ’brang ba
Tibetan: ཡིད་ཀྱི་ལས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཡེ་ཤེས་སྔོན་དུ་འགྲོ་ཞིང་ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀྱི་རྗེས་སུ་འབྲང་བ།
Sanskrit: sarvamanaḥkarmajñānapūrvagamaṃ jñānānuparivarti
Fifteenth or eighteenth of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.69
all the activities of their speech are preceded by gnosis and followed by gnosis
Wylie: ngag gi las thams cad ye shes sngon du ’gro zhing ye shes kyi rjes su ’brang ba
Tibetan: ངག་གི་ལས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཡེ་ཤེས་སྔོན་དུ་འགྲོ་ཞིང་ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀྱི་རྗེས་སུ་འབྲང་བ།
Sanskrit: sarvavākkarmajñānapūrvagamaṃ jñānānuparivarti
Fourteenth of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.70
ally
Wylie: dpung gnyen
Tibetan: དཔུང་གཉེན།
Sanskrit: parāyaṇa
g.71
alms bowl
Wylie: lhung bzed
Tibetan: ལྷུང་བཟེད།
Sanskrit: paṭapātra
g.72
already
Wylie: phyis
Tibetan: ཕྱིས།
Sanskrit: eva
g.73
alteration
Wylie: gzhan du ’gyur ba
Tibetan: གཞན་དུ་འགྱུར་བ།
Sanskrit: anyathātva
g.74
Amoghadarśin
Wylie: mthong ba don yod
Tibetan: མཐོང་བ་དོན་ཡོད།
Sanskrit: amoghadarśin
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.75
amply curved shoulders
Wylie: dpung mgo shin tu zlum po
Tibetan: དཔུང་མགོ་ཤིན་ཏུ་ཟླུམ་པོ།
Sanskrit: susaṃvṛtaskandhatā
Sixteenth of the thirty-two major marks.
g.76
Anabhraka
Wylie: sprin med, mi che ba
Tibetan: སྤྲིན་མེད།, མི་ཆེ་བ།
Sanskrit: anabhraka
Tenth god realm of form, meaning “cloudless.”
g.77
Ānanda
Wylie: kun dga’ bo
Tibetan: ཀུན་དགའ་བོ།
Sanskrit: ānanda
A major śrāvaka disciple and personal attendant of the Buddha Śākyamuni during the last twenty-five years of his life. He was a cousin of the Buddha (according to the Mahāvastu, he was a son of Śuklodana, one of the brothers of King Śuddhodana, which means he was a brother of Devadatta; other sources say he was a son of Amṛtodana, another brother of King Śuddhodana, which means he would have been a brother of Aniruddha).Ānanda, having always been in the Buddha’s presence, is said to have memorized all the teachings he heard and is celebrated for having recited all the Buddha’s teachings by memory at the first council of the Buddhist saṅgha, thus preserving the teachings after the Buddha’s parinirvāṇa. The phrase “Thus did I hear at one time,” found at the beginning of the sūtras, usually stands for his recitation of the teachings. He became a patriarch after the passing of Mahākāśyapa.
g.78
anger
Wylie: khro ba
Tibetan: ཁྲོ་བ།
Sanskrit: krodha
g.79
Anikṣiptadhura
Wylie: brtson pa mi gtong ba
Tibetan: བརྩོན་པ་མི་གཏོང་བ།
Sanskrit: anikṣiptadhura
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.80
animal realm
Wylie: dud ’gro
Tibetan: དུད་འགྲོ།
Sanskrit: tīryag
g.81
animalcule
Wylie: srin bu
Tibetan: སྲིན་བུ།
Sanskrit: krimi
g.82
ankles are inconspicuous
Wylie: long bu rnams mi mngon pa
Tibetan: ལོང་བུ་རྣམས་མི་མངོན་པ།
Sanskrit: gūḍhagulphatā
Thirteenth of the eighty minor marks.
g.83
annoyance
Wylie: ’tshig pa
Tibetan: འཚིག་པ།
Sanskrit: pradāśa
g.84
antigod
Wylie: lha ma yin
Tibetan: ལྷ་མ་ཡིན།
Sanskrit: asura
A class of superhuman beings or demigods engendered and dominated by envy, ambition, and hostility, who are metaphorically described as being incessantly embroiled in a dispute with the gods over the possession of a magical tree.
g.85
Anupamacintin
Wylie: blo gros dpe med
Tibetan: བློ་གྲོས་དཔེ་མེད།
Sanskrit: anupamacintin
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.86
Aparagodānīya
Wylie: ba glang spyod
Tibetan: བ་གླང་སྤྱོད།
Sanskrit: aparagodānīya
The western continent of the human world according to traditional Indian cosmology, characterized as “rich in the resources of cattle.”
g.87
apathy
Wylie: mngon par mi brtson pa
Tibetan: མངོན་པར་མི་བརྩོན་པ།
Sanskrit: nirabhiyoga
g.88
aphorisms
Wylie: ched du brjod pa’i sde
Tibetan: ཆེད་དུ་བརྗོད་པའི་སྡེ།
Sanskrit: udāna
Fifth of the twelve branches of the scriptures.
g.89
Appeasing of All Deviations and Obstacles
Wylie: ’gal ba dang ’gog pa med pa
Tibetan: འགལ་བ་དང་འགོག་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvanirodhavirodhasaṃpraśamana
Name of the ninety-eighth meditative stability.
g.90
apperception
Wylie: rnam par rig pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་རིག་པ།
Sanskrit: vijjñapti
g.91
application of mindfulness which, with regard to feelings, observes feelings
Wylie: tshor ba’i rjes su lta ba’i dran pa nye bar gzhag pa
Tibetan: ཚོར་བའི་རྗེས་སུ་ལྟ་བའི་དྲན་པ་ཉེ་བར་གཞག་པ།
Sanskrit: vedanānupaśyīsmṛtyupasthāna
Second of the four applications of mindfulness. For a description see 8.14.
g.92
application of mindfulness which, with regard to phenomena, observes phenomena
Wylie: chos kyi rjes su lta ba’i dran pa nye bar gzhag pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་རྗེས་སུ་ལྟ་བའི་དྲན་པ་ཉེ་བར་གཞག་པ།
Sanskrit: dharmānupaśyīsmṛtyupasthāna
Fourth of the four applications of mindfulness. For a description, see 8.16.
g.93
application of mindfulness which, with regard to the mind, observes the mind
Wylie: sems kyi rjes su lta ba’i dran pa nye bar gzhag pa
Tibetan: སེམས་ཀྱི་རྗེས་སུ་ལྟ་བའི་དྲན་པ་ཉེ་བར་གཞག་པ།
Sanskrit: cittānupaśyīsmṛtyupasthāna
Third of the four applications of mindfulness. For a description, see 8.15.
g.94
application of mindfulness which, with regard to the physical body, observes the physical body
Wylie: lus kyi rjes su lta ba’i dran pa nye bar gzhag pa
Tibetan: ལུས་ཀྱི་རྗེས་སུ་ལྟ་བའི་དྲན་པ་ཉེ་བར་གཞག་པ།
Sanskrit: kāyānupaśyīsmṛtyupasthāna
First of the four applications of mindfulness. For a description, see 8.13.
g.95
applications of mindfulness
Wylie: dran pa nye bar gzhag pa
Tibetan: དྲན་པ་ཉེ་བར་གཞག་པ།
Sanskrit: smṛtyupasthāna
See “four applications of mindfulness.”
g.96
apprehend
Wylie: dmigs
Tibetan: དམིགས།
Sanskrit: upalabhate
Also translated here as “focus on.”
g.97
apprehended
Wylie: dmigs su yod pa
Tibetan: དམིགས་སུ་ཡོད་པ།
Sanskrit: upalabdhya, upalabdha
g.98
apprehensible
Wylie: dmigs su yod pa
Tibetan: དམིགས་སུ་ཡོད་པ།
Sanskrit: upalabdhya, upalabdha
g.99
apprehension
Wylie: dmigs pa
Tibetan: དམིགས་པ།
Sanskrit: upalambha
dmigs (pa) translates a number of Sanskrit terms, including ālambana, upalabdhi, and ālambate. These terms commonly refer to the apprehending of a subject, an object, and the relationships that exist between them. The term may also be translated as “referentiality,” meaning a system based on the existence of referent objects, referent subjects, and the referential relationships that exist between them. As part of their doctrine of “threefold nonapprehending/nonreferentiality” (’khor gsum mi dmigs pa), Mahāyāna Buddhists famously assert that all three categories of apprehending lack substantiality.
g.100
appropriate
Wylie: yongs su ’dzin
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit: parigṛhṇāti
g.101
Apramāṇābha
Wylie: tshad med ’od
Tibetan: ཚད་མེད་འོད།
Sanskrit: apramāṇābha
Fifth god realm of form, meaning “immeasurable radiance.”
g.102
Apramāṇaśubha
Wylie: tshad med dge
Tibetan: ཚད་མེད་དགེ
Sanskrit: apramāṇaśubha
Eighth god realm of form, meaning “immeasurable virtue.”
g.103
Arapacana alphabet
Wylie: a ra pa tsa na
Tibetan: ཨ་ར་པ་ཙ་ན།
Sanskrit: arapacana
The alphabet of the Kharoṣṭhī script, forming an important dhāraṇī.
g.104
arhat
Wylie: dgra bcom pa
Tibetan: དགྲ་བཅོམ་པ།
Sanskrit: arhat
Fourth of the four fruits attainable by śrāvakas. One who has eliminated all afflicted mental states and personally ended the cycle of rebirth.
g.105
arising
Wylie: skye ba
Tibetan: སྐྱེ་བ།
Sanskrit: utpādita
g.106
armor-like attainment
Wylie: go cha’i sgrub pa
Tibetan: གོ་ཆའི་སྒྲུབ་པ།
Sanskrit: sannāhapratipatti
g.107
arms and legs are compact
Wylie: phyag dang zhabs yongs su rgyas pa
Tibetan: ཕྱག་དང་ཞབས་ཡོངས་སུ་རྒྱས་པ།
Sanskrit: utsadagātratā
Twenty-ninth of the eighty minor marks.
g.108
arms and legs, as intended
Wylie: phyag dang zhabs ji ltar dgongs pa bzhin dang ldan pa
Tibetan: ཕྱག་དང་ཞབས་ཇི་ལྟར་དགོངས་པ་བཞིན་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: yathepsitapāṇipādatā
Thirtieth of the eighty minor marks.
g.109
arms that reach down to his knees when standing, without bending down
Wylie: bzhengs bzhin du ma btud par phyag pus mor sleb pa
Tibetan: བཞེངས་བཞིན་དུ་མ་བཏུད་པར་ཕྱག་པུས་མོར་སླེབ་པ།
Sanskrit: paṭūrubāhatā
Ninth of the thirty-two major marks.
g.110
army
Wylie: dpung gi tshogs
Tibetan: དཔུང་གི་ཚོགས།
Sanskrit: balakāya
g.111
aromatic jar
Wylie: phog phor
Tibetan: ཕོག་ཕོར།
Sanskrit: dhūpaghaṭikā
g.112
Asaṅga
Wylie: thogs med
Tibetan: ཐོགས་མེད།
Sanskrit: asaṅga
Indian commentator (fl. late fourth–early fifth centuries).
g.113
Ascertainment of Names
Wylie: ming nges par ’jug pa
Tibetan: མིང་ངེས་པར་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit: nāmaniyatapraveśa
Name of the sixty-sixth meditative stability.
g.114
ascetic supremacy
Wylie: brtul zhugs mchog ’dzin
Tibetan: བརྟུལ་ཞུགས་མཆོག་འཛིན།
Sanskrit: vrataparāmarśa
Fourth of the four knots.
g.115
Aśoka
Wylie: mya ngan med
Tibetan: མྱ་ངན་མེད།
Sanskrit: aśoka
Mauryan emperor (304–232 ʙᴄᴇ).
g.116
aspect of liberation
Wylie: rnam par thar pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པ།
Sanskrit: vimokṣa
See “eight aspects of liberation.”
g.117
aspirationlessness
Wylie: smon pa med pa
Tibetan: སྨོན་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: apraṇihita
Third of the three gateways to liberation.
g.118
assembly
Wylie: g.yog ’khor
Tibetan: གཡོག་འཁོར།
Sanskrit: parivāra
Also translated here as “retinue.”
g.119
associate
Wylie: sbyor
Tibetan: སྦྱོར།
Sanskrit: yojayati
To associate something with something.
g.120
asylum
Wylie: rten
Tibetan: རྟེན།
Sanskrit: upāśraya
g.121
at will
Wylie: ’dod na
Tibetan: འདོད་ན།
Sanskrit: ākāṅkṣamāṇa
g.122
Atapa
Wylie: mi gdung ba
Tibetan: མི་གདུང་བ།
Sanskrit: atapa
Second of the pure abodes, meaning “painless.”
g.123
attach importance to
Wylie: lhur len
Tibetan: ལྷུར་ལེན།
Sanskrit: guruko bhavati
g.124
attached to
Wylie: chags
Tibetan: ཆགས།
Sanskrit: sajjati
g.125
attachment to the world system of form
Wylie: gzugs kyi ’dod chags
Tibetan: གཟུགས་ཀྱི་འདོད་ཆགས།
Sanskrit: ruparāga
First of the five fetters associated with the higher realms.
g.126
attachment to the world system of formlessness
Wylie: gzugs med pa’i ’dod chags
Tibetan: གཟུགས་མེད་པའི་འདོད་ཆགས།
Sanskrit: ārūpyarāga
Second of the five fetters associated with the higher realms.
g.127
attainment
Wylie: thob pa
Tibetan: ཐོབ་པ།
Sanskrit: prāpti
g.128
attainment of manifest enlightenment
Wylie: mngon par byang chub pa
Tibetan: མངོན་པར་བྱང་ཆུབ་པ།
Sanskrit: abhibodhana
g.129
attention
Wylie: yid la byed pa
Tibetan: ཡིད་ལ་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: manaskāra
Also translated here as “attentiveness.”(See also n.157).
g.130
attentiveness
Wylie: yid la byed pa
Tibetan: ཡིད་ལ་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: manaskāra
Also translated here as “attention.”(See also n.157).
g.131
attitude free from hostility
Wylie: zhe ’gras pa med pa’i sems
Tibetan: ཞེ་འགྲས་པ་མེད་པའི་སེམས།
Sanskrit: apratihatacitta
g.132
attract
Wylie: sdud par byed pa, yongs su sdud
Tibetan: སྡུད་པར་བྱེད་པ།, ཡོངས་སུ་སྡུད།
Sanskrit: saṃgṛhnati, anughṛhṇāti
g.133
attractive
Wylie: sdug pa
Tibetan: སྡུག་པ།
Sanskrit: śubha
g.134
aureole
Wylie: ’od
Tibetan: འོད།
Sanskrit: prabhā
Also translated here as “light.”
g.135
aureole of light, extending a full arm span
Wylie: ’od ’dom gang ba
Tibetan: འོད་འདོམ་གང་བ།
Sanskrit: vyāmaprabhatā
Either the thirtieth of, or a supplement to, the thirty-two major marks.
g.136
auspicious ceremonies
Wylie: bkra shis
Tibetan: བཀྲ་ཤིས།
Sanskrit: maṅgala
g.137
Auspicious Eon
Wylie: bskal pa bzang po
Tibetan: བསྐལ་པ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: bhadrakalpa
Name of the present eon of time, during which one thousand buddhas appear in succession, Śākyamuni being the fourth and Maitreya the fifth.
g.138
Avalokiteśvara
Wylie: spyan ras gzigs dbang phyug
Tibetan: སྤྱན་རས་གཟིགས་དབང་ཕྱུག
Sanskrit: avalokiteśvara
One of the “eight close sons of the Buddha,” he is also known as the bodhisattva who embodies compassion. In certain tantras, he is also the lord of the three families, where he embodies the compassion of the buddhas. In Tibet, he attained great significance as a special protector of Tibet, and in China, in female form, as Guanyin, the most important bodhisattva in all of East Asia.
g.139
Avṛha
Wylie: mi che ba
Tibetan: མི་ཆེ་བ།
Sanskrit: avṛha
First of the pure abodes, meaning “slightest.”
g.140
awareness
Wylie: rig pa
Tibetan: རིག་པ།
Sanskrit: vidyā
This term may generally by synonymous with intelligence or mental aptitude, but it also conveys the meaning of science or branches of knowledge, and of pure awareness. In this last sense, it denotes the fundamental innate mind in its natural state of spontaneity and purity, beyond alternating states of motion and rest and the subject-object dichotomy.
g.141
barley
Wylie: nas
Tibetan: ནས།
Sanskrit: yava
g.142
basic syllable
Wylie: yi ge’i phyi mo
Tibetan: ཡི་གེའི་ཕྱི་མོ།
Sanskrit: matṛkā
g.143
basis of delusion
Wylie: gti mug gi gzhi
Tibetan: གཏི་མུག་གི་གཞི།
Sanskrit: mohagatika
g.144
basis of desire (have the)
Wylie: ’dod chags kyi gzhi can
Tibetan: འདོད་ཆགས་ཀྱི་གཞི་ཅན།
Sanskrit: rāgagatika
g.145
basis of hatred (have the)
Wylie: zhe sdang gi gzhi can
Tibetan: ཞེ་སྡང་གི་གཞི་ཅན།
Sanskrit: doṣagatika
g.146
basis of the variety of false views (have the)
Wylie: lta ba’i rnam pa’i gzhi can
Tibetan: ལྟ་བའི་རྣམ་པའི་གཞི་ཅན།
Sanskrit: dṛṣṭigatika
g.147
basket
Wylie: za ma tog
Tibetan: ཟ་མ་ཏོག
Sanskrit: karaṇḍdaka
g.148
beans
Wylie: mon sran sde’u
Tibetan: མོན་སྲན་སྡེའུ།
Sanskrit: mudga
g.149
Beautiful Moon
Wylie: zla ba bzang po
Tibetan: ཟླ་བ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: sucandra
Name of the fourth meditative stability.
g.150
beauty
Wylie: bya ba mdzes pa
Tibetan: བྱ་བ་མཛེས་པ།
Sanskrit: śobhana
g.151
bedding
Wylie: mal cha
Tibetan: མལ་ཆ།
Sanskrit: śayana
g.152
beginner bodhisattva
Wylie: byang chub sems dpa’ dang po ba
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་དཔའ་དང་པོ་བ།
Sanskrit: prathamabodhisattva
g.153
behavior is perfect
Wylie: spyod lam phun sum tshogs pa
Tibetan: སྤྱོད་ལམ་ཕུན་སུམ་ཚོགས་པ།
Sanskrit: śucisamudācāratā
Eighteenth of the eighty minor marks.
g.154
benediction
Wylie: gtam ’dre ba
Tibetan: གཏམ་འདྲེ་བ།
Sanskrit: ālapana
g.155
bestow
Wylie: sbyin par byed
Tibetan: སྦྱིན་པར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: dāyikā karoti
g.156
bewilderment
Wylie: ’khrul pa
Tibetan: འཁྲུལ་པ།
Sanskrit: bhrānti
Bewilderment is the confusion arising from the subject-object dichotomy and fundamental ignorance, on the basis of which rebirth in cyclic existence is perpetuated.
g.157
Bhadrapāla
Wylie: bzang skyong
Tibetan: བཟང་སྐྱོང་།
Sanskrit: bhadrapāla
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.158
bile disorders
Wylie: mkhris pa las gyur pa’i nad
Tibetan: མཁྲིས་པ་ལས་གྱུར་པའི་ནད།
Sanskrit: paittikāvyādhi
Second of the four kinds of disease.
g.159
birth
Wylie: skyes pa
Tibetan: སྐྱེས་པ།
Sanskrit: jāti
g.160
birth from heat and moisture
Wylie: drod gsher las skyes
Tibetan: དྲོད་གཤེར་ལས་སྐྱེས།
Sanskrit: saṃsvedaja
Third of the four modes of birth.
g.161
biting insect
Wylie: sha sbrang
Tibetan: ཤ་སྦྲང་།
Sanskrit: maśaka
g.162
black agar wood
Wylie: a ka ru nag po
Tibetan: ཨ་ཀ་རུ་ནག་པོ།
Sanskrit: kālāgaru
g.163
blessed one
Wylie: bcom ldan ’das
Tibetan: བཅོམ་ལྡན་འདས།
Sanskrit: bhagavat
While the Sanskrit term simply means “fortunate,” “illustrious,” or “revered,” Tibetan hermeneutics defines the term as denoting a teacher or buddha who primordially subdues (bcom) the four demonic forces, possesses (ldan) the six attributes of greatness (che ba’i yon tan drug, viz: lordship, noble form, glory, fame, gnosis, and perseverance), and transcends (’das) all sorrow, without abiding in the extremes of existence and quiescence. Used in this text to refer to the Buddha Śākyamuni.Also translated here as “Lord” (See also n.19).
g.164
bliss
Wylie: bde ba
Tibetan: བདེ་བ།
Sanskrit: sukha
Also translated here as “happiness.”
g.165
blood vessels and nerves are inconspicuous
Wylie: rtsa rnams mi mngon pa
Tibetan: རྩ་རྣམས་མི་མངོན་པ།
Sanskrit: gūḍhaśiratā
Twelfth of the eighty minor marks.
g.166
Blossoming and Purity of the Flowers of Virtue
Wylie: dge ba’i me tog rgyas shing dag pa
Tibetan: དགེ་བའི་མེ་ཏོག་རྒྱས་ཤིང་དག་པ།
Sanskrit: śubhapuṣpitaśuddha
Name of the seventy-fourth meditative stability. “Purity” here could also be rendered “vibrance.”
g.167
blue appearance
Wylie: sngon por lta bur ston pa
Tibetan: སྔོན་པོར་ལྟ་བུར་སྟོན་པ།
Sanskrit: nīlanidarśana
g.168
blue lotus
Wylie: ut pa la
Tibetan: ཨུཏ་པ་ལ།
Sanskrit: utpala
g.169
blue reflection
Wylie: ’od sngon po’i ’byung ba
Tibetan: འོད་སྔོན་པོའི་འབྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit: nīlanirbhāsa
g.170
bodhisattva
Wylie: byang chub sems dpa’
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་དཔའ།
Sanskrit: bodhisattva
A being who is dedicated to the cultivation and fulfilment of the altruistic intention to attain manifestly perfect buddhahood, traversing the five bodhisattva paths and ten bodhisattva levels. Bodhisattvas purposely opt to remain within cyclic existence in order to liberate all sentient beings, instead of simply seeking personal freedom from suffering. Philosophically, they realize the two aspects of selflessness, with respect to afflicted mental states and the nature of all phenomena.(See also n.27.)
g.171
body hairs are bluish black
Wylie: spu mthon ting can
Tibetan: སྤུ་མཐོན་ཏིང་ཅན།
Sanskrit: abhinīlaromatā
Fifty-first of the eighty minor marks.
g.172
body hairs are clean
Wylie: spu gtsang ba
Tibetan: སྤུ་གཙང་བ།
Sanskrit: suciromatā
Fifty-second of the eighty minor marks.
g.173
body hairs that point upwards
Wylie: sku’i spu gyen du phyogs pa
Tibetan: སྐུའི་སྤུ་གྱེན་དུ་ཕྱོགས་པ།
Sanskrit: ūrdhvāgraromatā
Twelfth of the thirty-two major marks.
g.174
body is clean
Wylie: sku gtsang ba
Tibetan: སྐུ་གཙང་བ།
Sanskrit: śucigātratā
Fourth of the eighty minor marks.
g.175
body is firm, like that of Nārāyaṇa
Wylie: sred med kyi bu’i ltar sku grims pa
Tibetan: སྲེད་མེད་ཀྱི་བུའི་ལྟར་སྐུ་གྲིམས་པ།
Sanskrit: nārāyaṇat susaṃhatagātratā
Second of the eighty minor marks. See “Nārāyaṇa.”
g.176
body is immaculate and without unpleasant odors
Wylie: sku la dri ma med cing dri mi zhim pa med pa
Tibetan: སྐུ་ལ་དྲི་མ་མེད་ཅིང་དྲི་མི་ཞིམ་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: vyapagatatilakagātratā
Thirty-fourth of the eighty minor marks.
g.177
body is lustrous
Wylie: sku snum bag can
Tibetan: སྐུ་སྣུམ་བག་ཅན།
Sanskrit: snigdhagātratā, mṛṣṭagātratā
Seventh of the eighty minor marks.
g.178
body is not slouched
Wylie: sku ma btud pa
Tibetan: སྐུ་མ་བཏུད་པ།
Sanskrit: ajihmagātratā
Eighth of the eighty minor marks.
g.179
body is soft
Wylie: sku ’jam pa
Tibetan: སྐུ་འཇམ་པ།
Sanskrit: mṛdugātratā
Fifth of the eighty minor marks.
g.180
body is supple
Wylie: sku mnyen pa
Tibetan: སྐུ་མཉེན་པ།
Sanskrit: sukumāragātratā
Sixth of the eighty minor marks.
g.181
body is well formed
Wylie: sku dbyibs legs pa
Tibetan: སྐུ་དབྱིབས་ལེགས་པ།
Sanskrit: vṛttagātratā
Fourteenth of the eighty minor marks.
g.182
body is well proportioned
Wylie: sku shin tu legs par ’brel pa
Tibetan: སྐུ་ཤིན་ཏུ་ལེགས་པར་འབྲེལ་པ།
Sanskrit: mṛṣṭagātratā
Fifteenth of the eighty minor marks.
g.183
Boundless Inspiration
Wylie: spobs pa mtha’ yas
Tibetan: སྤོབས་པ་མཐའ་ཡས།
Sanskrit: anantaprabhā
Name of the seventy-sixth meditative stability.
g.184
Boundless Light
Wylie: snang ba mtha’ yas pa
Tibetan: སྣང་བ་མཐའ་ཡས་པ།
Sanskrit: anantaprabhā
Name of the thirty-fifth meditative stability.
g.185
Brahmā
Wylie: tshangs pa
Tibetan: ཚངས་པ།
Sanskrit: brahmā
A high-ranking deity presiding over a divine world; he is also considered to be the lord of the Sahā world (our universe). Though not considered a creator god in Buddhism, Brahmā occupies an important place as one of two gods (the other being Indra/Śakra) said to have first exhorted the Buddha Śākyamuni to teach the Dharma. The particular heavens found in the form realm over which Brahmā rules are often some of the most sought-after realms of higher rebirth in Buddhist literature. Since there are many universes or world systems, there are also multiple Brahmās presiding over them. His most frequent epithets are “Lord of the Sahā World” (sahāṃpati) and Great Brahmā (mahābrahman).
g.186
Brahmakāyika
Wylie: tshangs ris
Tibetan: ཚངས་རིས།
Sanskrit: brahmakāyika
First god realm of form, meaning “stratum of Brahmā.”
g.187
Brahmapariṣadya
Wylie: tshangs ’khor
Tibetan: ཚངས་འཁོར།
Sanskrit: brahmapariṣadya
Second god realm of form, meaning “retinue of Brahmā.” Also called “Brahmapurohita.”
g.188
Brahmapurohita
Wylie: tshangs pa’i mdun na ’don
Tibetan: ཚངས་པའི་མདུན་ན་འདོན།
Sanskrit: brahmapurohita
Second god realm of form, meaning “priest Brahmā.” Also called “Brahmapariṣadya.”
g.189
brāhmin priest
Wylie: bram ze
Tibetan: བྲམ་ཟེ།
Sanskrit: brāhmaṇa
A member of the highest of the four castes in Indian society, which is closely associated with religious vocations.
g.190
brain tissue
Wylie: klad pa
Tibetan: ཀླད་པ།
Sanskrit: mastaka
g.191
branches of enlightenment
Wylie: byang chub kyi yan lag
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག
Sanskrit: bodhyaṅga
Also rendered here as “branches of genuine enlightenment.” See “seven branches of enlightenment.”
g.192
Bṛhatphala
Wylie: ’bras bu che
Tibetan: འབྲས་བུ་ཆེ།
Sanskrit: bṛhatphala
Twefth god realm of form, meaning “great fruition.”
g.193
Bringer of Joy
Wylie: dga’ ba byed pa
Tibetan: དགའ་བ་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: ratikara
Name of the thirty-ninth meditative stability.
g.194
brittle
Wylie: rab tu ’jig pa
Tibetan: རབ་ཏུ་འཇིག་པ།
Sanskrit: prabhaṅgurataḥ
g.195
broad heels
Wylie: rting pa yangs pa
Tibetan: རྟིང་པ་ཡངས་པ།
Sanskrit: āyatapārṣṇitā
Sixth of the thirty-two major marks.
g.196
buddha
Wylie: sangs rgyas
Tibetan: སངས་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit: buddha
Epithet of Buddha Śākyamuni and general way of addressing the enlightened ones.
g.197
buddha body of emanation
Wylie: sprul pa’i sku
Tibetan: སྤྲུལ་པའི་སྐུ།
Sanskrit: nirmāṇakaya
The buddha body of emanation is the visible and usually physical manifestation of fully enlightened beings which arises spontaneously from the expanse of the buddha body of reality, whenever appropriate, in accordance with the diverse dispositions of sentient beings.
g.198
buddha body of essentiality
Wylie: ngo bo nyid sku
Tibetan: ངོ་བོ་ཉིད་སྐུ།
Sanskrit: svābhāvikakāya
This indicates either an active or a passive distinction in the buddha body of reality, or the underlying indivisible essence of the three buddha bodies.
g.199
buddha body of form
Wylie: gzugs kyi sku
Tibetan: གཟུགས་ཀྱི་སྐུ།
Sanskrit: rūpakāya
According to the Lesser Vehicle, the buddha body of form refers to the thousand buddhas of the Auspicious Eon, including Śākyamuni. In the Great Vehicle, however, the term includes both the buddha body of perfect resource which appears in a pure light form to tenth level bodhisattvas and the buddha body of emanation which manifests physically for the sake of all beings.
g.200
buddha body of gnosis and reality
Wylie: ye shes chos sku
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་ཆོས་སྐུ།
Sanskrit: jñānadharmakāya
g.201
buddha body of perfect resource
Wylie: longs spyod rdzogs pa’i sku
Tibetan: ལོངས་སྤྱོད་རྫོགས་པའི་སྐུ།
Sanskrit: sambhogakāya
The buddha body of perfect resource denotes the luminous, immaterial, and unimpeded reflection-like forms of enlightened mind, which become spontaneously present and naturally manifest to tenth level bodhisattvas.
g.202
buddha body of reality
Wylie: chos kyi sku
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྐུ།
Sanskrit: dharmakāya
The ultimate nature or essence of the fruitional enlightened mind of the buddhas, which is non-arising, free from the limits of conceptual elaboration, empty of inherent existence, naturally radiant, beyond duality, and spacious.
g.203
buddhafield
Wylie: zhing khams
Tibetan: ཞིང་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: kṣetra
This term denotes the operational field of a specific buddha, spontaneously arising as a result of their altruistic aspirations. (See also n.18).
g.204
Burning Lamp
Wylie: sgron ma ’bar ba
Tibetan: སྒྲོན་མ་འབར་བ།
Sanskrit: jvalanolkā
Name of the eighty-ninth meditative stability.
g.205
burning tree stump
Wylie: sdong dum tshig pa
Tibetan: སྡོང་དུམ་ཚིག་པ།
Sanskrit: dagdhasthūṇākṛti
g.206
calamitous
Wylie: rnam par gnod par byed pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་གནོད་པར་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: upadravataḥ
g.207
calm
Wylie: zhi ba
Tibetan: ཞི་བ།
Sanskrit: śānti
Also translated here as “calmness” and “peace.”
g.208
calmness
Wylie: zhi ba
Tibetan: ཞི་བ།
Sanskrit: śānti
Also translated here as “calm” and “peace.”
g.209
calves resembling those of an antelope
Wylie: byin pa ri dags e ne ya’i lta bu dang ldan pa
Tibetan: བྱིན་པ་རི་དགས་ཨེ་ནེ་ཡའི་ལྟ་བུ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: eṇeyajaṅghatā
Eighth of the thirty-two major marks.
g.210
Candragarbha
Wylie: zla ba’i snying po
Tibetan: ཟླ་བའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit: candragarbha
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.211
capable of assuming material form
Wylie: gzugs su rung ba
Tibetan: གཟུགས་སུ་རུང་བ།
Sanskrit: rūpya
g.212
captivating speech
Wylie: gzung ba’i tshig
Tibetan: གཟུང་བའི་ཚིག
Sanskrit: grahaṇapada
This term can also mean “comprehensible speech,” in contrast to gzung ba med pa’i tshig (agrahaṇapada) or “incomprehensible speech.” See Negi (1993-2005): 5505.
g.213
carefree inaction
Wylie: phrin las chung ba
Tibetan: ཕྲིན་ལས་ཆུང་བ།
Sanskrit: alposukatā
g.214
carelessness
Wylie: bag med pa
Tibetan: བག་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: pramāda
g.215
carried out their duties
Wylie: lhag par bya ba byed
Tibetan: ལྷག་པར་བྱ་བ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: kṛtādhikaroti
g.216
Caturmahārājakāyika
Wylie: rgyal chen bzhi’i ris
Tibetan: རྒྱལ་ཆེན་བཞིའི་རིས།
Sanskrit: caturmahārājakāyika
First god realm of desire, meaning “abode of the four great kings.”
g.217
cause one to know
Wylie: shes pa ’jug
Tibetan: ཤེས་པ་འཇུག
Sanskrit: jñānaṃ pravartate
g.218
ceasing
Wylie: ’gag pa
Tibetan: འགག་པ།
Sanskrit: nirodha
g.219
cerebral secretion
Wylie: klad rgyas
Tibetan: ཀླད་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit: gūthaka
g.220
Certainty in the Expanse of Reality
Wylie: dbyings su nges pa
Tibetan: དབྱིངས་སུ་ངེས་པ།
Sanskrit: dharmādhatuniyata
Name of the eighth meditative stability.
g.221
cessation of contaminants
Wylie: zag pa zad pa
Tibetan: ཟག་པ་ཟད་པ།
Sanskrit: kṣīnāsrava, āsravakṣaya
g.222
cessation of delusion
Wylie: gti mug zad pa
Tibetan: གཏི་མུག་ཟད་པ།
Sanskrit: mohakṣaya
g.223
cessation of desire
Wylie: ’dod chags zad pa
Tibetan: འདོད་ཆགས་ཟད་པ།
Sanskrit: rāgakṣaya
g.224
cessation of hatred
Wylie: zhe sdang zad pa
Tibetan: ཞེ་སྡང་ཟད་པ།
Sanskrit: dveṣakṣaya
g.225
chapter
Wylie: le’u
Tibetan: ལེའུ།
Sanskrit: parivarta
g.226
chiliocosm
Wylie: stong chung ngu’i ’jig rten gyi khams
Tibetan: སྟོང་ཆུང་ངུའི་འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: sāhasralokadhātu
A series of one thousand parallel human worlds, according to traditional Indian cosmology.
g.227
clear realization
Wylie: mngon par rtogs pa
Tibetan: མངོན་པར་རྟོགས་པ།
Sanskrit: abhisamaya
g.228
clear realization of all phenomena
Wylie: rnam kun mngon rdzogs rtogs pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་ཀུན་མངོན་རྫོགས་རྟོགས་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvākārābhisambodha
Fourth of the eight progressive sections of clear realization.
g.229
close-fitting teeth
Wylie: tshems thags bzang
Tibetan: ཚེམས་ཐགས་བཟང་།
Sanskrit: aviraladantatā
Twenty-second of the thirty-two major marks.
g.230
clothing
Wylie: na bza’
Tibetan: ན་བཟའ།
Sanskrit: vastra
g.231
cognition
Wylie: shes pa
Tibetan: ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: jñāna
Also translated as “knowledge.”
g.232
cognizance
Wylie: rnam par shes par byed pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པར་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: vijñāpanī
g.233
collarbones that are well covered
Wylie: thal gong rgyas pa
Tibetan: ཐལ་གོང་རྒྱས་པ།
Sanskrit: citāntarāṃsatā
Seventeenth of the thirty-two major marks.
g.234
combined humoral disorders
Wylie: ’dus pa las gyur pa’i nad
Tibetan: འདུས་པ་ལས་གྱུར་པའི་ནད།
Sanskrit: sāṃnipātikāvyādhi
Fourth of the four kinds of disease.
g.235
come to be styled
Wylie: grangs su ’gro
Tibetan: གྲངས་སུ་འགྲོ།
Sanskrit: sāṃkhyāṃ gacchati
g.236
commencing from the reality of illusion
Wylie: sgyu ma’i chos nyid nye bar bzung na
Tibetan: སྒྱུ་མའི་ཆོས་ཉིད་ཉེ་བར་བཟུང་ན།
Sanskrit: māyādharmatāmupādāya
g.237
commit them to
Wylie: sbyor bar byed
Tibetan: སྦྱོར་བར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: niyojayati
g.238
commit to writing
Wylie: glegs bam du chud par byed pa, yi ger ’bri
Tibetan: གླེགས་བམ་དུ་ཆུད་པར་བྱེད་པ།, ཡི་གེར་འབྲི།
Sanskrit: pustakagatāṃ karoti, likhati
g.239
common phenomena
Wylie: thun mong gi chos
Tibetan: ཐུན་མོང་གི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit: sādhāraṇadharma
Common phenomena from the perspective of ordinary persons, as described in 2.83, include the following: the four meditative concentrations, the four immeasurable aspirations, the four formless meditative absorptions, and the [first] five extrasensory powers.(See also n.141).
g.240
compassion
Wylie: snying rje
Tibetan: སྙིང་རྗེ།
Sanskrit: karuṇā
Second of the four immeasurable aspirations.
g.241
Complete Elimination of Right and Wrong
Wylie: yang dag pa dang log pa thams cad yang dag par sel ba
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པ་དང་ལོག་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཡང་དག་པར་སེལ་བ།
Sanskrit: sarva-samyaktvamithyātvasaṃgrasana, samyaktvamithyātvasaṃgrasana
Name of the ninety-sixth meditative stability.
g.242
completely perfect buddha
Wylie: yang dag par rdzogs pa’i sangs rgyas
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པར་རྫོགས་པའི་སངས་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit: samyaksaṃbuddha, samyaksambuddhatva
See “genuinely perfect buddha.”
g.243
completely perfect eyeballs
Wylie: spyan gyi tshogs yongs su rdzogs pa
Tibetan: སྤྱན་གྱི་ཚོགས་ཡོངས་སུ་རྫོགས་པ།
Sanskrit: netragaṇaparipūrṇatā
Twenty-ninth of the thirty-two major marks.
g.244
complexion is radiant
Wylie: mdog gsal ba dag
Tibetan: མདོག་གསལ་བ་དག
Sanskrit: bhāsvaravarṇatā
Thirty-fifth of the eighty minor marks.
g.245
comprehend
Wylie: yongs su shes
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: parijānāti
g.246
comprehensibility
Wylie: ’dzin pa
Tibetan: འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit: nimittodgrahaṇa, udgrahaṇa
g.247
conceive of
Wylie: rtog par byed
Tibetan: རྟོག་པར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: kalpayati
g.248
conceived
Wylie: gdags pa yod
Tibetan: གདགས་པ་ཡོད།
Sanskrit: prajñaptir bhaviṣyati
g.249
conceptual elaboration
Wylie: spros pa
Tibetan: སྤྲོས་པ།
Sanskrit: prapañca
This term denotes the presence of discursive or conceptual thought processes. Their absence or deconstruction is characteristic of the realization of emptiness or actual reality.
g.250
conceptual notion
Wylie: rnam par rtog pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་རྟོག་པ།
Sanskrit: vikalpa
Also translated here as “false imagination.”
g.251
conceptualize
Wylie: mtshan mar byed, mtshan mar ’dzin
Tibetan: མཚན་མར་བྱེད།, མཚན་མར་འཛིན།
Sanskrit: nimittī karoti
g.252
conceptualized as names and symbols
Wylie: ming gi brdar btags pa
Tibetan: མིང་གི་བརྡར་བཏགས་པ།
Sanskrit: nāmasāṃketikī
g.253
conclusion
Wylie: mjug sdud
Tibetan: མཇུག་སྡུད།
Sanskrit: nigamana
g.254
concomitance
Wylie: mtshungs ldan
Tibetan: མཚུངས་ལྡན།
Sanskrit: samprayuktaka
This denotes the five aspects of concomitance between mind and its mental states, which may concern (1) location or support (gnas sam rten), (2) objective referent (dmigs pa), (3) sensum (rnam pa), (4) time (dus), or (5) substance (rdzas).(See also n.370).
g.255
condition (something)
Wylie: mngon par ’du byed
Tibetan: མངོན་པར་འདུ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: abhisaṃskaroti
g.256
conditioned
Wylie: ’dus byas
Tibetan: འདུས་བྱས།
Sanskrit: saṃskṛta
g.257
conditioned element
Wylie: ’dus byas kyi khams
Tibetan: འདུས་བྱས་ཀྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: saṃskṛtadhātu
g.258
conditioned phenomena
Wylie: ’dus byas kyi chos
Tibetan: འདུས་བྱས་ཀྱི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit: saṃskṛtadharma
Conditioned phenomena, as described in 2.81, include the following: the world system of desire, the world system of form, the world system of formlessness, and likewise, the five psycho-physical aggregates, the four meditative concentrations, the four immeasurable aspirations, the four formless meditative absorptions, and similarly, all those [aforementioned] attributes extending from the four applications of mindfulness, up to and including the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.(See also n.141).
g.259
conditioning
Wylie: mngon par ’du byed pa
Tibetan: མངོན་པར་འདུ་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: abhisaṃskāra
g.260
conducive to emancipation
Wylie: nges par ’byin pa
Tibetan: ངེས་པར་འབྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: nairyāṇika
g.261
conduct
Wylie: spyod pa
Tibetan: སྤྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit: caryā
g.262
confess
Wylie: bshags par bgyi
Tibetan: བཤགས་པར་བགྱི།
Sanskrit: deśayati
g.263
confidence
Wylie: mngon par yid ches pa
Tibetan: མངོན་པར་ཡིད་ཆེས་པ།
Sanskrit: abhisaṃpratyaya
g.264
confidence
Wylie: dang ba
Tibetan: དང་བ།
Sanskrit: prasāda
g.265
conjoined
Wylie: ldan pa
Tibetan: ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: saṃyukta
g.266
connected with
Wylie: lhan cig tu yang dag par ’du
Tibetan: ལྷན་ཅིག་ཏུ་ཡང་དག་པར་འདུ།
Sanskrit: samavasarati
g.267
consciousness
Wylie: rnam par shes pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: vijñāna
Third of the twelve links of dependent origination. Consciousness is defined as “an awareness which is knowing and luminous.” Not being physical, it lacks resistance to obstruction. It has neither shape nor color, and it can be experienced but not externally perceived as an object. A distinction is made between the mundane consciousness of sentient beings, and the gnosis of the buddhas. In the context of the present discourse, the former includes six aspects of consciousness, namely, visual consciousness, auditory consciousness, olfactory consciousness, tactile consciousness, and mental consciousness, the last of which objectively refers to mental phenomena.
g.268
consciousness element
Wylie: rnam par she spa’i khams
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་ཤེ་སྤའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: vijñānadhātu
g.269
Consecrated
Wylie: rab tu gnas pa
Tibetan: རབ་ཏུ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit: supratiṣṭhita
Name of the fifty-fourth meditative stability.
g.270
Consecrated as a King of Meditative Stability
Wylie: ting nge ’dzin gyi rgyal po ltar rab tu gnas pa
Tibetan: ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་གྱི་རྒྱལ་པོ་ལྟར་རབ་ཏུ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit: samādhirājasupratiṣṭhita
Name of the twelfth meditative stability.
g.271
consider
Wylie: mos par byed
Tibetan: མོས་པར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: adhimucyate
g.272
consider
Wylie: yang dag par rjes su lta ba, yang dag par rjes su mthong ba
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པར་རྗེས་སུ་ལྟ་བ།, ཡང་དག་པར་རྗེས་སུ་མཐོང་བ།
Sanskrit: samanupaśyati
g.273
construe
Wylie: rnam par rtog par ’gyur
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་རྟོག་པར་འགྱུར།
Sanskrit: vikalpiṣyati
g.274
contaminated phenomena
Wylie: zag pa dang bcas pa’i chos
Tibetan: ཟག་པ་དང་བཅས་པའི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit: sāsravadharma
Contaminated phenomena, as found in 2.79, include the following: the five psycho-physical aggregates which are encompassed in the three world systems, the twelve sense fields, the eighteen sensory elements, the four meditative concentrations, the four immeasurable aspirations, and the four formless meditative absorptions.(See also n.141).
g.275
contemplation
Wylie: nges par sems pa
Tibetan: ངེས་པར་སེམས་པ།
Sanskrit: upanidhyāpana
g.276
contemplation of a bloated corpse
Wylie: rnam par bam pa’i ’du shes
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་བམ་པའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: vyādhmātakasaṃjñā
First of the nine contemplations of impurity.
g.277
contemplation of a bloody corpse
Wylie: rnam par dmar ba’i ’du shes
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་དམར་བའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: vilohitakasaṃjñā
Third of the nine contemplations of impurity.
g.278
contemplation of a blue-black corpse
Wylie: rnam par sngos pa’i ’du shes
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་སྔོས་པའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: vinīlakasaṃjñā
Fifth of the nine contemplations of impurity.
g.279
contemplation of a devoured corpse
Wylie: rnam par zos pa’i ’du shes
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་ཟོས་པའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: vikhāditakasaṃjñā
Sixth of the nine contemplations of impurity.
g.280
contemplation of a dismembered corpse
Wylie: rnam par ’thor ba’i ’du shes
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་འཐོར་བའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: vikṣiptakasaṃjñā
Seventh of the nine contemplations of impurity.
g.281
contemplation of a putrefied corpse
Wylie: rnam par rnags pa’i ’du shes
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་རྣགས་པའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: vipūyakasamjñā
Fourth of the nine contemplations of impurity.
g.282
contemplation of a skeleton
Wylie: rus gong gi ’du shes
Tibetan: རུས་གོང་གི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: asthisaṃjñā
Eighth of the nine contemplations of impurity.
g.283
contemplation of a worm-infested corpse
Wylie: rnam par ’bus gzhigs pa’i ’du shes
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་འབུས་གཞིགས་པའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: vipaḍumakasaṃjñā
Second of the nine contemplations of impurity.
g.284
contemplation of an immolated corpse
Wylie: rnam par tshig pa’i ’du shes
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་ཚིག་པའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: vidagdhakasaṃjñā
Ninth of the nine contemplations of impurity.
g.285
context
Wylie: gleng gzhi
Tibetan: གླེང་གཞི།
Sanskrit: nidāna
g.286
contexts
Wylie: gleng gzhi’i sde
Tibetan: གླེང་གཞིའི་སྡེ།
Sanskrit: nidāna
Sixth of the twelve branches of the scriptures.
g.287
contoured
Wylie: gshong
Tibetan: གཤོང་།
Sanskrit: nimna
g.288
contract
Wylie: dog par bgyid
Tibetan: དོག་པར་བགྱིད།
Sanskrit: parīttīkaroti
g.289
contracted male organ
Wylie: ’doms kyi sba ba sbubs su nub pa
Tibetan: འདོམས་ཀྱི་སྦ་བ་སྦུབས་སུ་ནུབ་པ།
Sanskrit: kośāvahitavastiguhyatā
Tenth of the thirty-two major marks.
g.290
conventional ethical discipline
Wylie: brda can gyi tshul khrims
Tibetan: བརྡ་ཅན་གྱི་ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས།
Sanskrit: sāṅketikaśīla
g.291
conventionally designated
Wylie: tha snyad du ’dogs pa
Tibetan: ཐ་སྙད་དུ་འདོགས་པ།
Sanskrit: vyavahriyate
g.292
Convergence of All Mental Afflictions in Non-affliction
Wylie: nyon mongs pa med pa nyon mongs pa dang bcas pa thams cad yang dag par ’du ba
Tibetan: ཉོན་མོངས་པ་མེད་པ་ཉོན་མོངས་པ་དང་བཅས་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཡང་དག་པར་འདུ་བ།
Sanskrit: anusaraṇasarvasamavasaraṇa
Name of the 106th meditative stability.
g.293
cooked food
Wylie: zan
Tibetan: ཟན།
Sanskrit: bhakta
g.294
copper-colored nails
Wylie: sen mo zangs kyi mdog lta bu dang ldan pa
Tibetan: སེན་མོ་ཟངས་ཀྱི་མདོག་ལྟ་བུ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: tāmranakhatā
First of the eighty minor marks.
g.295
coral tree flower
Wylie: man dA ra ba
Tibetan: མན་དཱ་ར་བ།
Sanskrit: mandārava
One of the five trees of Indra’s paradise, its heavenly flowers often rain down in salutation of the buddhas and bodhisattvas and are said to be very bright and aromatic, gladdening the hearts of those who see them. In our world, it is a tree native to India, Erythrina indica or Erythrina variegata, commonly known as the Indian coral tree, mandarava tree, flame tree, and tiger’s claw. In the early spring, before its leaves grow, the tree is fully covered in large flowers, which are rich in nectar and attract many birds. Although the most widespread coral tree has red crimson flowers, the color of the blossoms is not usually mentioned in the sūtras themselves, and it may refer to some other kinds, like the rarer Erythrina indica alba, which boasts white flowers.
g.296
correct
Wylie: rigs
Tibetan: རིགས།
Sanskrit: yukta
g.297
correct action
Wylie: yang dag pa’i las kyi mtha’
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པའི་ལས་ཀྱི་མཐའ།
Sanskrit: samyakkarmānta
Fourth of the noble eightfold path.
g.298
correct delight
Wylie: dga’ ba yang dag, dga’ ba yang dag byang chub kyi yan lag
Tibetan: དགའ་བ་ཡང་དག, དགའ་བ་ཡང་དག་བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག
Sanskrit: prīti, prītibodhyaṅga
Fourth of the seven branches of enlightenment.
g.299
correct doctrinal analysis
Wylie: chos rab tu rnam par ’byed pa, chos rab tu rnam par ’byed pa yang dag byang chub kyi yan lag
Tibetan: ཆོས་རབ་ཏུ་རྣམ་པར་འབྱེད་པ།, ཆོས་རབ་ཏུ་རྣམ་པར་འབྱེད་པ་ཡང་དག་བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག
Sanskrit: dharmapravicaya, dharmapravicayabodhyaṅga
Second of the seven branches of enlightenment.
g.300
correct effort
Wylie: yang dag pa’i rtsol ba
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པའི་རྩོལ་བ།
Sanskrit: samyagvyāyāma
Sixth of the noble eightfold path.
g.301
correct equanimity
Wylie: btang snyoms yang dag, btang snyoms yang dag byang chub kyi yan lag
Tibetan: བཏང་སྙོམས་ཡང་དག, བཏང་སྙོམས་ཡང་དག་བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག
Sanskrit: upekṣā, upekṣābodhyaṅga
Seventh of the seven branches of enlightenment.
g.302
correct exertion
Wylie: yang dag par spong ba
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པར་སྤོང་བ།
Sanskrit: prahāṇa
See 1.21 and 8.22.
g.303
correct ideation
Wylie: yang dag pa’i rtog pa
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པའི་རྟོག་པ།
Sanskrit: samyaksaṃkalpa
Second of the noble eightfold path. Also translated as “correct thought.”
g.304
correct livelihood
Wylie: yang dag pa’i ’tsho ba
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པའི་འཚོ་བ།
Sanskrit: samyagājīva
Fifth of the noble eightfold path.
g.305
correct meditative stability
Wylie: ting nge ’dzin yang dag, ting nge ’dzin yang dag byang chub kyi yan lag
Tibetan: ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་ཡང་དག, ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་ཡང་དག་བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག
Sanskrit: samādhi, samādhibodhyaṅga
Sixth of the seven branches of enlightenment.
g.306
correct meditative stability
Wylie: yang dag pa’i ting nge ’dzin
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པའི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit: samyaksamādhi
Eighth of the noble eightfold path.
g.307
Correct mental and physical refinement
Wylie: shin tu sbyangs pa
Tibetan: ཤིན་ཏུ་སྦྱངས་པ།
Sanskrit: praśrabdhi
Fifth of the seven branches of enlightenment.
g.308
correct perseverance
Wylie: brtson ’grus yang dag byang chub kyi yan lag, brtson ’grus yang dag
Tibetan: བརྩོན་འགྲུས་ཡང་དག་བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག, བརྩོན་འགྲུས་ཡང་དག
Sanskrit: vīryabodhyaṅga, vīrya
Third of the seven branches of enlightenment.
g.309
correct recollection
Wylie: dran pa yang dag, dran pa yang dag byang chub kyi yan lag
Tibetan: དྲན་པ་ཡང་དག, དྲན་པ་ཡང་དག་བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག
Sanskrit: smṛti, smṛtibodhyaṅga
First of the seven branches of enlightenment.
g.310
correct recollection
Wylie: yang dag pa’i dran pa
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པའི་དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit: samyaksmṛti
Seventh of the noble eightfold path.
g.311
correct speech
Wylie: yang dag pa’i ngag
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པའི་ངག
Sanskrit: samyagvāg
Third of the noble eightfold path.
g.312
correct view
Wylie: yang dag pa’i lta ba
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པའི་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit: samyagdṛṣṭi
First of the noble eightfold path.
g.313
correctly disregard
Wylie: yang dag par rjes su mi mthong ba
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པར་རྗེས་སུ་མི་མཐོང་བ།
Sanskrit: na samanupaśyati
Also translated here as “do not consider.”
g.314
cotton robe
Wylie: ras bcos bu
Tibetan: རས་བཅོས་བུ།
Sanskrit: dūṣya
g.315
counter-question
Wylie: yongs su zhu
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་ཞུ།
Sanskrit: paripraśnikaroti
g.316
counter-questioned
Wylie: yongs su zhus pa
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་ཞུས་པ།
Sanskrit: paripraśnikṛta
g.317
counterfeit path
Wylie: lam ltar bcos pa
Tibetan: ལམ་ལྟར་བཅོས་པ།
Sanskrit: mārgapratirūpaka
g.318
courage
Wylie: spobs pa
Tibetan: སྤོབས་པ།
Sanskrit: pratibhāna
Also translated here as “inspired eloquence.”
g.319
courageous
Wylie: rtul phod
Tibetan: རྟུལ་ཕོད།
Sanskrit: parākrama
g.320
covetousness
Wylie: brnab sems
Tibetan: བརྣབ་སེམས།
Sanskrit: abhidhyā, abhidhyā granthā
Eighth of ten non-virtuous actions; first of the four knots.
g.321
craving
Wylie: sred pa
Tibetan: སྲེད་པ།
Sanskrit: tṛṣṇā
Eighth of the twelve links of dependent origination; fourth of the four torrents.
g.322
craving for the sacred doctrine
Wylie: chos la sred pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ལ་སྲེད་པ།
Sanskrit: dharmatṛṣṇā
g.323
creator
Wylie: byed pa po nyid
Tibetan: བྱེད་པ་པོ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: kartṛtva
g.324
Crest of Gnosis
Wylie: ye shes tog
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་ཏོག
Sanskrit: jñānaketu
Name of the fifty-first meditative stability.
g.325
Crest of Power
Wylie: dbang po’i tog
Tibetan: དབང་པོའི་ཏོག
Sanskrit: indraketu
Name of the twenty-fifth meditative stability.
g.326
Crest of the Victory Banner of Certainty
Wylie: nges pa’i rgyal mtshan tog
Tibetan: ངེས་པའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན་ཏོག
Sanskrit: niyatadhvajaketu
Name of the ninth meditative stability.
g.327
Crest of the Victory Banner of the Moon
Wylie: zla ba’i rgyal mtshan tog
Tibetan: ཟླ་བའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན་ཏོག
Sanskrit: candradhvajaketu
Name of fifth meditative stability.
g.328
crimson
Wylie: btsod ka
Tibetan: བཙོད་ཀ
Sanskrit: mañjiṣṭha
A distinctive shade of red common in ancient India, now known as “rose madder.” It is derived from the red dye made out of the root of the madder plant (Rubia manjista, Rubia tinctorum).
g.329
crookedness
Wylie: gya gyu
Tibetan: གྱ་གྱུ།
Sanskrit: kauṭilyatā
g.330
crown extension
Wylie: spyi gtsug, dbu gtsug tor dang ldan pa
Tibetan: སྤྱི་གཙུག, དབུ་གཙུག་ཏོར་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: śikha, uṣṇīṣaśiraskatā
This is listed on 29.24 as the last (33rd) of the major marks.
g.331
culminating clear realization
Wylie: rtse mor phyin pa’i mngon rtogs
Tibetan: རྩེ་མོར་ཕྱིན་པའི་མངོན་རྟོགས།
Sanskrit: mūrdhābhisamaya
Fifth of the eight progressive sections of clear realization.
g.332
cultivate
Wylie: sgom
Tibetan: སྒོམ།
Sanskrit: bhāvayati
g.333
cultivation
Wylie: bsgom pa
Tibetan: བསྒོམ་པ།
Sanskrit: bhāvanā
g.334
cyclic existence
Wylie: ’khor ba
Tibetan: འཁོར་བ།
Sanskrit: saṃsāra
A state of involuntary existence conditioned by afflicted mental states and the imprint of past actions, characterised by suffering in a cycle of life, death, and rebirth. On its reversal, the contrasting state of nirvāṇa is attained, free from suffering and the processes of rebirth.
g.335
cymbal
Wylie: sil snyan
Tibetan: སིལ་སྙན།
Sanskrit: vādya
g.336
daughter of enlightened heritage
Wylie: rigs kyi bu mo
Tibetan: རིགས་ཀྱི་བུ་མོ།
Sanskrit: kuladuhitā, kulaputrī
A term of endearment, used by a teacher when adressing a female follower of the bodhisattva path.
g.337
daughter-in-law
Wylie: bu smad
Tibetan: བུ་སྨད།
Sanskrit: putradārā
g.338
day lotus
Wylie: pad ma
Tibetan: པད་མ།
Sanskrit: padma
g.339
death and transmigration
Wylie: ’chi ’pho
Tibetan: འཆི་འཕོ།
Sanskrit: upapatti
g.340
debased in virtue
Wylie: dge bas smad pa
Tibetan: དགེ་བས་སྨད་པ།
Sanskrit: nihīnavṛttīn
g.341
decrease
Wylie: ’grib pa
Tibetan: འགྲིབ་པ།
Sanskrit: hāṇi
g.342
dedication
Wylie: bsngo ba, yongs su bsngo ba
Tibetan: བསྔོ་བ།, ཡོངས་སུ་བསྔོ་བ།
Sanskrit: pariṇāma
The establishment of the correct motivation at the beginning of any practice or endeavor and the altruistic dedication at the end are regarded as highly significant. The most popular objects of the dedication are the flourishing of the sacred teachings of Buddhism throughout the universe and the attainment of full enlightenment by all sentient beings.
g.343
deep blue eyes
Wylie: spyan mthon ting lta bu
Tibetan: སྤྱན་མཐོན་ཏིང་ལྟ་བུ།
Sanskrit: abhinīlanetratā
Twenty-eighth of the thirty-two major marks.
g.344
defining characteristic
Wylie: mtshan nyid
Tibetan: མཚན་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: lakṣaṇa
g.345
defining characteristics of the essential nature
Wylie: ngo bo nyid kyi mtshan nyid
Tibetan: ངོ་བོ་ཉིད་ཀྱི་མཚན་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: svabhāvalakṣaṇa
g.346
Definitive Engagement in Precise Lexical Explanation
Wylie: nges pa’i tshig la gdon mi za bar ’jug pa
Tibetan: ངེས་པའི་ཚིག་ལ་གདོན་མི་ཟ་བར་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit: niruktiniyatapraveśa
Name of the sixteenth meditative stability.
g.347
definitive knowledge of all the afflicted and purified mental states and their emergence, with respect to the faculties, powers, branches of enlightenment, aspects of liberation, meditative concentrations, meditative stabilities, and formless absorption
Wylie: dbang po dang stobs dang byang chub kyi yan lag dang rnam par thar pa dang bsam gtan dang ting nge ’dzin dang snyoms par ’jug pa’i kun nas nyon mongs pa dang rnam par byang ba dang ldang pa shes pa yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes pa
Tibetan: དབང་པོ་དང་སྟོབས་དང་བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག་དང་རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པ་དང་བསམ་གཏན་དང་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་དང་སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པའི་ཀུན་ནས་ཉོན་མོངས་པ་དང་རྣམ་པར་བྱང་བ་དང་ལྡང་པ་ཤེས་པ་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvendriyabalabodhyaṅgavimokṣadhyānasamādhisamāpattisaṃkleśavyavadāna-vyuthānayathābhūtaprajñāna
Eighth of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.
g.348
definitive knowledge of multiple world systems and diverse dispositions
Wylie: ’jig rten kyi khams du ma pa khams sna tshogs pa yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes pa
Tibetan: འཇིག་རྟེན་ཀྱི་ཁམས་དུ་མ་པ་ཁམས་སྣ་ཚོགས་པ་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: nānalokadhātunānadhātuyathābhūtaprajñāna
Fourth of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.
g.349
definitive knowledge of the diversity of inclinations and the multiplicity of inclinations that other sentient beings and other individuals have
Wylie: sems can gzhan dag dang gang zag gzhan rnams kyi mos pa sna tshogs nyid dang mos pa du ma nyid yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes pa
Tibetan: སེམས་ཅན་གཞན་དག་དང་གང་ཟག་གཞན་རྣམས་ཀྱི་མོས་པ་སྣ་ཚོགས་ཉིད་དང་མོས་པ་དུ་མ་ཉིད་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: anyasattvapudgala-nānādhimuktyanekādhimuktiyathābhūtaprajñāna
Fifth or sixth of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.
g.350
definitive knowledge of the paths that lead anywhere
Wylie: thams cad du ’gro ba’i lam yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes pa
Tibetan: ཐམས་ཅད་དུ་འགྲོ་བའི་ལམ་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvatragāmanī-pratipadyathābhūtaprajñāna
Seventh of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.
g.351
definitive knowledge of the recollection of multiple past abodes, and of the transference of consciousness at the death and birth of all sentient beings
Wylie: sngon gyi gnas rnam pa du ma rjes su dran pa dang sems can rnams kyi ’chi ’pho dang skye ba yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes pa
Tibetan: སྔོན་གྱི་གནས་རྣམ་པ་དུ་མ་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ་དང་སེམས་ཅན་རྣམས་ཀྱི་འཆི་འཕོ་དང་སྐྱེ་བ་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: anekapūrvanivāsānusmṛticyutyutpattiyathābhūtaprajñāna
Ninth of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.
g.352
definitive knowledge of whether the acumen of other sentient beings and other individuals is supreme or not
Wylie: sems can gzhan dag dang gang zag gzhan rnams kyi dbang po mchog dang mchog ma yin pa nyid yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes pa
Tibetan: སེམས་ཅན་གཞན་དག་དང་གང་ཟག་གཞན་རྣམས་ཀྱི་དབང་པོ་མཆོག་དང་མཆོག་མ་ཡིན་པ་ཉིད་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: anyasattvapudgalendriyavarāvara-yathābhūtaprajñāna
Sixth or fifth of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.
g.353
definitive knowledge that things which are impossible are indeed impossible
Wylie: gnas ma yin pa la yang gnas ma yin par yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes pa
Tibetan: གནས་མ་ཡིན་པ་ལ་ཡང་གནས་མ་ཡིན་པར་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: asthānāsthānayathābhūtaprajñāna
Second of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.
g.354
definitive knowledge that things which are possible are indeed possible
Wylie: gnas la yang gnas su yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes pa
Tibetan: གནས་ལ་ཡང་གནས་སུ་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: sthānasthānayathābhūtaprajñāna
First of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.
g.355
definitive knowledge that through one’s own extrasensory powers one has actualized, achieved, and maintained in this very lifetime the liberation of mind and the liberation of wisdom in the state that is free from contaminants because all contaminants have ceased
Wylie: zag pa zad pa yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes pa, zag pa zad pa
Tibetan: ཟག་པ་ཟད་པ་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་པ།, ཟག་པ་ཟད་པ།
Sanskrit: āsrava-kṣayayathābhūtaprajñāna, āsrava-kṣaya
Tenth of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.
g.356
definitive knowledge, through possibilities and causes, of the maturation of past, future, and present actions, and of those who undertake such actions
Wylie: ’das pa dang ma ’ongs pa dang da ltar byung ba’i las rnams dang las yang dag par len pa rnams kyi rnam par smin pa gnas kyi sgo dang rgyu’i sgo nas yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes pa
Tibetan: འདས་པ་དང་མ་འོངས་པ་དང་ད་ལྟར་བྱུང་བའི་ལས་རྣམས་དང་ལས་ཡང་དག་པར་ལེན་པ་རྣམས་ཀྱི་རྣམ་པར་སྨིན་པ་གནས་ཀྱི་སྒོ་དང་རྒྱུའི་སྒོ་ནས་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: atītānāgatapratyutpannasarvakarmasamādānahetuvipākayathābhūta-prajñāna
Third of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.
g.357
degenerate morality
Wylie: ’chal ba’i tshul khrims
Tibetan: འཆལ་བའི་ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས།
Sanskrit: dauḥśīlya
g.358
delicacies
Wylie: bca’ ba
Tibetan: བཅའ་བ།
Sanskrit: khādanīya
g.359
delicate, soft, and lustrous skin
Wylie: pags pa srab cing ’jam la snum pa
Tibetan: པགས་པ་སྲབ་ཅིང་འཇམ་ལ་སྣུམ་པ།
Sanskrit: ślakṣṇamṛdusnehacchavitā
Thirteenth of the thirty-two major marks.
g.360
deluded
Wylie: rnam par rmongs pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་རྨོངས་པ།
Sanskrit: vimūḍha
g.361
delusion
Wylie: gti mug
Tibetan: གཏི་མུག
Sanskrit: moha
One of the three poisons (dug gsum) along with hatred and desire which perpetuate the sufferings of cyclic existence. Delusion is the obfuscating mental state which obstructs an individual from generating knowledge or insight, and it is said to be characteristic of the animal world in general.
g.362
demonic force
Wylie: bdud
Tibetan: བདུད།
Sanskrit: māra
Buddhist literature speaks of four kinds of malign or demonic influences which may impede the course of spiritual transformation. These include the impure psycho-physical aggregates; the afflicted mental states; desires and temptations; and submission to the “Lord of death,” at which point involuntary rebirth is perpetuated in cyclic existence. Also rendered here as “Māra.”
g.363
denial of opportunity
Wylie: skabs mi ’byed pa
Tibetan: སྐབས་མི་འབྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: navakāsadānatā
g.364
description
Wylie: brjod pa
Tibetan: བརྗོད་པ།
Sanskrit: pravyāhāra, abhidhāna
Also translated here as “statement.”
g.365
designated
Wylie: btags pa
Tibetan: བཏགས་པ།
Sanskrit: prajñapta
g.366
designation
Wylie: tshig bla dags
Tibetan: ཚིག་བླ་དགས།
Sanskrit: adhivacana
g.367
desire
Wylie: ’dod chags
Tibetan: འདོད་ཆགས།
Sanskrit: rāga
First of the five fetters associated with the lower realms .
g.368
despise
Wylie: brnyas pa
Tibetan: བརྙས་པ།
Sanskrit: avamardana janayati
g.369
destitute of the sacred doctrine
Wylie: chos kyis spongs pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱིས་སྤོངས་པ།
Sanskrit: dharmavyasana
g.370
detailed
Wylie: bye brag tu byas pa
Tibetan: བྱེ་བྲག་ཏུ་བྱས་པ།
Sanskrit: prabhedakṛta
g.371
determine
Wylie: so sor brtag
Tibetan: སོ་སོར་བརྟག
Sanskrit: pratyavekṣate
Also translated here as “ investigate .”
g.372
Devoid of Darkness
Wylie: rab rib med pa
Tibetan: རབ་རིབ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: vitimirāpagata
Name of the sixty-eighth meditative stability.
g.373
Devoid of Letters
Wylie: yi ge dang bral ba
Tibetan: ཡི་གེ་དང་བྲལ་བ།
Sanskrit: akṣarāpagata
Name of the sixty-third meditative stability.
g.374
Devoid of Vocalic Syllables
Wylie: sgra dbyangs kyi yi ge dang bral ba
Tibetan: སྒྲ་དབྱངས་ཀྱི་ཡི་གེ་དང་བྲལ་བ།
Sanskrit: nirakṣaramukti
Name of the eighty-eighth meditative stability.
g.375
dhāraṇī
Wylie: gzungs
Tibetan: གཟུངས།
Sanskrit: dhāraṇī
See n.21.
g.376
dhāraṇī gateways
Wylie: gzungs kyi sgo
Tibetan: གཟུངས་ཀྱི་སྒོ།
Sanskrit: dhāraṇīmukha
g.377
Dharma
Wylie: chos
Tibetan: ཆོས།
Sanskrit: dharma
The term dharma (chos) conveys ten different meanings, according to Vasubandhu’s Vyākhyāyukti. In the context of the present work, it may mean “sacred doctrine” (also rendered “Dharma” in this translation), the “attributes” which buddhas and bodhisattvas acquire, “phenomena” or “things” in general, and, more specifically, “mental phenomena” which are the object of the mental faculty (manas, yid).
g.378
dichiliocosm
Wylie: stong gnyis pa bar ma’i ’jig rten gyi khams
Tibetan: སྟོང་གཉིས་པ་བར་མའི་འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: dvisāharsamadhyamalokadhātu
A series parallel worlds comprising one thousand chiliocosms, according to traditional Indian cosmology.
g.379
different from one another
Wylie: phan tshun tha dad pa
Tibetan: ཕན་ཚུན་ཐ་དད་པ།
Sanskrit: parasparavibhinna
g.380
different realms of sentient beings
Wylie: ’gro ba tha dad pa
Tibetan: འགྲོ་བ་ཐ་དད་པ།
Sanskrit: gatisaṃbheda
g.381
diffuse
Wylie: ’phro bar bgyid
Tibetan: འཕྲོ་བར་བགྱིད།
Sanskrit: spharaṇakaroti
g.382
diligent
Wylie: rtun pa
Tibetan: རྟུན་པ།
Sanskrit: ātāpin
g.383
diminish
Wylie: chung ngur bgyid
Tibetan: ཆུང་ངུར་བགྱིད།
Sanskrit: alpīkaroti
g.384
diminished
Wylie: bri ba
Tibetan: བྲི་བ།
Sanskrit: ūnatva
g.385
diminution
Wylie: yongs su ’bri ba
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་འབྲི་བ།
Sanskrit: parihīṇa
g.386
Dīpaṃkara
Wylie: mar me mdzad
Tibetan: མར་མེ་མཛད།
Sanskrit: dīpaṃkara
Name of a buddha of the past.
g.387
direct their enlightened intention
Wylie: dgongs par mdzad
Tibetan: དགོངས་པར་མཛད།
Sanskrit: samanvāharati
g.388
disassociate
Wylie: ’byed pa
Tibetan: འབྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: viyojayati
g.389
discouraged
Wylie: zhum
Tibetan: ཞུམ།
Sanskrit: avalīyate
g.390
discriminative awareness
Wylie: shes rab
Tibetan: ཤེས་རབ།
Sanskrit: prajñā
Also translated here as “wisdom.” See glossary entry.
g.391
disintegrate
Wylie: ’jig par ’gyur
Tibetan: འཇིག་པར་འགྱུར།
Sanskrit: vinaśyati
g.392
disjoined
Wylie: mi ldan pa
Tibetan: མི་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: visaṃyukta
g.393
Dispelling of Doubt
Wylie: nem nur rnam par sel ba
Tibetan: ནེམ་ནུར་རྣམ་པར་སེལ་བ།
Sanskrit: vimativikiraṇa
Name of the eightieth meditative stability.
g.394
Dispelling the Misery of Corporeality
Wylie: lus kyi yang dag par sel ba
Tibetan: ལུས་ཀྱི་ཡང་དག་པར་སེལ་བ།
Sanskrit: kāyakalisaṃpramathana
Name of the 109th meditative stability.
g.395
Dispersal
Wylie: rnam par ’thor ba
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་འཐོར་བ།
Sanskrit: vikiraṇa
Name of the sixtieth meditative stability.
g.396
Dispersal of All Bases of Rebirth [through Realization]
Wylie: srid pa’i ’dam bu thams cad phung po med par rnam par ’thor ba
Tibetan: སྲིད་པའི་འདམ་བུ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཕུང་པོ་མེད་པར་རྣམ་པར་འཐོར་བ།
Sanskrit: sarvabhavatalavikiraṇa
Name of the eighty-sixth meditative stability.
g.397
disrupt
Wylie: rnam par ’khrugs par byed
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་འཁྲུགས་པར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: vikopayati
g.398
dissimilar defining characteristics
Wylie: mtshan nyid mi ’dra ba
Tibetan: མཚན་ཉིད་མི་འདྲ་བ།
Sanskrit: vilakṣaṇa
g.399
distinguished
Wylie: rab tu phye
Tibetan: རབ་ཏུ་ཕྱེ།
Sanskrit: prabhāvyati
g.400
Distinguishing the Terms Associated with All Phenomena
Wylie: tshig thams cad rab tu ’byed pa
Tibetan: ཚིག་ཐམས་ཅད་རབ་ཏུ་འབྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvadharmapadaprabheda
Name of the sixty-first meditative stability.
g.401
distraction
Wylie: rnam par g.yengs ba
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་གཡེངས་བ།
Sanskrit: vikṣepa
g.402
distressed
Wylie: log par lhung ba, yid byung ba
Tibetan: ལོག་པར་ལྷུང་བ།, ཡིད་བྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit: vinipāta, amī
g.403
disturbed
Wylie: g.yo ba
Tibetan: གཡོ་བ།
Sanskrit: calataḥ
g.404
divine voice of Brahmā
Wylie: tshangs pa’i dbyangs
Tibetan: ཚངས་པའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit: brahmasvaratā
Twenty-sixth of the thirty-two major marks.
g.405
do not consider
Wylie: yang dag par rjes su mi mthong ba
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པར་རྗེས་སུ་མི་མཐོང་བ།
Sanskrit: na samanupaśyati
Also translated here as “disregard.”
g.406
do not degenerate in their liberation, nor in their perception of liberating gnosis
Wylie: rnam par grol ba nyams pa med pa’am rnam par grol ba’i ye shes mthong ba nyams pa med pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་གྲོལ་བ་ཉམས་པ་མེད་པའམ་རྣམ་པར་གྲོལ་བའི་ཡེ་ཤེས་མཐོང་བ་ཉམས་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: nāsti vimuktihāniḥ nāsti vimuktijñānadarśanahāniḥ
Twelfth of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.407
do not degenerate in their meditative stability
Wylie: ting nge ’dzin nyams pa med pa
Tibetan: ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་ཉམས་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: nāsti samādhihāniḥ
Tenth of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.408
do not degenerate in their perseverance
Wylie: brtson ’grus nyams pa med pa
Tibetan: བརྩོན་འགྲུས་ཉམས་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: nāsti viryahāniḥ
Eighth of the eighten distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.409
do not degenerate in their recollection
Wylie: dran pa nyams pa med pa
Tibetan: དྲན་པ་ཉམས་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: nāsti smṛtihāniḥ
Ninth of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.410
do not degenerate in their resolution
Wylie: ’dun pa nyams pa med pa
Tibetan: འདུན་པ་ཉམས་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: nāsti cchandahāniḥ
Seventh of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.411
doctrinal sūtra
Wylie: chos kyi rnam grangs
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་རྣམ་གྲངས།
Sanskrit: dharmaparyāya
Also translated here as “scriptural categories.”
g.412
don the great armor
Wylie: go cha chen po gyon par byed
Tibetan: གོ་ཆ་ཆེན་པོ་གྱོན་པར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: mahāsaṃnāhaḥ saṃnahyate
g.413
drawback
Wylie: nyes dmigs
Tibetan: ཉེས་དམིགས།
Sanskrit: ādīnava
g.414
dream
Wylie: rmi lam
Tibetan: རྨི་ལམ།
Sanskrit: svapna
g.415
dual expression
Wylie: gnyis brjod pa
Tibetan: གཉིས་བརྗོད་པ།
Sanskrit: dvirudāhāra
See n.202.
g.416
dullness and sleepiness
Wylie: rmugs gnyid
Tibetan: རྨུགས་གཉིད།
Sanskrit: styānaniddha
Third of the five obscurations.
g.417
Dunhuang
Wylie: tun hong
Tibetan: ཏུན་ཧོང་།
Site of the Magao Caves in Gansu Province, China.
g.418
early indication
Wylie: snga ltas
Tibetan: སྔ་ལྟས།
Sanskrit: pūrvīnimitta
g.419
earth element
Wylie: sa’i khams
Tibetan: སའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: bhūdhātu
g.420
echo
Wylie: brag ca
Tibetan: བྲག་ཅ།
Sanskrit: pratiśabda
g.421
eight aspects of liberation
Wylie: rnam par thar pa brgyad
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit: aṣṭavimokṣa
The eight aspects of liberation ensue: (1) when corporeal beings observe physical forms [in order to compose the mind]; (2) when formless beings endowed with internal perception observe external physical forms; (3) when beings are inclined toward pleasant states; (4) when one achieves and abides in the sense field of infinite space, thinking, ‘Space is infinite.’ (5) The fifth ensues when one achieves and abides in the sense field of infinite consciousness, thinking, ‘Consciousness is infinite.’ (6) The sixth is when one achieves and abides in the sense field of nothing-at-all, thinking, ‘There is nothing at all.’ (7) The seventh is when one achieves and abides in the sense field of neither perception nor non-perception. (8) The eighth is when one achieves and abides in the cessation of all perceptions and feelings.For a more complete description, see 1.33.
g.422
eight great hells
Wylie: dmyal ba chen po brgyad
Tibetan: དམྱལ་བ་ཆེན་པོ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit: aṣṭamahāniraya
On the eight great hells, see Patrul Rinpoche’s commentary in Padmakara Translation Group (1994): 63–69.
g.423
eight kinds of realized individuals
Wylie: gang zag brgyad
Tibetan: གང་ཟག་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit: aṣṭapudgalin, aṣṭamakaḥ
See 15.31.
g.424
eight sense fields of mastery
Wylie: zil gyis gnon pa’i skye mched brgyad
Tibetan: ཟིལ་གྱིས་གནོན་པའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit: aṣṭābhibhvāyatana
These refer to the miraculous perceptual transformation that ensues when one: (1) regards lesser external forms; (2) regards greater external forms; (3) regards blue external forms; (4) regards yellow external forms; (5) regards red external forms; (6) regards white external forms; (7) abides in the sense field of infinite space ; (8) abides in the sense field of infinite consciousness .For a complete explanation, see 1.55.
g.425
eight unfavorable conditions
Wylie: mi khom pa brgyad
Tibetan: མི་ཁོམ་པ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit: aṣṭāskṣaṇā
The eight unfavorable conditions for Buddhist practice, which are well known in the context of the preliminary practices (sngon ’gro), comprise birth among the denizens of the hells, as anguished spirits, animals, long-lived gods, frontier tribesmen beyond the pale of cilvization, those whose sense faculties are incomplete, and those who maintain wrong views. See Padmakara Translation Group (1994): 20–21.
g.426
eighteen aspects of emptiness
Wylie: stong pa nyid bco brgyad
Tibetan: སྟོང་པ་ཉིད་བཅོ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit: aṣṭadaśaśūnyatā
The eighteen aspects of emptiness, as listed in 1.57, comprise (1) emptiness of internal phenomena, (2) emptiness of external phenomena, (3) emptiness of both external and internal phenomena, (4) emptiness of emptiness, (5) emptiness of great extent, (6) emptiness of ultimate reality, (7) emptiness of conditioned phenomena, (8) emptiness of unconditioned phenomena, (9) emptiness of the unlimited, (10) emptiness of that which has neither beginning nor end, (11) emptiness of non-dispersal, (12) emptiness of inherent existence, (13) emptiness of intrinsic defining characteristics, (14) emptiness of all things, (15) emptiness of non-apprehension, (16) emptiness of non-entities, (17) emptiness of essential nature, and (18) emptiness of the essential nature of non-entities. See also n.48.
g.427
eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas
Wylie: sangs rgyas kyi chos ma ’dres pa bco brgyad
Tibetan: སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་ཆོས་མ་འདྲེས་པ་བཅོ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit: aṣṭādaśāveṇikabuddhadharma
See 2.8.
g.428
eighteen great fields of knowledge
Wylie: rig pa’i gnas bcwa brgyad, rig gnas chen po bco brgyad
Tibetan: རིག་པའི་གནས་བཅྭ་བརྒྱད།, རིག་གནས་ཆེན་པོ་བཅོ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit: aṣṭādaśavidyāsthāna
The eighteen great fields of knowledge are listed in the Mahāvyutpatti as (1) music ( gandharva , rol mo), (2) love-making (vaiśika, ’khrig thabs), (3) sustenance (vārtā, ’tsho tshis), (4) arithmetic (sāṃkhyā, grangs can), (5) grammar (śabda, sgra), (6) medicine (cikitsita, gso dpyad), (7) behavior (nīti, chos lugs), (8) fine arts (śilpa, bzo), (9) archery (dhanurveda, ’phongs), (10) logic (hetu, gtan tshigs), (11) yoga (rnal ’byor), (12) study (śruti, thos pa), (13) recollection (sṃṛti, dran pa), (14) astronomy (jyotitiṣa, skar ma’i dpyad), (15) astrology (gaṇita, rtsis), (16) optical aberrations (māyā, mig ’phrul ’khor), (17) antiquity (purāṇa, sngon gyi rabs), and (18) history (itihāsaka, sngon byung ba).On all these and related matters, see Jamgon Kongtrul TOK Book 6, Pt.1: 311–315.
g.429
eighteen requisites of musical performance
Wylie: rol mo’i bye brag bco brgyad
Tibetan: རོལ་མོའི་བྱེ་བྲག་བཅོ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit: aṣṭadaśavādyaviśeṣa
The eighteen requisites of musical performance, contained in the sixty-four crafts, are (1) the dancer (nartaka, gar mkhan); (2) the dance (nāṭya, bro); (3) kettledrum (bherī, rnga bo che); (4) clay drum (mṛdaṅga, rdza rnga); (5) tambour (muraja, rnga phran); (6) large kettledrum (dundubhi, rnga chen po); (7) small cymbal (paṇava, ’khar rnga); (8) single-string lute (tuṇava, pi vang rgyud gcig pa); (9) one-sided clay drum (ekamukhamṛdaṅga, rdza rnga kha gcig pa); (10) metal bell (illarī, lcags kyi sil khrol); (11) bell-metal cymbals (sampa, mkhar ba’i sil khrol); (12) three-string lute (ballarī, pi vang rgyud gsum pa); (13) mukunda drum (mukunda, rnga mukunda); (14) harmony of percussion and singing (gītopakṣipyatūrya, sil snyan glu dbyangs dang bstun pa); (15) musical tempo (tālāvacara, pheg rdob); (16) instrumentation (vādyaśabda, rol mo’i sgra); (17) lute (vīṇā, pi vang); and (18) flute (veṇu, gling bu). On all these and related matters, see Jamgon Kongtrul TOK Book 6, Pt.1: 311–315.
g.430
eighteen sensory elements
Wylie: khams bco brgyad
Tibetan: ཁམས་བཅོ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit: aṣṭadaśadhātu
The eighteen sensory elements, as listed in 1.16, comprise (1) the sensory element of the eyes, (2) the sensory element of sights, and (3) the sensory element of visual consciousness; (4) the sensory element of the ears, (5) the sensory element of sounds, and (6) the sensory element of auditory consciousness; (7) the sensory element of the nose, (8) the sensory element of odors, and (9) the sensory element of olfactory consciousness; (10) the sensory element of the tongue, (11) the sensory element of tastes, and (12) the sensory element of gustatory consciousness; (13) the sensory element of the body, (14) the sensory element of tangibles, and (15) the sensory element of tactile consciousness; and (16) the sensory element of the mental faculty, (17) the sensory element of mental phenomena, and (18) the sensory element of mental consciousness.
g.431
eighth-lowest stage
Wylie: brgyad pa’i sa, brgyad pa
Tibetan: བརྒྱད་པའི་ས།, བརྒྱད་པ།
Sanskrit: aṣṭamakabhūmi, aṣṭamaka
A person who is eight steps away in the arc of their development from becoming an arhat (Tib. dgra bcom pa). Specifically, this term refers to one who is on the cusp of becoming a stream-enterer (Skt. śrotāpanna; Tib. rgyun du zhugs pa), and is the first and lowest stage in a list of eight stages or classes of a noble person (Skt. āryapudgala). The person at this lowest stage in the sequence is still on the path of seeing (Skt. darśanamārga; Tib. mthong lam), and then enters the path of cultivation (Skt. bhāvanāmārga; Tib. sgoms lam) upon attaining the next stage, that of a stream-enterer (stage 7). From there they progress through the remaining stages of the śrāvaka path, becoming in turn a once-returner (stages six and five), a non-returner (stages four and three), and an arhat (stages two and one).This same “eighth stage” also appears in set of ten levels (Skt. daśabhūmi; Tib. sa bcu) found in Mahāyāna sources, where it is the third step out of the ten. Not to be confused with the ten levels of the bodhisattva’s path, these ten levels mark the progress of one who sequentially follows the paths of a śrāvaka, pratyekabuddha, and then bodhisattva on their way to complete buddhahood. In this set of ten level a person “on the eighth stage” is similarly one who is on the cusp of becoming a stream-enterer.
g.432
eighty excellent minor marks
Wylie: dpe byad bzang po brgyad cu
Tibetan: དཔེ་བྱད་བཟང་པོ་བརྒྱད་ཅུ།
Sanskrit: asītyānuvyañjana
For their enumeration see 2.33 and 29.40.(See also n.67).
g.433
elder
Wylie: gnas brtan
Tibetan: གནས་བརྟན།
Sanskrit: sthavira
A monk of seniority within the assembly of the śrāvakas.
g.434
element of cessation
Wylie: ’gog pa’i khams
Tibetan: འགོག་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: nirodhadhātu
g.435
element of dispassion
Wylie: ’dod chags dang bral ba’i khams
Tibetan: འདོད་ཆགས་དང་བྲལ་བའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: virāgadhātu
g.436
element of exertion
Wylie: spong ba’i khams
Tibetan: སྤོང་བའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: prahāṇadhātu
g.437
eleven aspects of knowledge
Wylie: shes pa bcu gcig
Tibetan: ཤེས་པ་བཅུ་གཅིག
Sanskrit: ekadaśajñāna
g.438
elucidate
Wylie: lhag par ’jug
Tibetan: ལྷག་པར་འཇུག
Sanskrit: adhyāharati
g.439
emanational display
Wylie: rnam par rtse ba
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་རྩེ་བ།
Sanskrit: vikrīḍana
g.440
emancipation
Wylie: rnam par grol ba
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་གྲོལ་བ།
Sanskrit: vimoca
This denotes emancipation or withdrawal from worldly life. See n.4.
g.441
emancipation from cyclic existence
Wylie: nges par ’byung ba
Tibetan: ངེས་པར་འབྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit: niḥsaraṇa, niryāṇa
g.442
emerge
Wylie: ’byung bar ’gyur
Tibetan: འབྱུང་བར་འགྱུར།
Sanskrit: prādurbhāvo bhavati
Also translated here as “occur.”
g.443
emotional experience
Wylie: myong ba
Tibetan: མྱོང་བ།
Sanskrit: anubhava
g.444
empathetic joy
Wylie: dga’ ba
Tibetan: དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit: muditā
Third of the four immeasurable aspirations.
g.445
emptiness
Wylie: stong pa nyid
Tibetan: སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: śūnyatā
Emptiness denotes the ultimate nature of reality, the total absence of inherent existence and self-identity with respect to all phenomena. According to this view, all things and events are devoid of any independent, intrinsic reality that constitutes their essence. Nothing can be said to exist independently from the complex network of factors that gives rise to their origination, nor are phenomena independent of the cognitive processes and mental constructs that make up the conventional framework within which their identity and existence are posited. When all levels of conceptualization dissolve and when all forms of dichotomizing tendencies are quelled through deliberate meditative deconstruction of conceptual elaborations, the ultimate nature of reality will finally become manifest. It is the first of the three gateways to liberation.
g.446
emptiness in all its finest aspects
Wylie: rnam pa thams cad kyi mchog dang ldan pa’i stong pa nyid
Tibetan: རྣམ་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་མཆོག་དང་ལྡན་པའི་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: sarvākāraguṇopetaśūnyatā, sarvākāravaropetaśūnyatā
A term which, in the commentaries of the third turning of the doctrinal wheel, is interpreted to mean that consummate buddha attributes are extraneously empty of all imaginary and dependent attributes.(See also n.173).
g.447
emptiness of all things
Wylie: chos thams cad stong pa nyid
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: sarvadharmaśūnyatā
Fourteenth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.
g.448
emptiness of both external and internal phenomena
Wylie: phyi nang stong pa nyid
Tibetan: ཕྱི་ནང་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: adhyātmabahirdhāśūnyatā
Third of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.
g.449
emptiness of conditioned phenomena
Wylie: ’dus byas stong pa nyid
Tibetan: འདུས་བྱས་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: saṃskṛtaśūnyatā
Seventh of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.
g.450
emptiness of emptiness
Wylie: stong pa nyid stong pa nyid
Tibetan: སྟོང་པ་ཉིད་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: śūnyatāśūnyatā
Fourth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.
g.451
emptiness of essential nature
Wylie: ngo bo nyid stong pa nyid
Tibetan: ངོ་བོ་ཉིད་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: svabhāvaśūnyatā
Seventeenth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.
g.452
emptiness of external phenomena
Wylie: phyi stong pa nyid
Tibetan: ཕྱི་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: bahirdhāśūnyatā
Second of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.
g.453
emptiness of great extent
Wylie: chen po stong pa nyid
Tibetan: ཆེན་པོ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: mahāśūnyatā
Fifth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.
g.454
emptiness of inherent existence
Wylie: rang bzhin stong pa nyid
Tibetan: རང་བཞིན་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: prakṛtiśūnyatā
Twelfth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.
g.455
emptiness of internal phenomena
Wylie: nang stong pa nyid
Tibetan: ནང་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: adhyātmaśūnyatā
First of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.
g.456
emptiness of intrinsic defining characteristics
Wylie: rang gi mtshan nyid stong pa
Tibetan: རང་གི་མཚན་ཉིད་སྟོང་པ།
Sanskrit: nyid svalakṣaṇaśūnyatā
Thirteenth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.
g.457
emptiness of non-apprehension
Wylie: mi dmigs pa stong pa nyid
Tibetan: མི་དམིགས་པ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: anupalambhaśūnyatā
Fifteenth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.
g.458
emptiness of non-dispersal
Wylie: dor ba med pa stong pa nyid
Tibetan: དོར་བ་མེད་པ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: anavakāraśūnyatā
Eleventh of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.
g.459
emptiness of non-entities
Wylie: dngos po med pa stong pa nyid
Tibetan: དངོས་པོ་མེད་པ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: abhāvaśūnyatā
Sixteenth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.
g.460
emptiness of that which has neither beginning nor end
Wylie: thog ma dang tha ma med pa stong pa nyid
Tibetan: ཐོག་མ་དང་ཐ་མ་མེད་པ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: anavarāgraśūnyatā
Tenth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.
g.461
emptiness of the essential nature of non-entities
Wylie: dngos po med pa’i ngo bo nyid stong pa nyid
Tibetan: དངོས་པོ་མེད་པའི་ངོ་བོ་ཉིད་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: abhāvasvabhāvaśūnyatā
Eighteenth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.
g.462
emptiness of the unlimited
Wylie: mtha’ las ’das pa stong pa nyid
Tibetan: མཐའ་ལས་འདས་པ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: atyantaśūnyatā
Ninth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.
g.463
emptiness of ultimate reality
Wylie: don dam pa stong pa nyid
Tibetan: དོན་དམ་པ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: paramārthaśūnyatā
Sixth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.
g.464
emptiness of unconditioned phenomena
Wylie: ’dus ma byas stong pa nyid
Tibetan: འདུས་མ་བྱས་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: asaṃskṛtaśūnyatā
Eighth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.
g.465
empty
Wylie: stong pa
Tibetan: སྟོང་པ།
Sanskrit: śūnya, śūnyataḥ
g.466
empty hut
Wylie: khang stong
Tibetan: ཁང་སྟོང་།
Sanskrit: śūnyāgāra
g.467
empty of inherent existence
Wylie: rang bzhin gyis stong pa
Tibetan: རང་བཞིན་གྱིས་སྟོང་པ།
Sanskrit: prakṛtiśūnya
g.468
empty of notions of “I” and “mine”
Wylie: bdag dang bdag gis stong pa
Tibetan: བདག་དང་བདག་གིས་སྟོང་པ།
Sanskrit: ātmātmīyaśūnya
g.469
emulation
Wylie: rjes su skyes pa
Tibetan: རྗེས་སུ་སྐྱེས་པ།
Sanskrit: anujāta
This term appears in reference to Subhūti who is considered to be an “emulator” of Lord Buddha, in the sense that he appears to imitate him. This is, of course, not to be understood in the sense of rivalry or competition.
g.470
encourage
Wylie: yang dag par gzengs stod par byed
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པར་གཟེངས་སྟོད་པར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: samuttejayati
g.471
Endowed with All Finest Aspects
Wylie: rnam pa thams cad kyi mchog dang ldan pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་མཆོག་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvākārāvatāra
Name of the ninety-second meditative stability.
g.472
endowed with knowledge and virtuous conduct
Wylie: rigs pa dag zhabs su ldan pa
Tibetan: རིགས་པ་དག་ཞབས་སུ་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: vidyācaraṇasampanna
g.473
endowed with markings
Wylie: mtshan dang ldan pa
Tibetan: མཚན་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: lakṣaṇatā
Seventy-eighth of the eighty minor marks.
g.474
Endowed with the Essence
Wylie: snying po dang ldan pa
Tibetan: སྙིང་པོ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: śāravatī
Name of the 100th meditative stability.
g.475
Endowed with the Factors Conducive to Enlightenment
Wylie: byang chub kyi yan lag yod pa
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག་ཡོད་པ།
Sanskrit: bodhyaṅgavatī
Name of the seventy-fifth meditative stability.
g.476
endurance
Wylie: bzod pa
Tibetan: བཟོད་པ།
Sanskrit: kṣamaṇā
—
g.477
endure
Wylie: ther zug tu gnas
Tibetan: ཐེར་ཟུག་ཏུ་གནས།
Sanskrit: kūṭasthā bhavati
g.478
enduring state
Wylie: ther zug tu gnas pa
Tibetan: ཐེར་ཟུག་ཏུ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit: kūṭastha
g.479
engage in the conditioning of physical forms
Wylie: gzugs mngon par ’du bgyid pa la spyod
Tibetan: གཟུགས་མངོན་པར་འདུ་བགྱིད་པ་ལ་སྤྱོད།
Sanskrit: rūpābhisaṃskāre carati
g.480
engage in the perception of gnosis which is unobstructed and unimpeded with respect to the future
Wylie: ma ’ongs pa’i dus la ma chags ma thogs pa’i ye shes gzigs par ’jug go
Tibetan: མ་འོངས་པའི་དུས་ལ་མ་ཆགས་མ་ཐོགས་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས་གཟིགས་པར་འཇུག་གོ
Sanskrit: anāgate 'dhvany asaṅgam apratihataṃ jñānadarśanaṃ pravartate
Seventeenth of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.481
engage in the perception of gnosis which is unobstructed and unimpeded with respect to the past
Wylie: ’das pa’i dus la ma chags ma thogs pa’i ye shes gzigs par ’jug go
Tibetan: འདས་པའི་དུས་ལ་མ་ཆགས་མ་ཐོགས་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས་གཟིགས་པར་འཇུག་གོ
Sanskrit: atīte 'dhvany asaṅgam apratihataṃ jñānadarśanaṃ pravartate
Sixteeenth of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.482
engage in the perception of gnosis which is unobstructed and unimpeded with respect to the present
Wylie: da ltar byung ba’i dus la ma chags ma thogs pa’i ye shes gzigs par ’jug go
Tibetan: ད་ལྟར་བྱུང་བའི་དུས་ལ་མ་ཆགས་མ་ཐོགས་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས་གཟིགས་པར་འཇུག་གོ
Sanskrit: pratyutpanne 'dhvany asaṅgam apratihataṃ jñānadarśanaṃ pravartate
Eighteenth of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.483
engage in union
Wylie: rnal ’byor du byed
Tibetan: རྣལ་འབྱོར་དུ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: yogam āpadati
g.484
engage with mental images
Wylie: mtshan ma la spyod
Tibetan: མཚན་མ་ལ་སྤྱོད།
Sanskrit: nimittacarati
Also translated here as “engage with signs.”
g.485
engage with signs
Wylie: mtshan ma la spyod
Tibetan: མཚན་མ་ལ་སྤྱོད།
Sanskrit: nimittacarati
Also translated here as “engage with mental images.”
g.486
engaged in perfection
Wylie: yongs su rdzogs par byed
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་རྫོགས་པར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: paripūrayati
g.487
engaged in union with
Wylie: brtson pa
Tibetan: བརྩོན་པ།
Sanskrit: yukta
g.488
Engaging in Conduct
Wylie: spyod pa dang ldan pa
Tibetan: སྤྱོད་པ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: cāritravatī
Name of sixty-ninth meditative stability.
g.489
Engaging Without Wavering and Without Settled Focus
Wylie: g.yo ba med cing gnas pa med la dga’ ba
Tibetan: གཡོ་བ་མེད་ཅིང་གནས་པ་མེད་ལ་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit: acalāniketarati
Name of the 107th meditative stability.
g.490
enhance
Wylie: chen por bgyid
Tibetan: ཆེན་པོར་བགྱིད།
Sanskrit: mahatkaroti
g.491
enlarge
Wylie: yangs par bgyid
Tibetan: ཡངས་པར་བགྱིད།
Sanskrit: vipulīkaroti
g.492
enlightened attribute
Wylie: yon tan
Tibetan: ཡོན་ཏན།
Sanskrit: guṇa
Enlightened attributes include specific qualities of buddha body, speech, and mind, such as the thirty-two major and eighty minor marks, the sixty intonations of Brahmā-like voice, and the attributes of compassion, omniscience, and power.
g.493
enlightened heritage
Wylie: rigs
Tibetan: རིགས།
Sanskrit: kula
In the context of the present text, this term denotes the heritage or family of bodhisattvas following the Great Vehicle. When refering a son or daughter enlightened heritage, the expressions kulaputra (rigs kyi bu) and kuladuhitā (rigs kyi bu mo) are terms of endearment with which a teacher may address his or her own students. See the definition in Zhang Yisun et al (1975): 2686. In the context of the present sūtra, these terms therefore denote a male or female follower of the Great Vehicle, distinct from the adherents of the lesser vehicles. This may be suggested in the translation “children of enlightened heritage,” which other interpretative renderings, such as “son of a noble family” or “son of a good family,” would lack.
g.494
enlightenment
Wylie: byang chub
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ།
Sanskrit: bodhi
g.495
enmity
Wylie: ’khon du ’dzin pa
Tibetan: འཁོན་དུ་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit: upanāha
g.496
ensnarement
Wylie: kun nas dkris pa
Tibetan: ཀུན་ནས་དཀྲིས་པ།
Sanskrit: paryavasthāna
g.497
entering the stream
Wylie: rgyun du zhugs pa
Tibetan: རྒྱུན་དུ་ཞུགས་པ།
Sanskrit: śrota’āpanna
First of four stages in the path to nirvāṇa.
g.498
entire universe
Wylie: thams cad kyi thams cad du thams cad dang ldan pa’i ’jig rten
Tibetan: ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་ཐམས་ཅད་དུ་ཐམས་ཅད་དང་ལྡན་པའི་འཇིག་རྟེན།
Sanskrit: sarvāvantaloka
g.499
entity
Wylie: dngos po
Tibetan: དངོས་པོ།
Sanskrit: bhāva
See n.50.
g.500
Entrance to Symbols and Sounds
Wylie: brda dang sgra la ’jug pa
Tibetan: བརྡ་དང་སྒྲ་ལ་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit: saṃketarutapraveśa
Name of the eighty-seventh meditative stability.
g.501
Entry into Designations and Observation of Spatial Directions
Wylie: tshig bla dags la ’jug cing phyogs la rnam par lta ba
Tibetan: ཚིག་བླ་དགས་ལ་འཇུག་ཅིང་ཕྱོགས་ལ་རྣམ་པར་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit: adhivacanasaṃpraveśadigvilokita
Names of the seventeenth and eighteenth meditative stabilities.
g.502
envied
Wylie: ’dod par bya ba
Tibetan: འདོད་པར་བྱ་བ།
Sanskrit: spṛhaṇīya
In the sense of enviable.
g.503
eon
Wylie: bskal pa
Tibetan: བསྐལ་པ།
Sanskrit: kalpa
According to the traditional Abhidharma understanding of cyclical time, a great eon (mahākalpa) is divided into eighty lesser or intervening eons. In the course of one great eon, the external universe and its sentient life takes form and later disappears. During the first twenty of the lesser eons, the universe is in the process of creation and expansion (vivartakalpa); during the next twenty it remains created; during the third twenty, it is in the process of destruction or contraction (samvartakalpa); and during the last quarter of the cycle, it remains in a state of destruction.
g.504
equal to the unequaled
Wylie: mi mnyam pa dang mnyam pa
Tibetan: མི་མཉམ་པ་དང་མཉམ་པ།
Sanskrit: asamasama
g.505
Equal to the Unequaled
Wylie: mi mnyam pa dang mnyam pa
Tibetan: མི་མཉམ་པ་དང་མཉམ་པ།
Sanskrit: āgamasama
Name of the seventy-seventh meditative stability.
g.506
equanimity
Wylie: btang snyoms
Tibetan: བཏང་སྙོམས།
Sanskrit: upekṣā
Fourth of the four immeasurable aspirations.
g.507
eradication
Wylie: tshar gcad pa
Tibetan: ཚར་གཅད་པ།
Sanskrit: bhāgaccheda
g.508
Eradication of Referents
Wylie: dmigs pa gcod pa
Tibetan: དམིགས་པ་གཅོད་པ།
Sanskrit: ālambanaccheda
Name of the sixty-fourth meditative stability.
g.509
essenceless doctrine
Wylie: snying po med pa’i chos
Tibetan: སྙིང་པོ་མེད་པའི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit: asāradharma
g.510
essenceless nature
Wylie: ngo bo nyid med pa
Tibetan: ངོ་བོ་ཉིད་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: niḥsvabhāvatā
g.511
essencelessness
Wylie: snying po med pa
Tibetan: སྙིང་པོ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: asāraka
g.512
essential doctrine
Wylie: snying po’i chos
Tibetan: སྙིང་པོའི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit: sāradharma
g.513
essential nature
Wylie: ngo bo nyid
Tibetan: ངོ་བོ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: svabhāva
This term denotes the ontological status of phenomena, according to which they are said to possess existence in their own right—inherently, in and of themselves, objectively, and independent of any other phenomena such as our conception and labelling. The absence of such an ontological reality is defined as the true nature of reality, emptiness.
g.514
essential nature of non-entity
Wylie: dngos po ma mchis pa’i ngo bo nyid
Tibetan: དངོས་པོ་མ་མཆིས་པའི་ངོ་བོ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: abhāvasvabhāva
g.515
established instructions
Wylie: gtan la phab pa bstan pa’i sde
Tibetan: གཏན་ལ་ཕབ་པ་བསྟན་པའི་སྡེ།
Sanskrit: upadeśa
Eleventh of the twelve branches of the scriptures.
g.516
Establishing the Sameness of All Letters
Wylie: yi ge mnyam par ’god pa
Tibetan: ཡི་གེ་མཉམ་པར་འགོད་པ།
Sanskrit: samākṣarāvatāra
Name of the sixty-second meditative stability.
g.517
Establishment of the Array
Wylie: bkod pa bsgrub pa
Tibetan: བཀོད་པ་བསྒྲུབ་པ།
Sanskrit: vyatastasamāpatti
Name of the twenty-eighth meditative stability.
g.518
ethical conduct
Wylie: tshul khrims, tshul
Tibetan: ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས།, ཚུལ།
Sanskrit: śīla
Morally virtuous or disciplined conduct and the abandonment of morally undisciplined conduct of body, speech, and mind. In a general sense, moral discipline is the cause for rebirth in higher, more favorable states, but it is also foundational to Buddhist practice as one of the three trainings (triśikṣā) and one of the six perfections of a bodhisattva. Often rendered as “ethics,” “discipline,” and “morality.”
g.519
ethical discipline associated with mental restraint
Wylie: sdom pa’i tshul khrims
Tibetan: སྡོམ་པའི་ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས།
Sanskrit: saṃvaraśīla
g.520
ethical discipline of habitual conduct
Wylie: kun tu spyod pa’i tshul khrims
Tibetan: ཀུན་ཏུ་སྤྱོད་པའི་ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས།
Sanskrit: samudācāraśīla
The forms of discipline associated with body and speech, as opposed to mind.
g.521
even provisionally
Wylie: re zhig
Tibetan: རེ་ཞིག
Sanskrit: eva tāvat
g.522
evil associate
Wylie: sdig pa’i grogs po
Tibetan: སྡིག་པའི་གྲོགས་པོ།
Sanskrit: pāpamitra
g.523
exact knowledge of dharmas
Wylie: chos so so yang dag par rig pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་སོ་སོ་ཡང་དག་པར་རིག་པ།
Sanskrit: dharmapratisaṃvid
Second of the four kinds of exact knowledge.
g.524
exact knowledge of eloquent expression
Wylie: spobs pa so so yang dag par rig pa
Tibetan: སྤོབས་པ་སོ་སོ་ཡང་དག་པར་རིག་པ།
Sanskrit: pratibhānapratisaṃvid
Fourth of the four kinds of exact knowledge. Eloquent expression here, also translated in the text as “inspired eloquence,” is the means by which the teachings are expressed.
g.525
exact knowledge of language and lexical explanations
Wylie: nges pa’i tshig so so yang dag par rig pa
Tibetan: ངེས་པའི་ཚིག་སོ་སོ་ཡང་དག་པར་རིག་པ།
Sanskrit: niruktapratisaṃvid
Third of the four kinds of exact knowledge. See also “lexical explanations.”
g.526
exact knowledge of meanings
Wylie: don so so yang dag par rig pa
Tibetan: དོན་སོ་སོ་ཡང་དག་པར་རིག་པ།
Sanskrit: arthapratisaṃvid
First of the four kinds of exact knowledge.
g.527
exalted
Wylie: mchog tu
Tibetan: མཆོག་ཏུ།
Sanskrit: agrata
g.528
excellence
Wylie: phun sum tshogs pa
Tibetan: ཕུན་སུམ་ཚོགས་པ།
Sanskrit: saṃpatti
g.529
excellently adopted
Wylie: shin tu legs par blangs pa
Tibetan: ཤིན་ཏུ་ལེགས་པར་བླངས་པ།
Sanskrit: susamātta
g.530
exertion
Wylie: spong ba
Tibetan: སྤོང་བ།
Sanskrit: prahāṇa
g.531
exhaustion
Wylie: ngal ba
Tibetan: ངལ་བ།
Sanskrit: klama
g.532
exhaustion of craving
Wylie: sred pa zad pa
Tibetan: སྲེད་པ་ཟད་པ།
Sanskrit: tṛṣṇākṣaya
g.533
expanse of nirvāṇa
Wylie: mya ngan las ’das pa’i dbyings
Tibetan: མྱ་ངན་ལས་འདས་པའི་དབྱིངས།
Sanskrit: nirvāṇadhātu
g.534
expanse of reality
Wylie: chos kyi dbyings
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས།
Sanskrit: dharmadhātu, dharmaniyāmatā
g.535
experiencer
Wylie: tshor ba po
Tibetan: ཚོར་བ་པོ།
Sanskrit: vedaka
g.536
experiencing subject
Wylie: tshor bar byed pa po
Tibetan: ཚོར་བར་བྱེད་པ་པོ།
Sanskrit: vedayitṛka
g.537
explanation
Wylie: bsnyad pa
Tibetan: བསྙད་པ།
Sanskrit: ākhyāta
g.538
exposed place
Wylie: bla gab med pa
Tibetan: བླ་གབ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: abhyavakāśa
g.539
expressible
Wylie: brjod du yod pa
Tibetan: བརྗོད་དུ་ཡོད་པ།
Sanskrit: pravyāhāra
g.540
extraneous entity
Wylie: gzhan gyi dngos po
Tibetan: གཞན་གྱི་དངོས་པོ།
Sanskrit: parabhāva
This term denotes “anything other than the unconditioned expanse of reality” and so forth. Konow (1941), pp. 36–37, translates this term as “being-something-else.” Lamotte (op. cit. p. 1673) suggests “other existence.”
g.541
extrasensory power
Wylie: mngon par shes pa
Tibetan: མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: abhijñā
g.542
extrasensory power realizing knowledge of divine clairaudience
Wylie: lha’i rna ba shes pa mngon sum du bya ba shes pa’i mngon par shes pa
Tibetan: ལྷའི་རྣ་བ་ཤེས་པ་མངོན་སུམ་དུ་བྱ་བ་ཤེས་པའི་མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: divyaśrotrajñānasākṣātkriyājñānābhijñā
Third of the six extrasensory powers.
g.543
extrasensory power realizing knowledge of divine clairvoyance
Wylie: lha’i mig shes pa mngon sum du bya ba shes pa’i mngon par shes pa
Tibetan: ལྷའི་མིག་ཤེས་པ་མངོན་སུམ་དུ་བྱ་བ་ཤེས་པའི་མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: divyacakṣurjñānasākṣātkriyājñānābhijñā
Second of the six extrasensory powers.
g.544
extrasensory power realizing knowledge of [miraculous] activities
Wylie: bya ba shes pa mngon sum du bya ba shes pa’i mngon par shes pa
Tibetan: བྱ་བ་ཤེས་པ་མངོན་སུམ་དུ་བྱ་བ་ཤེས་པའི་མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: ṛddhividhijñasākṣātkriyājñānābhijñā, vidhijñasākṣātkriyājñānābhijñā
First of the six extrasensory powers.
g.545
extrasensory power realizing knowledge of other minds
Wylie: pha rol gyi sems shes pa mngon sum du bya ba shes pa’i mngon par shes pa
Tibetan: ཕ་རོལ་གྱི་སེམས་ཤེས་པ་མངོན་སུམ་དུ་བྱ་བ་ཤེས་པའི་མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: paracittajñānasākṣātkriyājñānābhijñā
Fourth of the six extrasensory powers.
g.546
extrasensory power realizing knowledge of the cessation of contaminants
Wylie: zag pa zad pa shes pa mngon sum du bya ba shes pa’i mngon par shes pa
Tibetan: ཟག་པ་ཟད་པ་ཤེས་པ་མངོན་སུམ་དུ་བྱ་བ་ཤེས་པའི་མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: āsravakṣayajñānasākṣātkriyājñānābhijñā
Sixth of the six extrasensory powers.
g.547
extrasensory power realizing knowledge of the recollection of past lives
Wylie: sngon gyi gnas rjes su dran pa shes pa mngon sum du bya ba shes pa’i mngon par shes pa
Tibetan: སྔོན་གྱི་གནས་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ་ཤེས་པ་མངོན་སུམ་དུ་བྱ་བ་ཤེས་པའི་མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: pūrvanivāsānusmṛtijñānasākṣātkriyājñānābhijñā
Fifth of the six extrasensory powers.
g.548
eye of divine clairvoyance
Wylie: lha’i mig
Tibetan: ལྷའི་མིག
Sanskrit: divyacakṣuḥ
Second of the five eyes. See 11.3.
g.549
eye of flesh
Wylie: sha’i mig
Tibetan: ཤའི་མིག
Sanskrit: māṃsacakṣuḥ
First of the five eyes. See 11.2.
g.550
eye of the buddhas
Wylie: sangs rgyas kyi mig
Tibetan: སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་མིག
Sanskrit: buddhacakṣuḥ
Fifth of the five eyes. See 11.12.
g.551
eye of the sacred doctrine
Wylie: chos kyi mig
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་མིག
Sanskrit: dharmacakṣuḥ
Fourth of the five eyes. See 11.5.
g.552
eye of wisdom
Wylie: shes rab kyi mig
Tibetan: ཤེས་རབ་ཀྱི་མིག
Sanskrit: prajñācakṣuḥ
Third of the five eyes. See 11.4.
g.553
eyes are wide
Wylie: spyan yangs pa
Tibetan: སྤྱན་ཡངས་པ།
Sanskrit: viśālanayanatā
Fifty-third of the eighty minor marks.
g.554
fabricated
Wylie: rnam par bsgrubs pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་བསྒྲུབས་པ།
Sanskrit: viṭhapita
g.555
face is moonlike
Wylie: zhal zla ba lta bu
Tibetan: ཞལ་ཟླ་བ་ལྟ་བུ།
Sanskrit: candrasadṛśamukhatā
Thirty-seventh of the eighty minor marks.
g.556
face is without frowns of anger
Wylie: zhal la khro gnyer gyi rim pa med pa
Tibetan: ཞལ་ལ་ཁྲོ་གཉེར་གྱི་རིམ་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: aparimlānasalāṭatā
Thirty-ninth of the eighty minor marks.
g.557
faculties endowed with the knowledge of all things
Wylie: kun shes pa dang ldan pa’i dbang po
Tibetan: ཀུན་ཤེས་པ་དང་ལྡན་པའི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit: ājñātāvīndriya
Third of the three faculties.
g.558
faculties that acquire the knowledge of all things
Wylie: kun shes pa’i dbang po
Tibetan: ཀུན་ཤེས་པའི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit: ājñendriya
Second of the three faculties.
g.559
faculties that will enable knowledge of all that is unknown
Wylie: mi shes pa kun shes par byed pa’i dbang po
Tibetan: མི་ཤེས་པ་ཀུན་ཤེས་པར་བྱེད་པའི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit: anājñātamājñāsyāmīndriya
First of the three faculties.
g.560
faculty of faith
Wylie: dad pa’i dbang po
Tibetan: དད་པའི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit: śraddhendriya
First of the five faculties.
g.561
faculty of meditative stability
Wylie: ting nge ’dzin gyi dbang po
Tibetan: ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་གྱི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit: samādhyindriya
Fourth of the five faculties.
g.562
faculty of perseverance
Wylie: brtson ’grus kyi dbang po
Tibetan: བརྩོན་འགྲུས་ཀྱི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit: vīryendriya
Second of the five faculties.
g.563
faculty of recollection
Wylie: dran pa’i dbang po
Tibetan: དྲན་པའི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit: smṛtyindriya
Third of the five faculties.
g.564
faculty of wisdom
Wylie: shes rab kyi dbang po
Tibetan: ཤེས་རབ་ཀྱི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit: prajñendriya
Fifth of the five faculties.
g.565
false imagination
Wylie: rnam par rtog pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་རྟོག་པ།
Sanskrit: vikalpa
Also translated here as “conceptual notion.”
g.566
false view
Wylie: lta bar gyur pa
Tibetan: ལྟ་བར་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit: dṛṣṭikṛta
Also translated here as “opinion.”
g.567
false views about perishable composites
Wylie: ’jig tshogs la lta ba
Tibetan: འཇིག་ཚོགས་ལ་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit: satkāyadṛṣṭi
First of the three fetters; also third of the five fetters associated with the lower realms , which concerns the superimposition of the notion of self upon the five psycho-physical aggregates.
g.568
far-removed
Wylie: ring du song ba
Tibetan: རིང་དུ་སོང་བ།
Sanskrit: āratā āramitā
g.569
fascicle
Wylie: bam po
Tibetan: བམ་པོ།
Sanskrit: kalāpa
g.570
faultless
Wylie: skyon med pa
Tibetan: སྐྱོན་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: acchidra
g.571
favored
Wylie: yongs su zin pa
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་ཟིན་པ།
Sanskrit: parigṛhīta
Also translated here as “accepted.”
g.572
fearful
Wylie: skrag, ’jigs pa
Tibetan: སྐྲག, འཇིགས་པ།
Sanskrit: trasati, bhayataḥ
g.573
feelings
Wylie: tshor ba
Tibetan: ཚོར་བ།
Sanskrit: vedanā
Seventh of the twelve links of dependent origination. Also translated here as “sensation.”
g.574
feelings conditioned by sensory contact that is mentally compounded
Wylie: yid kyi ’dus te reg pa’i rkyen gyis tshor ba
Tibetan: ཡིད་ཀྱི་འདུས་ཏེ་རེག་པའི་རྐྱེན་གྱིས་ཚོར་བ།
Sanskrit: manaḥsaṃsparśajāvedanā
g.575
feelings conditioned by sensory contact that is visually compounded
Wylie: mig gi ’dus te reg pa’i rkyen gyis tshor ba
Tibetan: མིག་གི་འདུས་ཏེ་རེག་པའི་རྐྱེན་གྱིས་ཚོར་བ།
Sanskrit: cakṣuḥsaṃsparśajāvedanā
g.576
feet are well positioned
Wylie: zhabs shin tu gnas pa dang ldan pa
Tibetan: ཞབས་ཤིན་ཏུ་གནས་པ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: supratiṣṭhitapādatā
First of the thirty-two major marks.
g.577
feet marked with the motif of the wheel
Wylie: mu khyud khor yug dang ldan pa
Tibetan: མུ་ཁྱུད་ཁོར་ཡུག་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: cakrāṅkitapādatā
Second of the thirty-two major marks.
g.578
fetter
Wylie: kun tu sbyor ba
Tibetan: ཀུན་ཏུ་སྦྱོར་བ།
Sanskrit: saṃyojana
g.579
feudal master
Wylie: bdag po
Tibetan: བདག་པོ།
Sanskrit: adhipati
g.580
final liberation
Wylie: yongs su grol ba
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་གྲོལ་བ།
Sanskrit: parimocanatā
g.581
final nirvāṇa
Wylie: yongs su mya ngan las ’das pa
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་མྱ་ངན་ལས་འདས་པ།
Sanskrit: parinirvāṇa
Nirvāṇa, the state beyond sorrow, denotes the ultimate attainment of buddhahood, the permanent cessation of all suffering and the afflicted mental states which cause and perpetuate suffering, along with all misapprehension with regard to the nature of emptiness. As such, it is the antithesis of cyclic existence. Three types of nirvāṇa are identified: (1) the residual nirvāṇa where the person is still dependent on conditioned psycho-physical aggregates, (2) the non-residual nirvāṇa where the aggregates have also been consumed within emptiness, and (3) the non-abiding nirvāṇa transcending the extremes of phenomenal existence and quiescence. Final nirvāṇa implies the non-residual attainment.
g.582
finality of existence
Wylie: yang dag pa’i mtha’
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པའི་མཐའ།
Sanskrit: bhūtakoṭi
This term has three meanings: (1) the ultimate nature, (2) the experience of the ultimate nature, and (3) the quiescent state of a worthy one (arhat) to be avoided by bodhisattvas.
g.583
fingers and toes are compact
Wylie: sor mo rgyas pa
Tibetan: སོར་མོ་རྒྱས་པ།
Sanskrit: citāṅgulitā
Ninth of the eighty minor marks.
g.584
fingers and toes are tapering
Wylie: sor mo rnams byin gyis phra ba
Tibetan: སོར་མོ་རྣམས་བྱིན་གྱིས་ཕྲ་བ།
Sanskrit: anupūrvāṅgulitā
Eleventh of the eighty minor marks.
g.585
fire element
Wylie: me’i khams
Tibetan: མེའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: agnidhātu
g.586
five acquisitive psycho-physical aggregates
Wylie: nye bar len pa’i phung po lnga
Tibetan: ཉེ་བར་ལེན་པའི་ཕུང་པོ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit: pañcopadānaskandha
A collective name for the five impure psycho-physical aggregates: (1) physical forms, (2) feelings, (3) perceptions, (4) formative predispositions, and (5) consciousness.These “acquisitive” psycho-physical aggregates (upadānaskandha, nye bar len pa’i phung po) denote the contaminated aggregates (sāsravaskandha, zag bcas kyi phung po) which emerge through the primary cause of past actions and afflicted mental states, and become the primary cause for subsequent actions and afflictions.
g.587
five classes of living beings
Wylie: ’gro ba lnga
Tibetan: འགྲོ་བ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit: pañcagati
These comprise gods and humans of the higher realms within cyclic existence, along with animals, anguished spirits, and the denizens of the hells, whose abodes are identified with the lower realms.
g.588
five degrees of enlightenment
Wylie: byang chub chen po rnam pa lnga, byang chub rnam pa lnga
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་ཆེན་པོ་རྣམ་པ་ལྔ།, བྱང་ཆུབ་རྣམ་པ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit: pañcabodhi
The term “five degrees of enlightenment” is interpreted by Vimuktisena (Sparham (2006 I): 145) to denote the results, such as entering the stream, that are mentioned in the paragraph that immediately follows the appearance of this term, 14.46. See also the Extensive Exegesis of the Transcendent Perfection of Discriminative Awareness in One Hundred Thousand Lines, Twenty-five Thousand Lines, and Eighteen Thousand Lines (Śatasahāsrikāpañcaviṃśatisāhasrikāṣṭādaśasāhasrikāprajnāpāramitābṛhaṭṭīkā, TPD 55: 1040). An alternative, though less likely, enumeration is given in Asaṅga’s Yogācārabhūmi, volume sha, 162a: (1) essence (ngo bo nyid), (2) power (mthu), (3) skillful means (thabs), (4) engagement (’jug pa), and (5) reversal (ldog pa). See Nordrang Orgyan (2003): 1158.
g.589
five extrasensory powers
Wylie: mngon shes lnga
Tibetan: མངོན་ཤེས་ལྔ།
Sanskrit: pañcābhijñā
They comprise (1) the extrasensory power realizing knowledge of [miraculous] activities, (2) the extrasensory power realizing knowledge of divine clairvoyance, (3) the extrasensory power realizing knowledge of divine clairaudience, (4) the extrasensory power realizing knowledge of other minds, and (5) the extrasensory power realizing knowledge of recollection of past lives. (See also notes n.22 and n.62).
g.590
five eyes
Wylie: mig lnga
Tibetan: མིག་ལྔ།
Sanskrit: pañcacakṣuḥ
These comprise (1) the eye of flesh, (2) the eye of divine clairvoyance, (3) the eye of wisdom, (4) the eye of the sacred doctrine , and (5) the eye of the buddhas . See also 2.14 and 11.1.
g.591
five faculties
Wylie: dbang po lnga
Tibetan: དབང་པོ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit: pañcendriya
The five faculties, as found listed in 1.23, comprise (1) the faculty of faith, (2) the faculty of perseverance, (3) the faculty of recollection, (4) the faculty of meditative stability, and (5) the faculty of wisdom.
g.592
five false imaginations
Wylie: rnam par rtog pa lnga
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་རྟོག་པ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit: pañcavikalpa
The five false imaginations are enumerated in The Extensive Exegesis of the Transcendent Perfection of Discriminative Awareness in One Hundred Thousand Lines, Twenty-five Thousand Lines, and Eighteen Thousand Lines (Śatasahāsrikāpañcaviṃśatisāhasrikā-ṣṭādaśasāhasrikāprajnāpāramitābṛhaṭṭīkā, KPD 55: 1217). Therein, the five false imaginations which may confront reversible bodhisattvas are (1) wondering whether they are engaged in the emptiness of the transcendent perfection of wisdom and the transcendent perfection of wisdom (ci shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa’i stong pa nyid/ shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa la spyod dam), (2) wondering whether they are exclusively engaged in something other than the transcendent perfection of wisdom (ci shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa las ’ba’ zhig spyod dam), (3) wondering whether they are engaged in the transcendent perfection of wisdom (’on te shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa la spyod dam), (4) wondering whether they are engaged in emptiness (’on te stong pa nyid spyod dam), or (5) wondering whether they are engaged in something other than emptiness (’on te stong pa nyid las gzhan pa zhig spyod dam).
g.593
five fetters associated with the higher realms
Wylie: gong ma’i cha mthun gyi kun sbyor lnga
Tibetan: གོང་མའི་ཆ་མཐུན་གྱི་ཀུན་སྦྱོར་ལྔ།
Sanskrit: urdhvabhāgiyapañcasaṃyojana
As described in 11.7, they comprise attachment to the world system of form, attachment to the world system of formlessness, fundamental ignorance, pride, and mental agitation. See also n.197.
g.594
five fetters associated with the lower realms
Wylie: ’og ma’i cha dang ’thun pa’i kun tu sbyor ba lnga
Tibetan: འོག་མའི་ཆ་དང་འཐུན་པའི་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྦྱོར་བ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit: pañcāvarabhāgīyasaṃjoyana
The five fetters associated with the lower realms comprise desire, hatred, inertia due to wrong views, attachment to moral and ascetic supremacy, and hesitation. See Zhang Yisun et al (1985): 2529.
g.595
five hundred dhāraṇī gateways
Wylie: gzungs kyi sgo lnga brgya
Tibetan: གཟུངས་ཀྱི་སྒོ་ལྔ་བརྒྱ།
Sanskrit: pañcaśata dhāraṇīmukha
g.596
five hundred gateways of meditative stability
Wylie: ting nge ’dzin gyi sgo lnga brgya
Tibetan: ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་གྱི་སྒོ་ལྔ་བརྒྱ།
Sanskrit: pañcaśatasamādhimukha
g.597
five inexpiable crimes
Wylie: mtshams med lnga
Tibetan: མཚམས་མེད་ལྔ།
Sanskrit: pañcānantarīya
The “five inexpiable crimes,” or “crimes with immediate retribution” because they result in immediate rebirth in the hells without any intermediate state, are regarded as the most severe and consequently the most difficult negative actions to overcome by reparation. They are matricide (ma gsod pa), killing an arhat (dgra bcom pa gsod pa), patricide (pha gsod pa), creating a schism in the monastic community (dge ’dun gyi dbyen byas pa), and intentionally wounding a buddha (de bzhin gshegs pa’i sku la ngan sems kyis khrag ’byin pa).
g.598
five negative actions
Wylie: sdig pa’i las lnga
Tibetan: སྡིག་པའི་ལས་ལྔ།
Sanskrit: pañcapāpakarma
The five negative actions comprise killing, stealing, lying, sexual misconduct, and intoxication. A less likely interpretation would equate this enumeration with the sdig to las lnga, which are listed in Kalyāṇamitra’s Vinayavastuṭīkā (Toh 4113, ’dul ba, tsu, 196b) as slaying a brahman, slaying a cow, stealing gold, dallying with the wife of a spiritual teacher, and drinking alcohol. See Nordrang Orgyan (2008): 1112.
g.599
five obscurations
Wylie: sgrib pa lnga
Tibetan: སྒྲིབ་པ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit: pañcanivaraṇa
The five obscurations, as found in 31.16, comprise longing for sensual pleasure, agitation and regret, harmful intention, dullness and sleepiness, and hesitation. See also Kimura IV: 182.
g.600
five powers
Wylie: stobs lnga
Tibetan: སྟོབས་ལྔ།
Sanskrit: pañcabala
As listed in 1.24, these comprise (1) the power of faith, (2) the power of perseverance, (3) the power of recollection, (4) the power of meditative stability, and (5) the power of wisdom.
g.601
five psycho-physical aggregates
Wylie: phung po lnga
Tibetan: ཕུང་པོ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit: pañcaskandha
The ordinary mind-body complex is termed the “five psycho-physical aggregates,” which comprise physical forms, feelings, perceptions, formative predispositions, and consciousness.For a detailed exposition of the five psycho-physical aggregates in accord with Asaṅga’s Abhidharmasamuccaya, see Jamgon Kongtrul, TOK Book 6, Pt. 2: 477–531.
g.602
five uncontaminated aggregates
Wylie: zag med phung po lnga
Tibetan: ཟག་མེད་ཕུང་པོ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit: pañcānāsravaskandha
These are equivalent to the five definitive aggregates.
g.603
fixated on (become)
Wylie: mngon par zhen, mngon par zhen par byed
Tibetan: མངོན་པར་ཞེན།, མངོན་པར་ཞེན་པར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: abhiniviśate, abhiniveśaṃ karoti
g.604
fixation
Wylie: mngon par zhen pa
Tibetan: མངོན་པར་ཞེན་པ།
Sanskrit: abhiniveśa
g.605
flat
Wylie: phya le
Tibetan: ཕྱ་ལེ།
Sanskrit: sama
g.606
Focal Point of Enlightenment
Wylie: byang chub kyi snying po
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit: bodhimaṇḍa
The place where the Buddha Śākyamuni achieved awakening and where every buddha will manifest the attainment of buddhahood. In our world this is understood to be located under the Bodhi tree, the Vajrāsana, in present-day Bodhgaya, India. It can also refer to the state of awakening itself.
g.607
focus on
Wylie: dmigs
Tibetan: དམིགས།
Sanskrit: upalabhate
Also translated here as “apprehend.”
g.608
follower of the doctrine
Wylie: chos kyi rjes su ’brang ba
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་རྗེས་སུ་འབྲང་བ།
Sanskrit: dharmānusārin
g.609
follower on account of faith
Wylie: dad pas rjes su ’brang ba
Tibetan: དད་པས་རྗེས་སུ་འབྲང་བ།
Sanskrit: śraddhānusārin
g.610
food
Wylie: bza’ ba
Tibetan: བཟའ་བ།
Sanskrit: bhojanīya
g.611
formative predispositions
Wylie: ’du byed
Tibetan: འདུ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: saṃskāra
Second of the twelve links of dependent origination. This term denotes the deep-seated predispositions inherited from past actions and experiences, some of which function in association with mind, while others do not. Formative predispositions are critical to the Buddhist understanding of the causal dynamics of karma and conditioning. It is the collection of such countless predispositions by afflicted mental states that constitutes the obscuration of misconceptions concerning the known range of phenomena, the total eradication of which occurs only when full awakening or buddhahood is achieved.
g.612
formless meditative absorptions
Wylie: gzugs med pa’i snyoms par ’jug pa
Tibetan: གཟུགས་མེད་པའི་སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit: ārūpyasamāpatti
See 1.32.
g.613
forty teeth
Wylie: tshems bzhi bcu mnga’ ba
Tibetan: ཚེམས་བཞི་བཅུ་མངའ་བ།
Sanskrit: catvāriṃśaddantatā
Twenty-first of the thirty-two major marks.
g.614
four [acceptable] norms of behavior
Wylie: spyod lam bzhi
Tibetan: སྤྱོད་ལམ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturīryāpatha
The four acceptable norms of behavior concern posture while walking, standing, sitting, and lying down. See Nordrang Orgyen (2008), 718–719.
g.615
four applications of mindfulness
Wylie: dran pa nye bar gzhag pa bzhi
Tibetan: དྲན་པ་ཉེ་བར་གཞག་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: catuḥsmṛtyupasthāna
The four applications of mindfulness are (1) the application of mindfulness which, with regard to the physical body, observes the physical body; (2) the application of mindfulness which, with regard to feelings, observes feelings; (3) the application of mindfulness which, with regard to the mind, observes the mind; and (4) the application of mindfulness which, with regard to phenomena, observes phenomena. In the present sūtra, these can be found listed in 1.20 and detailed in 8.13.
g.616
four assemblies
Wylie: ’khor bzhi
Tibetan: འཁོར་བཞི།
Sanskrit: catuḥpariṣad
This denotes the assemblies of fully ordained monks and nuns, along with laymen and laywomen.
g.617
four assurances
Wylie: mi ’jigs pa bzhi
Tibetan: མི་འཇིགས་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturvaiśāradya
The four assurances are proclaimed by the tathāgatas, and can be found listed in 2.2 and 29.19 as: (1) “ I claim to have attained genuinely perfect buddhahood ;” (2) “I claim I am one whose contaminants have ceased;” (3) “I claim to have explained those things which cause obstacles;” (4) “I claim to have explained the path through which suffering will genuinely cease.” (See also n.56.)These four are generally known by other names, i.e., the first is the “assurance in the knowledge of all things” (sarvadharmābhisambodhivaiśarādya, chos thams cad mkhyen pa la mi ’jigs pa), which the Buddha achieves for his own benefit; the second is the “assurance in the knowledge of the cessation of all contaminants” (sarvāśravakṣayajñānavaiśarādya, zag pa zad pa thams cad mkhyen pa la mi ’jigs pa), which the Buddha achieves for his own benefit; the third is the “assurance to declare that phenomena that obstruct the path will not engender any further negative outcomes” (anantarāyikadharmānanyathātvaviniścitavyākaraṇavaiśarādya, bar du gcod pa’i chos rnams gzhan du mi ’gyur bar nges pa’i lung bstan pa la mi ’jigs pa), which the Buddha achieves for others’ benefit; and the fourth is the “assurance that the path of renunciation through which all excellent attributes are to be obtained has been just so realized” (sarvasampadadhigamāya nairāṇikapratipattathātvavaiśarādya, bar du gcod pa’i chos rnams gzhan du mi ’gyur bar nges pa’i lung bstan pa la mi ’jigs pa), which the Buddha achieves for others’ benefit.
g.618
four attractive qualities of a bodhisattva
Wylie: bsdu ba’i dngos po bzhi
Tibetan: བསྡུ་བའི་དངོས་པོ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: catuḥsaṃgrahavastu
See 22.23.
g.619
four bonds
Wylie: sbyor ba bzhi
Tibetan: སྦྱོར་བ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturyoga
The four bonds, according to Nordrang Orgyan (2008): 808, have eight distinct enumerations, among which they are identified in the commentarial tradition of the Abhidharmakośa with the four torrents, which immediately follow in 6.52.
g.620
four continents
Wylie: gling bzhi
Tibetan: གླིང་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturdvīpa
According to traditional Indian cosmology, our human world of “patient endurance” (sahālokadhātu, mi mjed ’jig rten gyi khams) is said to comprise four continents, namely, Pūrvavideha in the east, Jambudvīpa in the south, Aparagodānīya in the west, and Uttarakuru in the north. See also n.196.
g.621
four correct exertions
Wylie: yang dag par spong ba bzhi
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པར་སྤོང་བ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: catuḥprahāṇa
See 1.21 and 8.22.
g.622
four formless meditative absorptions
Wylie: gzugs med pa’i snyoms par ’jug pa bzhi
Tibetan: གཟུགས་མེད་པའི་སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturārūpyasamāpatti
As found listed in 1.32, these comprise (1) the meditative absorption of the sense field of infinite space, (2) the meditative absorption of the sense field of infinite consciousness, (3) the meditative absorption of the sense field of nothing-at-all, and (4) the meditative absorption of neither perception nor non-perception. The four formless absorptions and their fruits are discussed in Jamgon Kongtrul, TOK Book 6, Pt. 2: 436–438.
g.623
four immeasurable aspirations
Wylie: tshad med bzhi
Tibetan: ཚད་མེད་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturaprameya
As mentioned in 1.31, these are (1) loving kindness, (2) compassion, (3) empathetic joy, and (4) equanimity. On training in the four immeasurable aspirations, see Padmakara Translation Group (1994): 195–217.
g.624
four kinds of disease
Wylie: nad bzhi
Tibetan: ནད་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturvyādhi
See 24.41.
g.625
four kinds of exact knowledge
Wylie: so so yang dag par rig pa bzhi
Tibetan: སོ་སོ་ཡང་དག་པར་རིག་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: catuḥpratisaṃvid
These four kinds of exact knowledge—the essentials through which the buddhas impart their teachings—comprise (1) exact knowledge of meanings, (2) exact knowledge of dharmas, (3) exact knowledge of their language and lexical explanations, and (4) exact knowledge of their eloquent expression. See 2.6.On the philological origins of these four kinds of exact knowledge, see Konow (1941): 40, and the reconstructed Sanskrit on p. 107; also Dayal (1932): 259–267, and Sparham (2012 IV): 78–79.
g.626
four knots
Wylie: mdud pa bzhi
Tibetan: མདུད་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturgranthā
The four knots comprise covetousness, malice, moral supremacy , and ascetic supremacy. See Zhang Yisun et al (1985): 1379. See 6.52.
g.627
four meditative concentrations
Wylie: bsam gtan bzhi
Tibetan: བསམ་གཏན་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturdhyāna
Described at length in 1.30. See also “meditative concentration.”The four meditative concentrations and their fruits are specifically examined in Jamgon Kongtrul, TOK Book 6, Pt. 2: 427–436. For Pāli and Sanskrit sources, see Dayal (1932): 225–231.
g.628
four misconceptions
Wylie: phyin ci log pa bzhi
Tibetan: ཕྱིན་ཅི་ལོག་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturviparyāsā
The four misconceptions, as found in 6.52, comprise holding impurity to be purity, holding non-self to be self, holding suffering to be happiness, and holding impermanence to be permanence. See Negi (1993-2005): 3569 and Zhang Yisun et al (1985): 1748. At 25.16 they are expressed in slightly dissimilar language, namely: the notion that there is permanence, the notion that there is happiness, the notion that there is a self, and the notion that existence is pleasant.
g.629
four modes of birth
Wylie: skye gnas bzhi
Tibetan: སྐྱེ་གནས་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturyoni
See 24.33.
g.630
four noble truths
Wylie: ’phags pa’i bden pa bzhi
Tibetan: འཕགས་པའི་བདེན་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturāryasatya
The four noble truths, as listed in 1.17, comprise (1) the noble truth of suffering, (2) the noble truth of the origin of suffering, (3) the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, and (4) the noble truth of the path. (See also n.32).On the twelve aspects pertaining to the four noble truths, see n.306.
g.631
four nourishments
Wylie: zas bzhi
Tibetan: ཟས་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturāhāra
The four nourishments comprise the nourishment of food, the nourishment of sensory contact, the nourishment of mentation, and the nourishment of consciousness, the first two of which are directed toward the present life and the last two to the subsequent life. See Negi (1993-2005): 5382 and Zhang Yisun et al (1985): 2457. See 6.52.
g.632
four supports for miraculous ability
Wylie: rdzu ’phrul gyi rkang pa bzhi
Tibetan: རྫུ་འཕྲུལ་གྱི་རྐང་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: catvāra ṛddhipādāḥ
The four supports for miraculous ability, as enumerated in 1.22, comprise (1) the support for miraculous ability combining the meditative stability of resolution with the formative force of exertion, (2) the support for miraculous ability combining the meditative stability of perseverance with the formative force of exertion, (3) the support for miraculous ability combining the meditative stability of mind with the formative force of exertion, and (4) the support for miraculous ability combining the meditative stability of scrutiny with the formative force of exertion.
g.633
four torrents
Wylie: chu bo bzhi
Tibetan: ཆུ་བོ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturogha
The four torrents, which are to be abandoned, comprise the torrent of fundamental ignorance, the torrent of wrong view , the torrent of rebirth, and the torrent of craving. See Nyima and Dorje (2001): 1075. See 6.52.
g.634
fourteen aspects of emptiness
Wylie: stong pa nyid bcu bzhi
Tibetan: སྟོང་པ་ཉིད་བཅུ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturdaśaśūnyatā
These comprise the first fourteen of the eighteen aspects of emptiness, which have been enumerated in 1.57. See Lamotte: The Treatise on the Great Virtue of Wisdom, IV: 1670.
g.635
free from conceptual elaboration
Wylie: spros bral
Tibetan: སྤྲོས་བྲལ།
Sanskrit: niḥprapañca
g.636
free from conceptualization
Wylie: mtshan ma ma mchis pa dang ldan pa
Tibetan: མཚན་མ་མ་མཆིས་པ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: ānimittasahagata
g.637
free from dogmatic assumptions
Wylie: mchog tu ’dzin pa med pa
Tibetan: མཆོག་ཏུ་འཛིན་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: aparāmṛṣṭa
g.638
Free from Extinction
Wylie: zad pa dang bral ba
Tibetan: ཟད་པ་དང་བྲལ་བ།
Sanskrit: kṣayāpagata
Name of the forty-third meditative stability.
g.639
free from harming
Wylie: rnam par tho ’tsham pa med pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་ཐོ་འཚམ་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: aviheṭhanā
g.640
Free from Mentation
Wylie: sems med pa
Tibetan: སེམས་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: niścitta
Name of the thirty-third meditative stability.
g.641
from any quarter
Wylie: gang las kyang
Tibetan: གང་ལས་ཀྱང་།
Sanskrit: kutaścit
g.642
frontier tribesmen
Wylie: mtha’ ’khob kyi mi rnams
Tibetan: མཐའ་འཁོབ་ཀྱི་མི་རྣམས།
Sanskrit: pratyantajanapada
I.e., those living beyond the pale of civilization, out of reach of the sacred doctrine.
g.643
fruit of being no longer subject to rebirth
Wylie: phyir mi ’ong ba’i ’bras bu
Tibetan: ཕྱིར་མི་འོང་བའི་འབྲས་བུ།
Sanskrit: āgāmīphala
g.644
fruit of being tied to one more rebirth
Wylie: lan cig phyir ’ong ba’i ’bras bu
Tibetan: ལན་ཅིག་ཕྱིར་འོང་བའི་འབྲས་བུ།
Sanskrit: sakṛdāgāmīphala
Second of the four fruits attainable by śrāvakas.
g.645
fruit of entering the stream
Wylie: rgyun du zhugs pa’i ’bras bu
Tibetan: རྒྱུན་དུ་ཞུགས་པའི་འབྲས་བུ།
Sanskrit: śrota’āpannaphala
First of the four fruits attainable by śrāvakas, that of the first stage in progressing toward nirvāṇa.
g.646
fruitional buddha body of reality
Wylie: ’bras bu chos sku
Tibetan: འབྲས་བུ་ཆོས་སྐུ།
Sanskrit: dharmakāya
Eighth of the eight progressive sections of clear realization.
g.647
full attainment
Wylie: yongs su bsdu ba
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་བསྡུ་བ།
Sanskrit: samudāgama
g.648
fully ordained monk
Wylie: dge slong
Tibetan: དགེ་སློང་།
Sanskrit: bhikṣu
The term bhikṣu, often translated as “monk,” refers to the highest among the eight types of prātimokṣa vows that make one part of the Buddhist assembly. The Sanskrit term literally means “beggar” or “mendicant,” referring to the fact that Buddhist monks and nuns—like other ascetics of the time—subsisted on alms (bhikṣā) begged from the laity. In the Tibetan tradition, which follows the Mūlasarvāstivāda Vinaya, a monk follows 253 rules as part of his moral discipline. A nun (bhikṣuṇī; dge slong ma) follows 364 rules. A novice monk (śrāmaṇera; dge tshul) or nun (śrāmaṇerikā; dge tshul ma) follows thirty-six rules of moral discipline (although in other vinaya traditions novices typically follow only ten).
g.649
fully ordained nun
Wylie: dge slong ma
Tibetan: དགེ་སློང་མ།
Sanskrit: bhikṣuṇī
The term bhikṣuṇī, often translated as “nun,” refers to the highest among the eight types of prātimokṣa vows that make one part of the Buddhist assembly. The Sanskrit term bhikṣu (to which the female grammatical ending ṇī is added) literally means “beggar” or “mendicant,” referring to the fact that Buddhist nuns and monks—like other ascetics of the time—subsisted on alms (bhikṣā) begged from the laity. In the Tibetan tradition, which follows the Mūlasarvāstivāda Vinaya, a bhikṣuṇī follows 364 rules and a bhikṣu follows 253 rules as part of their moral discipline.For the first few years of the Buddha’s teachings in India, there was no ordination for women. It started at the persistent request and display of determination of Mahāprajāpatī, the Buddha’s stepmother and aunt, together with five hundred former wives of men of Kapilavastu, who had themselves become monks. Mahāprajāpatī is thus considered to be the founder of the nun’s order.
g.650
fully satisfied
Wylie: yongs su tshang ba
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་ཚང་བ།
Sanskrit: paripūrṇa
g.651
fundamental ignorance
Wylie: ma rig pa
Tibetan: མ་རིག་པ།
Sanskrit: avidyā
First of the twelve links of dependent origination; first of the four torrents; third of the fetters associated with the higher realms.
g.652
futile
Wylie: don med
Tibetan: དོན་མེད།
Sanskrit: nirarthaka
g.653
gait is that of a lion
Wylie: seng ge’i stabs su gshegs pa
Tibetan: སེང་གེའི་སྟབས་སུ་གཤེགས་པ།
Sanskrit: siṃhavikrāntagāmitā
Forty-second of the eighty minor marks.
g.654
gait is that of a mighty elephant
Wylie: glang po che’i dbang po’i stabs su gshegs pa
Tibetan: གླང་པོ་ཆེའི་དབང་པོའི་སྟབས་སུ་གཤེགས་པ།
Sanskrit: nāgavikrāntagāmitā
Forty-third of the eighty minor marks.
g.655
gait is that of a swan
Wylie: ngang pa’i stabs su gshegs pa
Tibetan: ངང་པའི་སྟབས་སུ་གཤེགས་པ།
Sanskrit: haṃsavikrāntagāmitā
Forty-fourth of the eighty minor marks.
g.656
gandharva
Wylie: dri za
Tibetan: དྲི་ཟ།
Sanskrit: gandharva
Gandharvas (literally “odor eaters”) are generally regarded as a class of menacing divine offspring, but in Abhidharma the term is often used differently—as a synonym for the mental body assumed by any sentient being of the world system of desire (kāmadhātu) during the intermediate state between death and rebirth.
g.657
gandharva castle in the sky
Wylie: dri za’i grong khyer
Tibetan: དྲི་ཟའི་གྲོང་ཁྱེར།
Sanskrit: gandharvanagara
See “gandharva.”
g.658
Ganges
Wylie: gang gA’i klung
Tibetan: གང་གཱའི་ཀླུང་།
Sanskrit: gaṅgā
The Gaṅgā, or Ganges in English, is considered to be the most sacred river of India, particularly within the Hindu tradition. It starts in the Himalayas, flows through the northern plains of India, bathing the holy city of Vārāṇasī, and meets the sea at the Bay of Bengal, in Bangladesh. In the sūtras, however, this river is mostly mentioned not for its sacredness but for its abundant sands—noticeable still today on its many sandy banks and at its delta—which serve as a common metaphor for infinitely large numbers.According to Buddhist cosmology, as explained in the Abhidharmakośa, it is one of the four rivers that flow from Lake Anavatapta and cross the southern continent of Jambudvīpa—the known human world or more specifically the Indian subcontinent.
g.659
garbage collector
Wylie: g.yung po’i khyim
Tibetan: གཡུང་པོའི་ཁྱིམ།
Sanskrit: puṣkasakula
Also translated here as “refuse scavenger.”
g.660
garland
Wylie: phreng ba
Tibetan: ཕྲེང་བ།
Sanskrit: māla
g.661
garrison commander
Wylie: khams kyi rgyal po
Tibetan: ཁམས་ཀྱི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: koṭṭarājā
g.662
garuḍa
Wylie: khyung
Tibetan: ཁྱུང་།
Sanskrit: garuḍa
A mythical bird normally depicted with a sharp, owl-like beak, often holding a snake, and with large and powerful wings. In Buddhism, the symbolism of the garuḍa is generally associated with gnosis (it is said that the garuḍa can fly as soon as it is hatched) and with the consuming of afflicted mental states (the holding of a snake in its beak).
g.663
gateway to liberation
Wylie: rnam par thar pa’i sgo
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པའི་སྒོ།
Sanskrit: vimokṣamukha
There are three, namely emptiness as a gateway to liberation, signlessness as a gateway to liberation, and aspirationlessness as a gateway to liberation. Among them, emptiness is characterized as the absence of inherent existence, signlessness as the absence of mental images, and aspirationlessness as the absence of hopes and fears.
g.664
gateways of meditative stability
Wylie: ting nge ’dzin gyi sgo
Tibetan: ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་གྱི་སྒོ།
Sanskrit: samādhimukha
g.665
generally
Wylie: phal cher
Tibetan: ཕལ་ཆེར།
Sanskrit: prāyena
g.666
generate desire for
Wylie: ’dod pa skyed
Tibetan: འདོད་པ་སྐྱེད།
Sanskrit: spṛham karoti, janeti
g.667
generosity
Wylie: sbyin pa
Tibetan: སྦྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: dāna
First of the four attractive qualities of a bodhisattva. However, in the context of the transcendent perfections, generosity is the first of the six transcendent perfections.
g.668
gentle
Wylie: ’jam pa
Tibetan: འཇམ་པ།
Sanskrit: snigdha
g.669
genuinely
Wylie: don las
Tibetan: དོན་ལས།
Sanskrit: arthataḥ
g.670
genuinely perfect buddha
Wylie: yang dag par rdzogs pa’i sangs rgyas
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པར་རྫོགས་པའི་སངས་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit: samyaksaṃbuddha, samyaksambuddhatva
The attainment of a buddha, who has gained total freedom from conditioned existence, overcome all tendencies imprinted on the mind as a result of a long association with afflicted mental states, and fully manifested all aspects of buddha body, speech, and mind. Also translated here as “completely perfect buddha.”
g.671
genuinely perfect enlightenment
Wylie: yang dag par rdzogs pa’i byang chub
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པར་རྫོགས་པའི་བྱང་ཆུབ།
Sanskrit: samyaksaṃbodhi
g.672
gift of the sacred doctrine
Wylie: chos kyi sbyin pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྦྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: dharmadāna
g.673
Gilgit
Wylie: bru sha
Tibetan: བྲུ་ཤ།
Sanskrit: gilgit
In modern NW Pakistan.
g.674
girth like the banyan tree
Wylie: nya gro dha ltar chu zheng gab pa
Tibetan: ཉ་གྲོ་དྷ་ལྟར་ཆུ་ཞེང་གབ་པ།
Sanskrit: nyagrodhaparimaṇḍalatā
Nineteenth of the thirty-two major marks.
g.675
gnosis
Wylie: ye shes
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: jñāna
This term denotes the modality of buddha mind. Although all sentient beings possess the potential for actualizing gnosis within their mental continuum, the psychological confusions and deluded tendencies which defile the mind obstruct the natural expression of these inherent potentials, making them appear instead as aspects of mundane consciousness.
g.676
gnosis of omniscience
Wylie: de bzhin gshegs pa’i thams cad mkhyen pa nyid kyi ye shes
Tibetan: དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པའི་ཐམས་ཅད་མཁྱེན་པ་ཉིད་ཀྱི་ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: tathāgatasarvajñatājñāna
g.677
god
Wylie: lha
Tibetan: ལྷ།
Sanskrit: deva
One of the five or six classes of living beings, specifically engendered and dominated by exaltation, indulgence, and pride. The gods are said to exist in realms higher than that of the human realm within in the world system of desire (kāmadhātu), and also in the world system of form (rūpadhātu).
g.678
golden
Wylie: gser lta bu
Tibetan: གསེར་ལྟ་བུ།
Sanskrit: kanakābha
g.679
golden complexion
Wylie: mdog gser lta bu dang ldan pa
Tibetan: མདོག་གསེར་ལྟ་བུ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: suvarṇavarṇatā
Fourteenth of the thirty-two major marks.
g.680
good intention
Wylie: brnag pa
Tibetan: བརྣག་པ།
Sanskrit: saṃkalpa
g.681
Grahadatta
Wylie: gzas byin
Tibetan: གཟས་བྱིན།
Sanskrit: grahadatta
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.682
grasped
Wylie: gzung bar bgyi ba
Tibetan: གཟུང་བར་བགྱི་བ།
Sanskrit: udgrahitavya
g.683
grasping
Wylie: gzung
Tibetan: གཟུང་།
Sanskrit: udgrahāya carati
g.684
grasping
Wylie: len pa
Tibetan: ལེན་པ།
Sanskrit: upādāna
Ninth of the twelve links of dependent origination.
g.685
grateful
Wylie: byas pa bzo ba
Tibetan: བྱས་པ་བཟོ་བ།
Sanskrit: kṛtajña
g.686
great acquisition
Wylie: yongs su bzung ba chen po
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་བཟུང་བ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahāparigraha
g.687
Great Array [/Ornament]
Wylie: bkod pa chen po
Tibetan: བཀོད་པ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahāvyūha
Name of the 102nd meditative stability.
g.688
great being
Wylie: sems dpa’ chen po
Tibetan: སེམས་དཔའ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahāsattva
See “bodhisattva” and 7.30–7.32.
g.689
great benefit
Wylie: don chen po
Tibetan: དོན་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahārthika
g.690
great bodhisattva being
Wylie: byang chub sems dpa’ sems dpa’ chen po
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་དཔའ་སེམས་དཔའ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: bodhisattvamahāsattva
See “bodhisattva” and 7.30–7.32
g.691
great compassion
Wylie: snying rje chen po
Tibetan: སྙིང་རྗེ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahākaruṇā
See 2.7.
g.692
great leader
Wylie: khyu mchog rlabs po che
Tibetan: ཁྱུ་མཆོག་རླབས་པོ་ཆེ།
Sanskrit: ārṣabham
g.693
great loving kindness
Wylie: byams pa chen po
Tibetan: བྱམས་པ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahāmaitrī
See 2.7.
g.694
great trichiliocosm
Wylie: stong gsum gyi stong chen po’i ’jig rten gyi khams
Tibetan: སྟོང་གསུམ་གྱི་སྟོང་ཆེན་པོའི་འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: trisāhasramahāsāhasralokadhātu
A series of parallel worlds comprising one thousand dichiliocosms, according to traditional Indian cosmology.
g.695
Great Vehicle
Wylie: theg pa chen po
Tibetan: ཐེག་པ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahāyāna
When the Buddhist teachings are classified according to their power to lead beings to an enlightened state, a distinction is made between the teachings of the Lesser Vehicle, which emphasizes the individual’s own freedom from cyclic existence as the primary motivation and goal, and those of the Great Vehicle, which emphasizes altruism and has the liberation of all sentient beings as the principal objective. As the term “Great Vehicle” implies, the path followed by bodhisattvas is analogous to a large carriage which can transport a vast number of people to liberation, as compared to a smaller vehicle for the individual practitioner.
g.696
greeting
Wylie: phebs par smra ba
Tibetan: ཕེབས་པར་སྨྲ་བ།
Sanskrit: sambhāṣa
g.697
ground
Wylie: gzhi
Tibetan: གཞི།
Sanskrit: pada
g.698
ground of training
Wylie: bslab pa’i gzhi
Tibetan: བསླབ་པའི་གཞི།
Sanskrit: śikṣāpada
These basic precepts are five in number for the laity: (1) not killing, (2) not stealing, (3) chastity, (4) not lying, and (5) avoiding intoxicants. For monks, there are three or five more; avoidance of such things as perfumes, makeup, ointments, garlands, high beds, and afternoon meals. (Provisional 84000 definition. New definition forthcoming.)
g.699
groundless
Wylie: gzhi ma mchis pa
Tibetan: གཞི་མ་མཆིས་པ།
Sanskrit: apada
g.700
guide
Wylie: yongs su ’dren pa
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་འདྲེན་པ།
Sanskrit: parināyaka
g.701
habitual ideas of duality
Wylie: gnyis kun tu rgyu ba
Tibetan: གཉིས་ཀུན་ཏུ་རྒྱུ་བ།
Sanskrit: dvayasamudācāra
g.702
hair of their heads is bluish black, soft, and long
Wylie: dbu skra mthon ting la ’jam zhing ring ba
Tibetan: དབུ་སྐྲ་མཐོན་ཏིང་ལ་འཇམ་ཞིང་རིང་བ།
Sanskrit: abhinīlaślakṣṇacitakeśatā
Seventy-second of the eighty minor marks.
g.703
hair of their heads is not dishevelled
Wylie: dbu skra ma ’dzings pa
Tibetan: དབུ་སྐྲ་མ་འཛིངས་པ།
Sanskrit: asaṃluṭhitakeśatā
Seventy-fifth of the eighty minor marks.
g.704
hair of their heads is untangled
Wylie: dbu skra ma ’khrugs pa
Tibetan: དབུ་སྐྲ་མ་འཁྲུགས་པ།
Sanskrit: aparuṣakeśatā
Seventy-third of the eighty minor marks.
g.705
hair ringlet that grows between his eyebrows
Wylie: mdzod spu smin mtshams su ’khrungs
Tibetan: མཛོད་སྤུ་སྨིན་མཚམས་སུ་འཁྲུངས།
Sanskrit: ūrṇāṅkhitamukhatā
Thirty-first or thirty-second of the thirty-two major marks.
g.706
hairs of their heads point upwards, finely and curling into locks
Wylie: dbu skra gyen du phyogs shing bzang la lcang lor ’khyil ba
Tibetan: དབུ་སྐྲ་གྱེན་དུ་ཕྱོགས་ཤིང་བཟང་ལ་ལྕང་ལོར་འཁྱིལ་བ།
Sanskrit: udvartitasukuñcitakeśatā
Seventy-fourth of the eighty minor marks.
g.707
hairs that grow finely and distinctly, curling to the right
Wylie: spu re re nas mdzes par skyes shing g.yas su ’khyil pa
Tibetan: སྤུ་རེ་རེ་ནས་མཛེས་པར་སྐྱེས་ཤིང་གཡས་སུ་འཁྱིལ་པ།
Sanskrit: ekaikapradakṣināvartaromatā
Eleventh of the thirty-two major marks.
g.708
hands and feet are tender and soft
Wylie: phyag dang zhabs ’jam zhing gzhon sha chags pa
Tibetan: ཕྱག་དང་ཞབས་འཇམ་ཞིང་གཞོན་ཤ་ཆགས་པ།
Sanskrit: mṛdutaruṇahastapādatā
Third of the thirty-two major marks.
g.709
hands and feet are utterly pure
Wylie: phyag dang zhabs yongs su dag pa
Tibetan: ཕྱག་དང་ཞབས་ཡོངས་སུ་དག་པ།
Sanskrit: pariśuddhapāṇipādatā
Sixty-second of the eighty minor marks.
g.710
hands and feet that are webbed
Wylie: phyag dang zhabs dra ba dang ldan pa
Tibetan: ཕྱག་དང་ཞབས་དྲ་བ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: jālahastapādatā
Fifth of the thirty-two major marks.
g.711
happiness
Wylie: bde ba
Tibetan: བདེ་བ།
Sanskrit: sukha
Also translated here as “bliss.”
g.712
Haribhadra
Wylie: seng ge bzang po
Tibetan: སེང་གེ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: haribhadra
Indian commentator (fl. late eighth century).
g.713
harmful intention
Wylie: gnod sems
Tibetan: གནོད་སེམས།
Sanskrit: duṣṭacitta, vyāpāda
Second of the five obscurations. Also translated here as “malice.”
g.714
harmony
Wylie: don ’thun pa
Tibetan: དོན་འཐུན་པ།
Sanskrit: samānavihāra
Fourth of the four attractive qualities of a bodhisattva.
g.715
harsh word
Wylie: tshig ngan pa
Tibetan: ཚིག་ངན་པ།
Sanskrit: paruṣavāk
g.716
hatred
Wylie: zhe sdang
Tibetan: ཞེ་སྡང་།
Sanskrit: dveśa
Second of the five fetters associated with the lower realms ; one of the three poisons (dug gsum) which, along with desire and delusion, perpetuate the sufferings of cyclic existence. In its subtle manifestation as aversion it obstructs the correct perception of forms, and in its extreme manifestation as hatred and fear, it is characteristic of the hells.
g.717
have a modality of disassociation
Wylie: ’dre ba med pa
Tibetan: འདྲེ་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: ayogāviyogāśleṣāviśleṣagatika
g.718
have a modality that does not arise
Wylie: ma ’ongs pa’i tshul can
Tibetan: མ་འོངས་པའི་ཚུལ་ཅན།
Sanskrit: anāgatagatika
g.719
have a modality that is neither diminished nor enhanced
Wylie: dbri ba med pa dang bsnan pa med pa’i tshul can
Tibetan: དབྲི་བ་མེད་པ་དང་བསྣན་པ་མེད་པའི་ཚུལ་ཅན།
Sanskrit: anuddhārapratyuddhāragatika
g.720
have a modality that is neither to be adopted nor to be forsaken
Wylie: blang du med pa dang dor du med pa’i tshul can
Tibetan: བླང་དུ་མེད་པ་དང་དོར་དུ་མེད་པའི་ཚུལ་ཅན།
Sanskrit: anāyūhaniryūhagatika
g.721
have a view
Wylie: lta bar ’gyur
Tibetan: ལྟ་བར་འགྱུར།
Sanskrit: dṛṣṭirbhavati
g.722
have contempt
Wylie: khyad du gsod
Tibetan: ཁྱད་དུ་གསོད།
Sanskrit: avamanyate
g.723
have the modality of space
Wylie: nam mkha’i tshul can
Tibetan: ནམ་མཁའི་ཚུལ་ཅན།
Sanskrit: ākāśagatika
g.724
having aspiration
Wylie: smon pa yod pa
Tibetan: སྨོན་པ་ཡོད་པ།
Sanskrit: praṇihita
g.725
having primacy
Wylie: sngon du ’gro
Tibetan: སྔོན་དུ་འགྲོ།
Sanskrit: pūrvaṃgamā bhavati
Also translated here as “precede.”
g.726
head is [large], similar to a parasol
Wylie: dbu gdugs ’dra ba
Tibetan: དབུ་གདུགས་འདྲ་བ།
Sanskrit: pūrṇottamamāṅgatā
Forty-fifth of the eighty minor marks.
g.727
heard
Wylie: thos pa
Tibetan: ཐོས་པ།
Sanskrit: śrūta
g.728
heart is excellently adorned with the śrīvatsa motif
Wylie: thugs kar dpal gyi be’us legs par brgyan pa
Tibetan: ཐུགས་ཀར་དཔལ་གྱི་བེའུས་ལེགས་པར་བརྒྱན་པ།
Sanskrit: śrīvatsavibhuṣitoraskatā
Seventy-sixth of the eighty minor marks.
g.729
hells
Wylie: dmyal ba
Tibetan: དམྱལ་བ།
Sanskrit: naraka
g.730
helmsman
Wylie: ded dpon
Tibetan: དེད་དཔོན།
Sanskrit: sārthavāha
g.731
heretical refutation
Wylie: gzhan las brgal ba
Tibetan: གཞན་ལས་བརྒལ་བ།
Sanskrit: tīrthyāvadāna
g.732
Heroic Valour
Wylie: dpa’ bar ’gro ba
Tibetan: དཔའ་བར་འགྲོ་བ།
Sanskrit: śūraṅgama
Name of the first meditative stability.
g.733
hesitation
Wylie: the tshom
Tibetan: ཐེ་ཚོམ།
Sanskrit: vicikitsā
Fifth of the five obscurations; second of the three fetters; and fifth of the five fetters associated with the lower realms .
g.734
higher aspiration
Wylie: lhag pa’i bsam pa
Tibetan: ལྷག་པའི་བསམ་པ།
Sanskrit: adhyāśaya
g.735
higher focus
Wylie: lhag par dmigs pa
Tibetan: ལྷག་པར་དམིགས་པ།
Sanskrit: adhyālambana
g.736
higher realms
Wylie: mtho ris
Tibetan: མཐོ་རིས།
Sanskrit: svarga
The auspicious realms of rebirth comprising the abodes of the gods, the domain of the antigods and the human world.
g.737
holding impermanence to be permanence
Wylie: mi rtag pa la rtag par ’dzin pa
Tibetan: མི་རྟག་པ་ལ་རྟག་པར་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit: anitye nityaviparyāsā
Fourth of the four misconceptions.
g.738
holding impurity to be purity
Wylie: mi gtsang pa la gtsang bar ’dzin pa
Tibetan: མི་གཙང་པ་ལ་གཙང་བར་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit: aśucau śuci
First of the four misconceptions.
g.739
holding non-self to be self
Wylie: bdag med pa la bdag tu ’dzin pa
Tibetan: བདག་མེད་པ་ལ་བདག་ཏུ་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit: anātmanyātmāviparyāsā
Second of the four misconceptions.
g.740
holding suffering to be happiness
Wylie: sdug bsngal la bde bar ’dzin pa
Tibetan: སྡུག་བསྔལ་ལ་བདེ་བར་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit: duḥkhe sukhaviparyāsā
Third of the four misconceptions.
g.741
hollow
Wylie: gsob
Tibetan: གསོབ།
Sanskrit: riktaka
g.742
honor
Wylie: bsti stang du byed pa
Tibetan: བསྟི་སྟང་དུ་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: satkaroti
g.743
householder class
Wylie: khyim bdag gi rigs
Tibetan: ཁྱིམ་བདག་གི་རིགས།
Sanskrit: gṛhapativarṇa
A subdivision of the vaiśya (mercantile) class of traditional Indian society.
g.744
human being
Wylie: shed bu
Tibetan: ཤེད་བུ།
Sanskrit: mānava
Manu being the archetypal human, the progenitor of humankind, in the Mahābhārata, the Purāṇas, and other Indian texts, “child of Manu” (mānava) or “born of Manu” (manuja) is a synonym of “human being” or humanity in general.
g.745
humankind
Wylie: shed las skyes pa
Tibetan: ཤེད་ལས་སྐྱེས་པ།
Sanskrit: manuja
Manu being the archetypal human, the progenitor of humankind, in the Mahābhārata, the Purāṇas, and other Indian texts, “child of Manu” (mānava) or “born of Manu” (manuja) is a synonym of “human being” or humanity in general.
g.746
hundred billion trillion
Wylie: bye ba khrag khrig ’bum
Tibetan: བྱེ་བ་ཁྲག་ཁྲིག་འབུམ།
Sanskrit: koṭīniyutaśatasahasra
The expression koṭiniyutalakṣa (bye ba khrag khrig ’bum) is equivalent to 10 to the power of 23, i.e., one hundred billion trillion.
g.747
husked rice
Wylie: ’bras thug po che
Tibetan: འབྲས་ཐུག་པོ་ཆེ།
Sanskrit: taṇḍula
g.748
hypocrisy
Wylie: ’chab pa
Tibetan: འཆབ་པ།
Sanskrit: mrakṣa
g.749
“I”
Wylie: bdag
Tibetan: བདག
Sanskrit: ātman
Also translated here as “self.”
g.750
I am inspired to say
Wylie: bdag spobs lags
Tibetan: བདག་སྤོབས་ལགས།
Sanskrit: mama pratibhāti
g.751
I claim I am one whose contaminants have ceased
Wylie: nga zag pa zad pa do
Tibetan: ང་ཟག་པ་ཟད་པ་དོ།
Sanskrit: kṣīṇāsravasya me pratijānata
Second of the Buddha’s four assurances.
g.752
I claim to have attained genuinely perfect buddhahood
Wylie: nga yang dag par rdzogs pa’i sangs rgyas so
Tibetan: ང་ཡང་དག་པར་རྫོགས་པའི་སངས་རྒྱས་སོ།
Sanskrit: samyaksaṃbuddhasya me pratijānata
First of the Buddha’s four assurances.
g.753
I claim to have explained the path through which suffering will genuinely cease
Wylie: ngas sdug bsngal yang dag par zad par ’gyur ba’i lam gang bshad pa
Tibetan: ངས་སྡུག་བསྔལ་ཡང་དག་པར་ཟད་པར་འགྱུར་བའི་ལམ་གང་བཤད་པ།
Sanskrit: samyagduḥkhakṣayāyapratipadākhyātaḥ
Fourth of the Buddha’s four assurances.
g.754
I claim to have explained those things which cause obstacles
Wylie: ngas bar du gcod pa’i chos gang dag bshad pa
Tibetan: ངས་བར་དུ་གཅོད་པའི་ཆོས་གང་དག་བཤད་པ།
Sanskrit: mayāntarāyikādharmākhyātaḥ
Third of the Buddha’s four assurances.
g.755
idea
Wylie: yongs su rtog pa
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་རྟོག་པ།
Sanskrit: saṃkalpa
g.756
ideation
Wylie: rtog pa
Tibetan: རྟོག་པ།
Sanskrit: vitarka
g.757
Illuminating
Wylie: snang ba byed pa
Tibetan: སྣང་བ་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: ālokakara
Name of the forty-ninth meditative stability.
g.758
Illumination
Wylie: rnam par snang ba
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: vairocana
Name of the thirtieth meditative stability.
g.759
Illuminator
Wylie: snang ba byed pa
Tibetan: སྣང་བ་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: prabhākara
Name of the thirty-sixth meditative stability.
g.760
Illuminator of All Worlds
Wylie: ’jig rten thams cad la ’od byed pa
Tibetan: འཇིག་རྟེན་ཐམས་ཅད་ལ་འོད་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvalokaprabhākara
Name of the 103rd meditative stability; could also be translated “Illuminator in all Respects.”
g.761
illusion
Wylie: sgyu ma
Tibetan: སྒྱུ་མ།
Sanskrit: māyā
Also translated here as “magical display.”
g.762
imagined
Wylie: brtags pa
Tibetan: བརྟགས་པ།
Sanskrit: kalpita
g.763
imbued with renunciation
Wylie: rnam par spong ba
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་སྤོང་བ།
Sanskrit: vyavasarga
g.764
Imbued with Resonance
Wylie: sgra bsgrags pa la ’jug pa
Tibetan: སྒྲ་བསྒྲགས་པ་ལ་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit: ghoṣavatī
Name of the ninety-seventh meditative stability.
g.765
imbued with suffering
Wylie: sdug bsngal ba
Tibetan: སྡུག་བསྔལ་བ།
Sanskrit: duḥkhataḥ
g.766
Immaculate Light
Wylie: ’od dri ma med pa
Tibetan: འོད་དྲི་མ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: vimalaprabhā
Name of the thirty-eighth meditative stability.
g.767
immanent
Wylie: tshu rol
Tibetan: ཚུ་རོལ།
Sanskrit: apāra
g.768
immaterial
Wylie: gzugs med pa
Tibetan: གཟུགས་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: arūpin
g.769
immaturity
Wylie: skyon
Tibetan: སྐྱོན།
Sanskrit: āma
This term suggests rawness—something that is uncooked, unrefined, and flawed—while “maturity” (niyāma, skyon ma mchis pa) implies certitude, refinement, cooking, softening, and flawlessness.
g.770
immeasurable aspiration
Wylie: tshad med
Tibetan: ཚད་མེད།
Sanskrit: aprameya
See “four immeasurable aspirations.”
g.771
imperishable
Wylie: ’grib pa med pa
Tibetan: འགྲིབ་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: avyaya
g.772
impermanent
Wylie: mi rtag pa
Tibetan: མི་རྟག་པ།
Sanskrit: anityataḥ, anitya
g.773
imperturbability
Wylie: ’khrug pa med pa
Tibetan: འཁྲུག་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: akopa
g.774
impinge upon (to)
Wylie: glags
Tibetan: གླགས།
Sanskrit: avatāra
(in the expressions avatāra na labhate, glags mi rnyed, “no opportunity for … to impinge upon …”).
g.775
in a non-abiding manner
Wylie: mi gnas pa’i tshul gyis
Tibetan: མི་གནས་པའི་ཚུལ་གྱིས།
Sanskrit: asthānayogena
g.776
in addition
Wylie: phyir zhing
Tibetan: ཕྱིར་ཞིང་།
Sanskrit: bhūyaḥ
g.777
in an apprehending manner
Wylie: dmigs pa’i tshul du, dmigs pa’i tshul gyis
Tibetan: དམིགས་པའི་ཚུལ་དུ།, དམིགས་པའི་ཚུལ་གྱིས།
Sanskrit: upalambhayogena
The expression “in an apprehending manner” implies that ordinary persons perceive phenomena as inherently exisiting, whereas bodhisattvas are said to act and teach “without apprehending anything.” On the latter term, see respective glossary entry.
g.778
in conformity with
Wylie: rjes su ’thun pa
Tibetan: རྗེས་སུ་འཐུན་པ།
Sanskrit: ānulomikī
g.779
in each and every way
Wylie: thams cad kyi thams cad rnam pa thams cad kyi thams cad du
Tibetan: ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་ཐམས་ཅད་རྣམ་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་ཐམས་ཅད་དུ།
Sanskrit: sarveṇa sarva sarvathā
g.780
in synergy with
Wylie: lhan cig tu gnas
Tibetan: ལྷན་ཅིག་ཏུ་གནས།
Sanskrit: vyaharati
g.781
in the correct manner
Wylie: tshul bzhin du
Tibetan: ཚུལ་བཞིན་དུ།
Sanskrit: yoniśas
g.782
in the meantime
Wylie: bar ma dor
Tibetan: བར་མ་དོར།
Sanskrit: atrāntare
g.783
inaction
Wylie: bya ba med pa
Tibetan: བྱ་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: akriyā
Inaction here implies the mistaken view that, owing to emptiness, engagement in virtous acts is to be avoided.
g.784
inalienable real nature
Wylie: gzhan ma yin pa de bzhin nyid
Tibetan: གཞན་མ་ཡིན་པ་དེ་བཞིན་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: ananyatathā
g.785
inanimate nature of phenomena
Wylie: chos bems po nyid
Tibetan: ཆོས་བེམས་པོ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: dharmajaḍatā
g.786
inclination to accept
Wylie: bzod la ’dod pa
Tibetan: བཟོད་ལ་འདོད་པ།
Sanskrit: kṣamaṇārocanā
g.787
inconceivable
Wylie: bsam gyis mi khyab pa
Tibetan: བསམ་གྱིས་མི་ཁྱབ་པ།
Sanskrit: acintya
g.788
inconceivable expanse
Wylie: bsam gyis mi khyab pa’i dbyings
Tibetan: བསམ་གྱིས་མི་ཁྱབ་པའི་དབྱིངས།
Sanskrit: acintyadhātu
g.789
inconspicuous ankle bones
Wylie: zhabs long mo’i tshigs mi mngon pa
Tibetan: ཞབས་ལོང་མོའི་ཚིགས་མི་མངོན་པ།
Sanskrit: ucchaṅkapādatā
Seventh of the thirty-two major marks.
g.790
incontrovertible real nature
Wylie: phyin ci ma log pa de bzhin nyid
Tibetan: ཕྱིན་ཅི་མ་ལོག་པ་དེ་བཞིན་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: aviparyāsatathatā
g.791
increase
Wylie: ’phel ba
Tibetan: འཕེལ་བ།
Sanskrit: vardhamāna
g.792
indefatigability
Wylie: skyo ba med pa nyid
Tibetan: སྐྱོ་བ་མེད་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: aparikkhedanatā
g.793
indefatigability
Wylie: brtson pa mi gtong ba
Tibetan: བརྩོན་པ་མི་གཏོང་བ།
Sanskrit: anikṣiptadhuratā
g.794
Indestructible Maṇḍala
Wylie: rdo rje’i dkyil ’khor
Tibetan: རྡོ་རྗེའི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར།
Sanskrit: vajramaṇḍala
Name of the twenty-third meditative stability.
g.795
indigo bark
Wylie: mthing shun
Tibetan: མཐིང་ཤུན།
g.796
indiscernible
Wylie: mi mngon
Tibetan: མི་མངོན།
Sanskrit: na dṛśyate
g.797
individual
Wylie: gang zag
Tibetan: གང་ཟག
Sanskrit: pudgala
Also translated as “person” or “personal identity.”
g.798
individual enlightenment
Wylie: rang byang chub
Tibetan: རང་བྱང་ཆུབ།
Sanskrit: pratyekabodhi
g.799
individual on a par with
Wylie: mgo mnyam du gang zag
Tibetan: མགོ་མཉམ་དུ་གང་ཟག
Sanskrit: samaśīrśapudgala
g.800
indivisible
Wylie: gnyis su dbyer ma mchis, gnyis su dbyer med pa
Tibetan: གཉིས་སུ་དབྱེར་མ་མཆིས།, གཉིས་སུ་དབྱེར་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: advaidhīkāra
g.801
indolence
Wylie: le lo
Tibetan: ལེ་ལོ།
Sanskrit: kausīdya
g.802
Indra
Wylie: dbang po
Tibetan: དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit: indra
The lord of the Trāyastriṃśa heaven on the summit of Mount Sumeru. As one of the eight guardians of the directions, Indra guards the eastern quarter. In Buddhist sūtras, he is a disciple of the Buddha and protector of the Dharma and its practitioners. He is often referred to by the epithets Śatakratu, Śakra, and Kauśika.
g.803
Indradatta
Wylie: dbang pos byin
Tibetan: དབང་པོས་བྱིན།
Sanskrit: indradatta
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.804
Inexhaustible Cornucopia
Wylie: rnam pa zad mi shes pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པ་ཟད་མི་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: akṣayākāra
Name of the ninety-fourth meditative stability.
g.805
inexpressible
Wylie: brjod du med pa
Tibetan: བརྗོད་དུ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: apravyāhāra
g.806
inferior class
Wylie: rigs ngan du skyes pa dag
Tibetan: རིགས་ངན་དུ་སྐྱེས་པ་དག
Sanskrit: nīcakulān
g.807
inferior realms of cyclic existence
Wylie: ngan song
Tibetan: ངན་སོང་།
Sanskrit: apāya
Also translated here as “lower realms.”
g.808
infinite
Wylie: mtha’ yas pa, mthar thug pa med pa
Tibetan: མཐའ་ཡས་པ།, མཐར་ཐུག་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: ananta, aparyanta
Also translated here as “limitless.”
g.809
inherent existence
Wylie: rang bzhin
Tibetan: རང་བཞིན།
Sanskrit: svabhāva
This term denotes the ontological status of phenomena, according to which they are attributed with existence in their own right, inherently, in and of themselves, objectively, and independent of any other phenomena such as our conception and labelling. The absence of such an ontological reality is defined as the true nature of reality, emptiness.
g.810
initial engagement
Wylie: dang po ’jug pa
Tibetan: དང་པོ་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit: ādiprasthāna
g.811
initial setting of the mind on enlightenment
Wylie: sems dang po bskyed pa
Tibetan: སེམས་དང་པོ་བསྐྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: prathamacittotpāda
g.812
inspired
Wylie: dbugs ’phyin pa
Tibetan: དབུགས་འཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: āśvasta
g.813
inspired eloquence
Wylie: spobs pa
Tibetan: སྤོབས་པ།
Sanskrit: pratibhāna
Also translated here as “courage.” See also “exact knowledge of eloquent expression.”
g.814
inspired eloquence that is distinguished and supramundane
Wylie: ’jig rten thams cad las khyad par du ’phags pa’i spobs pa
Tibetan: འཇིག་རྟེན་ཐམས་ཅད་ལས་ཁྱད་པར་དུ་འཕགས་པའི་སྤོབས་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvalokābhyudgata-viśiṣṭhapratibhāna
g.815
inspired eloquence that is purposeful
Wylie: don bzang po dang ldan pa’i spobs pa
Tibetan: དོན་བཟང་པོ་དང་ལྡན་པའི་སྤོབས་པ།
Sanskrit: arthavatpratibhāna
g.816
inspired eloquence that is rational
Wylie: rigs pa’i spobs pa
Tibetan: རིགས་པའི་སྤོབས་པ།
Sanskrit: yuktipratibhāna
g.817
inspired eloquence that is unimpeded
Wylie: thogs pa med pa’i spobs pa
Tibetan: ཐོགས་པ་མེད་པའི་སྤོབས་པ།
Sanskrit: asaṅgapratibhāna
g.818
inspired eloquence that is uninterrupted
Wylie: rgyun mi ’chad pa’i spobs pa
Tibetan: རྒྱུན་མི་འཆད་པའི་སྤོབས་པ།
Sanskrit: anācchedyapratibhāna
g.819
inspired eloquence that is well-connected
Wylie: ’brel ba’i spobs pa
Tibetan: འབྲེལ་བའི་སྤོབས་པ།
Sanskrit: śliṣṭapratibhāna
g.820
instantaneous clear realization
Wylie: skad cig ma gcig gis mngon par rtogs pa
Tibetan: སྐད་ཅིག་མ་གཅིག་གིས་མངོན་པར་རྟོགས་པ།
Sanskrit: ekakṣaṇābhisamaya
Seventh of the eight progressive sections of clear realization.
g.821
instantaneous wisdom
Wylie: skad cig cig dang ldan pa’i shes rab
Tibetan: སྐད་ཅིག་ཅིག་དང་ལྡན་པའི་ཤེས་རབ།
Sanskrit: ekakṣaṇikaprajñā
g.822
instigator
Wylie: kun nas slong ba po
Tibetan: ཀུན་ནས་སློང་བ་པོ།
Sanskrit: samutthāpaka
g.823
instruct sentient beings
Wylie: sems can rnams la rjes su ston par mdzad
Tibetan: སེམས་ཅན་རྣམས་ལ་རྗེས་སུ་སྟོན་པར་མཛད།
Sanskrit: sattvānuśāsakatā
Sixty-seventh of the eighty minor marks.
g.824
integrate
Wylie: sbyor bar byed
Tibetan: སྦྱོར་བར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: saṃsyandayati
g.825
intelligence
Wylie: blo gros
Tibetan: བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit: mati
g.826
intense inner clarity
Wylie: nang yongs su dang ba
Tibetan: ནང་ཡོངས་སུ་དང་བ།
Sanskrit: adhyātmasamprasāda
g.827
intent
Wylie: mos pa
Tibetan: མོས་པ།
Sanskrit: adhimukti, adhimuñcyamāna
Also translated here as “inclination,” “will,” and “volition.”
g.828
intent (be)
Wylie: mos
Tibetan: མོས།
Sanskrit: adhimucyate
g.829
interim state
Wylie: bar ma do
Tibetan: བར་མ་དོ།
Sanskrit: antara
g.830
intrinsic entities
Wylie: rang gi dngos po
Tibetan: རང་གི་དངོས་པོ།
Sanskrit: svabhāva
g.831
invariably unfound
Wylie: gtan ma mchis pa
Tibetan: གཏན་མ་མཆིས་པ།
Sanskrit: atyantatayā na vidyate
g.832
investigate
Wylie: so sor brtag, yongs su ’dris par bgyi
Tibetan: སོ་སོར་བརྟག, ཡོངས་སུ་འདྲིས་པར་བགྱི།
Sanskrit: pratyavekṣate, paricayakaroti
Also translated here as “ determine .”
g.833
investigation
Wylie: nye bar rtog pa
Tibetan: ཉེ་བར་རྟོག་པ།
Sanskrit: vyupaparīkṣaṇā
g.834
invincibility
Wylie: thub pa med pa
Tibetan: ཐུབ་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: ajaya
g.835
involuntary reincarnation
Wylie: nying mtshams sbyor ba
Tibetan: ཉིང་མཚམས་སྦྱོར་བ།
Sanskrit: pratisaṃdhi
The rebirth process that is maintained and perpetuated on the basis of past actions.
g.836
involuntary reincarnation through propensities
Wylie: bag chags dang mtshams sbyor, bag chags kyi mtshams sbyor
Tibetan: བག་ཆགས་དང་མཚམས་སྦྱོར།, བག་ཆགས་ཀྱི་མཚམས་སྦྱོར།
Sanskrit: vāsanānusaṃdhi
The mundane process of rebirth within cyclic existence, impelled by the propensities of past actions.
g.837
irresponsible chatter
Wylie: ngag bkyal ba
Tibetan: ངག་བཀྱལ་བ།
Sanskrit: abaddhapralāpa
Seventh of ten non-virtuous actions.
g.838
irreversible
Wylie: phyir mi ldog pa
Tibetan: ཕྱིར་མི་ལྡོག་པ།
Sanskrit: avinivarta, avaivartika, avinivartanīya
g.839
irreversible bodhisattva
Wylie: phyir mi ldog pa’i byang chub sems dpa’
Tibetan: ཕྱིར་མི་ལྡོག་པའི་བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་དཔའ།
Sanskrit: avaivartikabodhisattva
g.840
irreversible gnosis
Wylie: phyir mi ldog pa’i ye shes
Tibetan: ཕྱིར་མི་ལྡོག་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: avinivartanīyajñāna
g.841
irreversible level
Wylie: phyir mi ldog pa’i sa
Tibetan: ཕྱིར་མི་ལྡོག་པའི་ས།
Sanskrit: avinivartabhūmi
g.842
is unconditioned
Wylie: mngon par ’dus ma byed
Tibetan: མངོན་པར་འདུས་མ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: na saṃskaroti
g.843
island
Wylie: gling
Tibetan: གླིང་།
Sanskrit: dvīpa
g.844
it is just that
Wylie: de kho nar zad
Tibetan: དེ་ཁོ་ནར་ཟད།
Sanskrit: tāvatyeva
g.845
Jambu River
Wylie: ’dzam bu chu bo
Tibetan: འཛམ་བུ་ཆུ་བོ།
Sanskrit: jambunadī
g.846
Jambudvīpa
Wylie: ’dzam bu gling
Tibetan: འཛམ་བུ་གླིང་།
Sanskrit: jambudvīpa
The name of the southern continent in Buddhist cosmology, signifying either the known human world, or sometimes more specifically the Indian subcontinent. The name comes from the jambu (“rose apple” or “black plum”) tree said to grow near Lake Anavatapta in the continent’s northern mountains, considered to be the source of the four great rivers of India.
g.847
jealousy
Wylie: phrag dog
Tibetan: ཕྲག་དོག
Sanskrit: īrṣyā
g.848
Jewel Cusp
Wylie: rin chen mtha’ yas
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་མཐའ་ཡས།
Sanskrit: ratnakoṭi
Name of the fifty-fifth meditative stability.
g.849
Jinamitra
Wylie: rgyal ba bshes gnyen
Tibetan: རྒྱལ་བ་བཤེས་གཉེན།
Sanskrit: jinamitra
Jinamitra was invited to Tibet during the reign of King Tri Songdetsen (khri srong lde btsan, r. 742–98 ᴄᴇ) and was involved with the translation of nearly two hundred texts, continuing into the reign of King Ralpachen (ral pa can, r. 815–38 ᴄᴇ). He was one of the small group of paṇḍitas responsible for the Mahāvyutpatti Sanskrit–Tibetan dictionary.
g.850
joints are elegant
Wylie: tshigs mdzes pa
Tibetan: ཚིགས་མཛེས་པ།
Sanskrit: śubhasandhitā
Sixtieth of the eighty minor marks.
g.851
joints are extended
Wylie: tshigs ring ba
Tibetan: ཚིགས་རིང་བ།
Sanskrit: dīrghasandhitā
Sixty-first of the eighty minor marks.
g.852
joints of their bodies are well articulated
Wylie: sku’i tshigs legs par ’brel pa
Tibetan: སྐུའི་ཚིགས་ལེགས་པར་འབྲེལ་པ།
Sanskrit: susaṃbaddhagātratā
Seventieth of the eighty minor marks.
g.853
joy
Wylie: dga’ ba
Tibetan: དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit: prīti
g.854
joy and bliss that arise from meditative stability
Wylie: ting nge ’dzin las skyes pa’i dga’ ba dang bde ba
Tibetan: ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་ལས་སྐྱེས་པའི་དགའ་བ་དང་བདེ་བ།
Sanskrit: samādhijaprītisukhā
g.855
karma
Wylie: las
Tibetan: ལས།
Sanskrit: karman
The impact of past actions in the present and future. Also translated here as “past action.”
g.856
Kauśika
Wylie: kau shi ka
Tibetan: ཀཽ་ཤི་ཀ
Sanskrit: kauśika
“One who belongs to the Kuśika lineage.” An epithet of the god Śakra, also known as Indra, the king of the gods in the Trāyastriṃśa heaven. In the Ṛgveda, Indra is addressed by the epithet Kauśika, with the implication that he is associated with the descendants of the Kuśika lineage (gotra) as their aiding deity. In later epic and Purāṇic texts, we find the story that Indra took birth as Gādhi Kauśika, the son of Kuśika and one of the Vedic poet-seers, after the Puru king Kuśika had performed austerities for one thousand years to obtain a son equal to Indra who could not be killed by others. In the Pāli Kusajātaka (Jāt V 141–45), the Buddha, in one of his former bodhisattva lives as a Trāyastriṃśa god, takes birth as the future king Kusa upon the request of Indra, who wishes to help the childless king of the Mallas, Okkaka, and his chief queen Sīlavatī. This story is also referred to by Nāgasena in the Milindapañha.
g.857
Kawa Paltsek
Wylie: ka ba dpal brtsegs
Tibetan: ཀ་བ་དཔལ་བརྩེགས།
Paltsek (eighth to early ninth century), from the village of Kawa north of Lhasa, was one of Tibet’s preeminent translators. He was one of the first seven Tibetans to be ordained by Śāntarakṣita and is counted as one of Guru Rinpoché’s twenty-five close disciples. In a famous verse by Ngok Lotsawa Loden Sherab, Kawa Paltsek is named along with Chokro Lui Gyaltsen and Zhang (or Nanam) Yeshé Dé as part of a group of translators whose skills were surpassed only by Vairotsana.He translated works from a wide variety of genres, including sūtra, śāstra, vinaya, and tantra, and was an author himself. Paltsek was also one of the most important editors of the early period, one of nine translators installed by Tri Songdetsen (r. 755–797/800) to supervise the translation of the Tripiṭaka and help catalog translated works for the first two of three imperial catalogs, the Denkarma (ldan kar ma) and the Samyé Chimpuma (bsam yas mchims phu ma). In the colophons of his works, he is often known as Paltsek Rakṣita (rak+Shi ta).
g.858
kidney bean
Wylie: mon sran na gu
Tibetan: མོན་སྲན་ན་གུ
Sanskrit: mukuṣṭa
g.859
killing of living creatures
Wylie: srog gcod pa
Tibetan: སྲོག་གཅོད་པ།
Sanskrit: prāṇātighāta
First of the ten non-virtuous actions.
g.860
kindness
Wylie: snying brtse ba
Tibetan: སྙིང་བརྩེ་བ།
Sanskrit: anukampā
g.861
kinnara
Wylie: mi’am ci
Tibetan: མིའམ་ཅི།
Sanskrit: kinnara
A mythical hybrid being with the body of a man and the head of a horse or vice versa.
g.862
kneecaps are elegant
Wylie: pus mo’i lha nga dag mdzes par gyur pa
Tibetan: པུས་མོའི་ལྷ་ང་དག་མཛེས་པར་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit: cāruniṣpannajānumaṇḍalatā
Third of the eighty minor marks.
g.863
knower
Wylie: shes pa po
Tibetan: ཤེས་པ་པོ།
Sanskrit: jñātṛ
g.864
knowledge
Wylie: shes pa
Tibetan: ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: jñāna
Also translated as “cognition.”
g.865
knowledge of liberation
Wylie: rnam par grol ba’i shes pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་གྲོལ་བའི་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: vimuktijñāna
g.866
knowledge of other minds
Wylie: pha rol gyi sems shes pa
Tibetan: ཕ་རོལ་གྱི་སེམས་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: paracittajñāna
Third of the eleven aspects of knowledge.
g.867
knowledge of phenomena
Wylie: chos shes pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: dharmajñāna
First of the eleven aspects of knowledge.
g.868
knowledge of relative appearances
Wylie: kun rdzob shes pa
Tibetan: ཀུན་རྫོབ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: saṃvṛtijñāna
Fourth of the eleven aspects of knowledge.
g.869
knowledge of suffering
Wylie: sdug bsngal shes pa
Tibetan: སྡུག་བསྔལ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: duḥkhajñāna
Fifth of the eleven aspects of knowledge.
g.870
knowledge of the cessation of suffering
Wylie: ’gog pa shes pa
Tibetan: འགོག་པ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: nirodhajñāna
Seventh of the eleven aspects of knowledge.
g.871
knowledge of the extinction of contaminants
Wylie: zad par shes pa
Tibetan: ཟད་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: kṣayajñāna
Ninth of the eleven aspects of knowledge.
g.872
knowledge of the origin of suffering
Wylie: kun ’byung ba shes pa
Tibetan: ཀུན་འབྱུང་བ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: samudayajñāna
Sixth of the eleven aspects of knowledge.
g.873
knowledge of the path
Wylie: lam shes pa
Tibetan: ལམ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: mārgajñāna
Eighth of the eleven aspects of knowledge.
g.874
knowledge that contaminants will not be regenerated
Wylie: mi skye ba shes pa
Tibetan: མི་སྐྱེ་བ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: anutpādajñāna
Tenth of the eleven aspects of knowledge.
g.875
knowledge that engages in subtlety
Wylie: phra ba la ’jug pa’i mkhyen pa
Tibetan: ཕྲ་བ་ལ་འཇུག་པའི་མཁྱེན་པ།
Sanskrit: sūkṣmapraveśajñāna
The various aspects of the knowledge that engages in subtlety of conduct, etc. include the knowledge that engages with subtle transmigration at the time of death, the knowledge that engages with subtle processes of rebirth, and the knowledge that engages with subtle buddha activities—emanation, renunciation, manifestly perfect enlightenment, turning the wheel of the sacred doctrine, consecrating the lifespan, passing into final nirvāṇa, and so forth.(See also n.23.)
g.876
knowledge that is definitive
Wylie: ji lta ba bzhin shes pa
Tibetan: ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: yathājñāna
Eleventh of the eleven aspects of knowledge.
g.877
krośa
Wylie: rgyang grags
Tibetan: རྒྱང་གྲགས།
Sanskrit: krośa
A distance equivalent to five hundred arm spans.
g.878
laboring class
Wylie: dmangs rigs
Tibetan: དམངས་རིགས།
Sanskrit: śūdravarṇa
Fourth of the four classes of traditional Indian society.
g.879
lack conviction
Wylie: yid mi ches
Tibetan: ཡིད་མི་ཆེས།
Sanskrit: na śraddhadhati
g.880
lack of defining characteristics
Wylie: mtshan nyid med pa
Tibetan: མཚན་ཉིད་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: nirlakṣaṇa
g.881
lacking luminosity
Wylie: ’od dang bral ba
Tibetan: འོད་དང་བྲལ་བ།
Sanskrit: prabhāvirahita
g.882
lamp
Wylie: ’od byed pa
Tibetan: འོད་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: āloka
g.883
Lamp of the Moon [or Immaculate Moon]
Wylie: zla ba’i sgron ma
Tibetan: ཟླ་བའི་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit: candravimala candra pradīpa
Name of the forty-seventh meditative stability.
g.884
Lamp of the Sun
Wylie: nyi ma’i sgron ma
Tibetan: ཉི་མའི་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit: sūryapradīpa
Name of the forty-sixth meditative stability.
g.885
language
Wylie: skad
Tibetan: སྐད།
Sanskrit: ruta
g.886
latent impulse
Wylie: bag la nyal ba
Tibetan: བག་ལ་ཉལ་བ།
Sanskrit: anuśaya
g.887
layman
Wylie: dge bsnyen
Tibetan: དགེ་བསྙེན།
Sanskrit: upāsaka
An unordained male practitioner who observes the five vows not to kill, lie, steal, be intoxicated, or commit sexual misconduct.
g.888
laywoman
Wylie: dge bsnyen ma
Tibetan: དགེ་བསྙེན་མ།
Sanskrit: upāsikā
An unordained female practitioner who observes the five vows not to kill, lie, steal, be intoxicated, or commit sexual misconduct.
g.889
lentils
Wylie: sran chung
Tibetan: སྲན་ཆུང་།
Sanskrit: masūra
g.890
level of [an arhat’s] spiritual achievement
Wylie: bya ba byas pa’i sa
Tibetan: བྱ་བ་བྱས་པའི་ས།
Sanskrit: kṛtakṛtyabhūmi
Name of the seventh level of realization attainable by bodhisattvas. See n.268.
g.891
level of bright insight
Wylie: dkar po rnam par mthong ba’i sa
Tibetan: དཀར་པོ་རྣམ་པར་མཐོང་བའི་ས།
Sanskrit: śuklavidarśanābhūmi
Name of the first level to be acquired by bodhisattvas.
g.892
level of buddha nature
Wylie: rigs kyi sa
Tibetan: རིགས་ཀྱི་ས།
Sanskrit: gotrabhūmi
Name of the second level attainable by bodhisattvas. See n.268.
g.893
level of dispassion
Wylie: ’dod chags dang bral ba’i sa
Tibetan: འདོད་ཆགས་དང་བྲལ་བའི་ས།
Sanskrit: vītarāgabhūmi
Name of the sixth level attainable by bodhisattvas, from which point there is no more rebirth. See n.268.
g.894
level of insight
Wylie: mthong ba’i sa
Tibetan: མཐོང་བའི་ས།
Sanskrit: darśanabhūmi
Name of the fourth level of realization attainable by bodhisattvas, equivalent to entering the stream to nirvāṇa. See n.268.
g.895
level of the bodhisattvas
Wylie: byang chub sems dpa’i sa
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་དཔའི་ས།
Sanskrit: bodhisattvabhūmi
Name of the ninth level of realization attainable by bodhisattvas. See n.268.
g.896
level of the genuinely perfect buddhas
Wylie: yang dag par rdzogs pa’i sangs rgyas kyi sa
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པར་རྫོགས་པའི་སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་ས།
Sanskrit: samyaksambuddhabhūmi
Name of the tenth of the levels of realization attainable by bodhisattvas. See n.268.
g.897
level of the pratyekabuddhas
Wylie: rang sangs rgyas kyi sa
Tibetan: རང་སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་ས།
Sanskrit: pratyekabuddhabhūmi
Name of the eighth level attainable by bodhisattvas. See n.268.
g.898
lexical explanations
Wylie: nges pa’i tshig
Tibetan: ངེས་པའི་ཚིག
Sanskrit: nirukta
Lexical explanations here implies the exact knowledge of the primary and derivative definitions and explanations of names and words. It is also the third of the four kinds of exact knowledge, see “exact knowledge of language and lexical explanations.”
g.899
liberated
Wylie: rnam par grol
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་གྲོལ།
Sanskrit: vimucyate
In its most general sense, this term refers to the state of freedom from suffering and cyclic existence, or saṃsāra, that is the goal of the Buddhist path. More specifically, the term may refer to a category of advanced meditative attainment such as those of the “eight liberations.”
g.900
liberation
Wylie: grol ba
Tibetan: གྲོལ་བ།
Sanskrit: mokṣa
In its most general sense, this term refers to the state of freedom from suffering and cyclic existence, or saṃsāra, that is the goal of the Buddhist path. More specifically, the term may refer to a category of advanced meditative attainment such as those of the “eight liberations.”
g.901
life
Wylie: gso ba
Tibetan: གསོ་བ།
Sanskrit: poṣa
g.902
lifespan
Wylie: tshe
Tibetan: ཚེ།
Sanskrit: āyuḥ
g.903
light
Wylie: ’od
Tibetan: འོད།
Sanskrit: prabhā
Also translated here as “aureole.”
g.904
Lightning Lamp
Wylie: glog gi sgron ma
Tibetan: གློག་གི་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit: vidyutpradīpa
Name of the fortieth meditative stability.
g.905
limit of past time
Wylie: sngon gyi mtha’
Tibetan: སྔོན་གྱི་མཐའ།
Sanskrit: pūrvānta
g.906
limited number of sentient beings
Wylie: nyi tshe ba’i sems can
Tibetan: ཉི་ཚེ་བའི་སེམས་ཅན།
Sanskrit: pradeśikasattva
g.907
limitless
Wylie: mtha’ yas pa
Tibetan: མཐའ་ཡས་པ།
Sanskrit: ananta
Also translated here as “infinite.”
g.908
limits of future time
Wylie: phyi ma’i mtha’
Tibetan: ཕྱི་མའི་མཐའ།
Sanskrit: antarānta
g.909
lines of their palms are extended
Wylie: phyag gi ri mo mtho ba dag
Tibetan: ཕྱག་གི་རི་མོ་མཐོ་བ་དག
Sanskrit: āyatapāṇilekhatā
Thirty-third of the eighty minor marks.
g.910
lines of their palms are unbroken
Wylie: phyag gi ri mo bar ma chad pa
Tibetan: ཕྱག་གི་རི་མོ་བར་མ་ཆད་པ།
Sanskrit: avyavahitapāṇilekhatā
Thirty-second of the eighty minor marks.
g.911
links of dependent origination
Wylie: rten cing ’brel bar ’byung ba
Tibetan: རྟེན་ཅིང་འབྲེལ་བར་འབྱུང་བ།
See “twelve links of dependent origination.”
g.912
lion-like cheeks
Wylie: ’gram pa seng ge’i dang ’dra ba
Tibetan: འགྲམ་པ་སེང་གེའི་དང་འདྲ་བ།
Sanskrit: siṃhahanutā
Twentieth of the thirty-two major marks.
g.913
Lion’s Play
Wylie: seng ge rnam par rtse ba
Tibetan: སེང་གེ་རྣམ་པར་རྩེ་བ།
Sanskrit: siṃhavikrīḍita
Name of the 3rd meditative stability.
g.914
lips are red like the balsam fruit
Wylie: sgros bim pa ltar dmar ba
Tibetan: སྒྲོས་བིམ་པ་ལྟར་དམར་བ།
Sanskrit: bimbapratibimbopamauṣṭhatā
Twenty-third of the eighty minor marks.
g.915
living being
Wylie: ’byung po
Tibetan: འབྱུང་པོ།
Sanskrit: sattva
g.916
living creature
Wylie: skye ba po, skyes bu
Tibetan: སྐྱེ་བ་པོ།, སྐྱེས་བུ།
Sanskrit: jantu, prajā
g.917
living organism
Wylie: srog
Tibetan: སྲོག
Sanskrit: jīva
g.918
long and slender tongue
Wylie: ljags ring zhing srab pa
Tibetan: ལྗགས་རིང་ཞིང་སྲབ་པ།
Sanskrit: pṛthutanujihvatā
Twenty-fifth of the thirty-two major marks.
g.919
long toes and fingers
Wylie: sor mo ring ba
Tibetan: སོར་མོ་རིང་བ།
Sanskrit: dīrghāṅgulitā
4th of the thirty-two major marks.
g.920
long-lived god
Wylie: tshe ring lha
Tibetan: ཚེ་རིང་ལྷ།
Sanskrit: dirghāyuṣkadeva
g.921
longing
Wylie: ’dun pa’i ’dod chags
Tibetan: འདུན་པའི་འདོད་ཆགས།
Sanskrit: chandarāga
g.922
longing
Wylie: ’dod pa
Tibetan: འདོད་པ།
Sanskrit: spṛhanā
g.923
longing for sensual pleasure
Wylie: ’dod pa la ’dun pa
Tibetan: འདོད་པ་ལ་འདུན་པ།
Sanskrit: kāmacchanda
First of the five obscurations.
g.924
lord
Wylie: bcom ldan ’das
Tibetan: བཅོམ་ལྡན་འདས།
Sanskrit: bhagavat
Epithet of Buddha Śākyamuni.While the Sanskrit term simply means “fortunate,” “illustrious,” or “revered,” Tibetan hermeneutics defines the term as denoting a teacher or buddha who primordially subdues (bcom) the four demonic forces, possesses (ldan) the six attributes of greatness (che ba’i yon tan drug, viz: lordship, noble form, glory, fame, gnosis, and perseverance), and transcends (’das) all sorrow, without abiding in the extremes of existence and quiescence.Also translated here as “Blessed One.” (See also n.19).
g.925
Lord Buddha
Wylie: sangs rgyas bcom ldan ’das
Tibetan: སངས་རྒྱས་བཅོམ་ལྡན་འདས།
Sanskrit: bhagavānbuddha
Epithet of Buddha Śākyamuni and general way of addressing the enlightened ones. See “Lord” or “Blessed One.” (See also n.19).
g.926
lord of the four continents
Wylie: gling bzhi’i bdag po
Tibetan: གླིང་བཞིའི་བདག་པོ།
Sanskrit: caturdvīpamahīpati
See n.196.
g.927
loving kindness
Wylie: byams pa
Tibetan: བྱམས་པ།
Sanskrit: maitrī
First of the four immeasurable aspirations.
g.928
lower realms of existence
Wylie: ngan song
Tibetan: ངན་སོང་།
Sanskrit: apāya
Also translated here as “inferior realms.”
g.929
luminosity
Wylie: ’od gsal ba
Tibetan: འོད་གསལ་བ།
Sanskrit: prabhāsvara
Luminosity refers to the subtlest level of mind, i.e., the fundamental, essential nature of all cognitive events. Though ever present within all sentient beings, this luminosity becomes manifest only when the gross mind has ceased to function. It is said that such a dissolution is experienced by ordinary beings, naturally, at the time of death, but it can also be experientially cultivated through certain meditative practices.
g.930
luminosity radiates as they walk
Wylie: ’od kyis gsal bar mdzad cing gshegs pa
Tibetan: འོད་ཀྱིས་གསལ་བར་མཛད་ཅིང་གཤེགས་པ།
Sanskrit: prabhāsvaragāmitā
Sixty-fourth of the eighty minor marks.
g.931
lying
Wylie: rdzun du smra ba
Tibetan: རྫུན་དུ་སྨྲ་བ།
Sanskrit: mṛṣāvāda
Fourth of the ten non-virtuous actions.
g.932
Madhyamaka
Wylie: dbu ma
Tibetan: དབུ་མ།
Sanskrit: madhyamaka
Derived from the Sanskrit expression madhyamapratipad, meaning the “Middle Way” between the extremes of eternalism and nihilism, Madhyamaka is one of the most influential among the schools of Indian Buddhist philosophy since it emphasizes the deconstruction of all conceptual elaboration and the realization of emptiness. Various sub-schools evolved in India and Tibet, based on distinctions between relative and ultimate truth, the logical methodologies of reduction ad absurdum and syllogistic reasoning, and views concerning the nature of buddha attributes.
g.933
magical display
Wylie: sgyu ma
Tibetan: སྒྱུ་མ།
Sanskrit: māyā
Also translated here as “illusion.”
g.934
Mahābrahmā
Wylie: tshangs pa chen po
Tibetan: ཚངས་པ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahābrahmā
Third god realm of form, meaning “great Brahmā.”
g.935
Mahākāśyapa
Wylie: ’od srung chen po
Tibetan: འོད་སྲུང་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahākāśyapa
Name of an elder.
g.936
Mahākātyāyana
Wylie: kA tyA ya na’i bu chen po
Tibetan: ཀཱ་ཏྱཱ་ཡ་ནའི་བུ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahākātyāyana
Name of an elder and senior disciple of Buddha Śākyamuni.
g.937
Mahākauṣṭhila
Wylie: gsus po che chen po
Tibetan: གསུས་པོ་ཆེ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahākauṣṭhila
Name of an elder and senior disciple of Buddha Śākyamuni.
g.938
Mahāsaṅghika order
Wylie: phal chen gyi sde
Tibetan: ཕལ་ཆེན་གྱི་སྡེ།
Sanskrit: mahāsaṅghika
One of the four main monastic orders of Indian Buddhism.
g.939
mahoraga
Wylie: lto ’phye chen po
Tibetan: ལྟོ་འཕྱེ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahoraga
Literally “great serpents,” mahoragas are supernatural beings depicted as large, subterranean beings with human torsos and heads and the lower bodies of serpents. Their movements are said to cause earthquakes, and they make up a class of subterranean geomantic spirits whose movement through the seasons and months of the year is deemed significant for construction projects.
g.940
maintain alertness
Wylie: shes bzhin du spyod
Tibetan: ཤེས་བཞིན་དུ་སྤྱོད།
Sanskrit: saṃprajānacārī bhavati
g.941
maintain notions
Wylie: ’du shes ’jug
Tibetan: འདུ་ཤེས་འཇུག
Sanskrit: saṃjñā bhavati
g.942
Maitreya
Wylie: byams pa
Tibetan: བྱམས་པ།
Sanskrit: maitreya
The bodhisattva Maitreya is an important figure in many Buddhist traditions, where he is unanimously regarded as the buddha of the future era. He is said to currently reside in the heaven of Tuṣita, as Śākyamuni’s regent, where he awaits the proper time to take his final rebirth and become the fifth buddha in the Fortunate Eon, reestablishing the Dharma in this world after the teachings of the current buddha have disappeared. Within the Mahāyāna sūtras, Maitreya is elevated to the same status as other central bodhisattvas such as Mañjuśrī and Avalokiteśvara, and his name appears frequently in sūtras, either as the Buddha’s interlocutor or as a teacher of the Dharma. Maitreya literally means “Loving One.” He is also known as Ajita, meaning “Invincible.”For more information on Maitreya, see, for example, the introduction to Maitreya’s Setting Out (Toh 198).
g.943
Majestic
Wylie: gzi brjid yod pa
Tibetan: གཟི་བརྗིད་ཡོད་པ།
Sanskrit: tejovatī
Name of the forty-second meditative stability.
g.944
major marks
Wylie: mtshan
Tibetan: མཚན།
Sanskrit: lakṣaṇa
See “thirty-two major marks of a superior man that the tathāgatas possess.”
g.945
make assumptions
Wylie: rlom sems su byed pa
Tibetan: རློམ་སེམས་སུ་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: manyate
Make assumptions about, based on, or on account of something.
g.946
malice
Wylie: gnod sems
Tibetan: གནོད་སེམས།
Sanskrit: duṣṭacitta, vyāpāda
Second of the five obscurations; ninth of the ten non-virtuous actions; second of the four knots. Also translated here as “harmful intention.”
g.947
maṇḍala of the meditative stability of non-appropriation
Wylie: yongs su bzung ba ma mchis pa’i ting nge ’dzin gyi dkyil ’khor
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་བཟུང་བ་མ་མཆིས་པའི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་གྱི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར།
g.948
Manifest Attainment of Modalities
Wylie: rnam pa mngon par bsgrub pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པ་མངོན་པར་བསྒྲུབ་པ།
Sanskrit: ākārānabhiniveśanirhāra
Name of the eighty-third meditative stability.
g.949
Manifestly Imperceptible
Wylie: mngon par mi dmigs pa
Tibetan: མངོན་པར་མི་དམིགས་པ།
Sanskrit: anabhilakṣita
Name of the ninety-first meditative stability.
g.950
manifestly perfect buddhahood
Wylie: mngon par rdzogs pa’i sangs rgyas pa, mngon par rdzogs pa’i ’tshang rgya ba
Tibetan: མངོན་པར་རྫོགས་པའི་སངས་རྒྱས་པ།, མངོན་པར་རྫོགས་པའི་འཚང་རྒྱ་བ།
Sanskrit: abhisambodhi
g.951
Mañjuśrī
Wylie: ’jam dpal
Tibetan: འཇམ་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: mañjuśrī
Mañjuśrī is one of the “eight close sons of the Buddha” and a bodhisattva who embodies wisdom. He is a major figure in the Mahāyāna sūtras, appearing often as an interlocutor of the Buddha. In his most well-known iconographic form, he is portrayed bearing the sword of wisdom in his right hand and a volume of the Prajñāpāramitāsūtra in his left. To his name, Mañjuśrī, meaning “Gentle and Glorious One,” is often added the epithet Kumārabhūta, “having a youthful form.” He is also called Mañjughoṣa, Mañjusvara, and Pañcaśikha.
g.952
Māra
Wylie: bdud
Tibetan: བདུད།
Sanskrit: māra
Personification of everything that functions as a hindrance to awakening. See also “demonic force.”
g.953
market town
Wylie: grong rdal
Tibetan: གྲོང་རྡལ།
Sanskrit: nigama
g.954
markings on their palms and soles blaze with splendor
Wylie: phyag dang zhabs kyi mtshan dpal gyis ’bar ba
Tibetan: ཕྱག་དང་ཞབས་ཀྱི་མཚན་དཔལ་གྱིས་འབར་བ།
Sanskrit: śrīyojjvalapāṇipādalakṣaṇatā
Seventy-seventh of the eighty minor marks.(See also n.139).
g.955
marvelous events
Wylie: rmad du byung ba’i sde
Tibetan: རྨད་དུ་བྱུང་བའི་སྡེ།
Sanskrit: adbhutadharma
Tenth of the twelve branches of the scriptures.
g.956
mass of foam
Wylie: dbu ba rdos pa
Tibetan: དབུ་བ་རྡོས་པ།
Sanskrit: phenapiṇḍa
g.957
master
Wylie: slob dpon
Tibetan: སློབ་དཔོན།
Sanskrit: ācārya
g.958
maturation of past actions
Wylie: rnam par smin pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་སྨིན་པ།
Sanskrit: vipāka
g.959
maturity
Wylie: skyon ma mchis pa, skyon med
Tibetan: སྐྱོན་མ་མཆིས་པ།, སྐྱོན་མེད།
Sanskrit: niyāma
While “immaturity” (āma, skyon) suggests rawness—something that is uncooked, unrefined, and flawed— here the term “maturity” implies certitude, refinement, cooking, softening, and flawlessness.
g.960
maturity of the genuine nature
Wylie: yang dag pa nyid skyon med pa
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པ་ཉིད་སྐྱོན་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: samyaktvaniyama
g.961
maturity with respect to all things
Wylie: chos skyon med pa nyid
Tibetan: ཆོས་སྐྱོན་མེད་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: dharmanyāmatā
g.962
Maudgalyāyana
Wylie: maud gal gyi bu
Tibetan: མཽད་གལ་གྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit: maudgalyāyana
One of the principal śrāvaka disciples of the Buddha, paired with Śāriputra. He was renowned for his miraculous powers. His family clan was descended from Mudgala, hence his name Maudgalyāyana, “the son of Mudgala’s descendants.” Respectfully referred to as Mahāmaudgalyāyana, “Great Maudgalyāyana.”
g.963
meaning of the term
Wylie: gzhi’i don
Tibetan: གཞིའི་དོན།
Sanskrit: padārtha
g.964
meaningless term
Wylie: gzhi med pa’i don
Tibetan: གཞི་མེད་པའི་དོན།
Sanskrit: apadārtha
g.965
means for attainment
Wylie: sgrub thabs
Tibetan: སྒྲུབ་ཐབས།
Sanskrit: sādhana
Derived from the Sanskrit verb √sādh, “to accomplish,” the term sādhana most generically refers to any method that brings about the accomplishment of a desired goal. In Buddhist literature, the term is often specifically applied to tantric practices that involve ritual engagement with deities, mantra recitation, the visualized creation and dissolution of deity maṇḍalas, etc. Sādhanas are aimed at both actualizing spiritual attainments (siddhi) and reaching liberation. The Tibetan translation sgrub thabs means “method of accomplishment.”
g.966
measure
Wylie: tshad ma mchis par bgyid
Tibetan: ཚད་མ་མཆིས་པར་བགྱིད།
Sanskrit: pramāṇīkaroti
g.967
measure with weights
Wylie: srang la gzhal ba’i tshad
Tibetan: སྲང་ལ་གཞལ་བའི་ཚད།
Sanskrit: palāgrapramāṇa
g.968
meditative absorption
Wylie: snyoms par ’jug pa
Tibetan: སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit: samāpatti
The Sanskrit literally means “attainment,” and is used to refer specifically to meditative attainment and to particular meditative states. The Tibetan translators interpreted it as sama-āpatti, which suggests the idea of “equal” or “level”; however, they also parsed it as sam-āpatti, in which case it would have the sense of “concentration” or “absorption,” much like samādhi, but with the added sense of “attainment.”
g.969
meditative absorption of neither perception nor non-perception
Wylie: ’du shes med min gyi snyoms ’jug
Tibetan: འདུ་ཤེས་མེད་མིན་གྱི་སྙོམས་འཇུག
Sanskrit: naivasaṃjñāsaṃjñāyatana
Fourth of the four meditative absorptions.
g.970
meditative absorption of the sense field of infinite consciousness
Wylie: rnam shes mtha’ yas skye mched kyi snyoms ’jug
Tibetan: རྣམ་ཤེས་མཐའ་ཡས་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་ཀྱི་སྙོམས་འཇུག
Sanskrit: vijñānāntyāyatana
Second of the four formless meditative absorptions.
g.971
meditative absorption of the sense field of infinite space
Wylie: nam mkha’ mtha’ yas skye mched kyi snyoms ’jug
Tibetan: ནམ་མཁའ་མཐའ་ཡས་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་ཀྱི་སྙོམས་འཇུག
Sanskrit: ākāśānantyāyatana
First of the four meditative absorptions.
g.972
meditative absorption of the sense field of nothing-at-all
Wylie: ci yang med pa’i skye mched kyi snyoms ’jug
Tibetan: ཅི་ཡང་མེད་པའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་ཀྱི་སྙོམས་འཇུག
Sanskrit: akiṃcanyāyatana
Third of the four meditative absorptions.
g.973
meditative concentration
Wylie: bsam gtan
Tibetan: བསམ་གཏན།
Sanskrit: dhyāna
Meditative concentration is defined as the one-pointed abiding in an undistracted state of mind free from afflicted mental states. It is an advanced form of calm abiding, where often both calm abiding and penetrative insight may be present in perfect union. Four states of meditative concentration are identified as being conducive to birth within the world system of form, each of which has three phases of intensity. However, in the context of the Great Vehicle, meditative concentration is the fifth of the six transcendent perfections. See also “four meditative concentrations” and 1.30.
g.974
meditative stability
Wylie: ting nge ’dzin
Tibetan: ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit: samādhi
A generic name for the one hundred and eleven meditative stabilities enumerated in the present text.In a general sense, samādhi can describe a number of different meditative states. In the Mahāyāna literature, in particular in the Prajñāpāramitā sūtras, we find extensive lists of different samādhis, numbering over one hundred.In a more restricted sense, and when understood as a mental state, samādhi is defined as the one-pointedness of the mind (cittaikāgratā), the ability to remain on the same object over long periods of time. The Drajor Bamponyipa (sgra sbyor bam po gnyis pa) commentary on the Mahāvyutpatti explains the term samādhi as referring to the instrument through which mind and mental states “get collected,” i.e., it is by the force of samādhi that the continuum of mind and mental states becomes collected on a single point of reference without getting distracted.
g.975
meditative stability endowed with ideation and scrutiny
Wylie: rtog pa dang bcas dpyod pa dang bcas pa’i ting nge ’dzin
Tibetan: རྟོག་པ་དང་བཅས་དཔྱོད་པ་དང་བཅས་པའི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit: savitarkasavicārasamādhi
First of the three meditative stabilities.
g.976
meditative stability free from both ideation and scrutiny
Wylie: mi rtog mi dpyod pa’i ting nge ’dzin
Tibetan: མི་རྟོག་མི་དཔྱོད་པའི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit: avitarko'vicārasamādhi
Third of the three meditative stabilities.
g.977
meditative stability free from ideation and merely endowed with scrutiny
Wylie: rtog pa med la dpyod pa tsam gyi ting nge ’dzin
Tibetan: རྟོག་པ་མེད་ལ་དཔྱོད་པ་ཙམ་གྱི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit: avitarkasavicāramātrasamādhi
Second of the three meditative stabilities.
g.978
meditative stability that resembles lightning
Wylie: glog lta bu’i ting nge ’dzin
Tibetan: གློག་ལྟ་བུའི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit: vidyutsamādhi
g.979
mental agitation
Wylie: rgod pa
Tibetan: རྒོད་པ།
Sanskrit: auddhatya
Fifth of the five fetters associated with the higher realms.
g.980
mental consciousness
Wylie: yid kyi rnam par shes pa
Tibetan: ཡིད་ཀྱི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: manovijñāna
g.981
mental faculty
Wylie: yid
Tibetan: ཡིད།
Sanskrit: manas
The faculty that perceives mental phenomena.
g.982
mental image
Wylie: mtshan ma
Tibetan: མཚན་མ།
Sanskrit: nimitta
Also translated as “sign.”
g.983
mental phenomena
Wylie: chos
Tibetan: ཆོས།
Sanskrit: dharma
The term dharma (chos) conveys ten different meanings, according to Vasubandhu’s. See also “Dharma.”
g.984
mental purity
Wylie: yid yongs su dag pa
Tibetan: ཡིད་ཡོངས་སུ་དག་པ།
Sanskrit: cittapariśuddhi
g.985
mental wandering
Wylie: yid rnam par rgyu ba
Tibetan: ཡིད་རྣམ་པར་རྒྱུ་བ།
Sanskrit: manasovyupacāra
g.986
mercantile class
Wylie: rje’u rigs
Tibetan: རྗེའུ་རིགས།
Sanskrit: vaiśyavarṇa
Third of the four classes of traditional Indian society.
g.987
merely conceptualized
Wylie: btags pa tsam du zad
Tibetan: བཏགས་པ་ཙམ་དུ་ཟད།
Sanskrit: prajñaptimātraṃ
g.988
merely names
Wylie: ming tsam
Tibetan: མིང་ཙམ།
Sanskrit: nāmamātra
g.989
merely wishes
Wylie: ’dod du zad
Tibetan: འདོད་དུ་ཟད།
Sanskrit: icchet eva
g.990
merit
Wylie: bsod nams
Tibetan: བསོད་ནམས།
Sanskrit: puṇya
Merit refers to the wholesome tendencies imprinted in the mind as a result of positive and skillful thoughts, words, and actions that ripen in the experience of happiness and well-being. According to the Greater Vehicle, it is important to dedicate the merit of one’s wholesome actions to the benefit of all sentient beings, ensuring that others also experience the results of the positive actions generated.(See also n.380).
g.991
methodically
Wylie: tshul las
Tibetan: ཚུལ་ལས།
Sanskrit: nayataḥ
g.992
mighty nāga
Wylie: glang po chen po
Tibetan: གླང་པོ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahānāga
This term, meaning “elephant” in this context, is a metaphor, suggesting that those present in the assembly were leaders of considerable stature rather than followers.
g.993
mind
Wylie: sems
Tibetan: སེམས།
Sanskrit: citta
Also translated here as “mindset” and “thought.”
g.994
mind of vast extent
Wylie: rgya chen po’i sems
Tibetan: རྒྱ་ཆེན་པོའི་སེམས།
Sanskrit: udāracitta
g.995
mind with its [five aspects of] concomitance
Wylie: mtshungs par ldan pa’i sems
Tibetan: མཚུངས་པར་ལྡན་པའི་སེམས།
Sanskrit: prayuktacitta
g.996
mindful
Wylie: dran pa dang ldan pa
Tibetan: དྲན་པ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: smṛtimān
g.997
mindfulness
Wylie: dran pa
Tibetan: དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit: smṛti
This is the faculty which enables the mind to maintain its attention on a referent object, counteracting the arising of forgetfulness, which is a great obstacle to meditative stability. Together with alertness, mindfulness is one of the two indispensable factors for the development of calm abiding.
g.998
minds that are not surpassed
Wylie: bla na med pa’i sems
Tibetan: བླ་ན་མེད་པའི་སེམས།
Sanskrit: anuttaracitta
g.999
mindset
Wylie: sems
Tibetan: སེམས།
Sanskrit: citta
Also translated here as “mind” and “thought.”
g.1000
mine
Wylie: bdag gi
Tibetan: བདག་གི
Sanskrit: ātmanīya
g.1001
minium
Wylie: tsi na biSh+Ta, tsin bi sta
Tibetan: ཙི་ན་བིཥྚ།, ཙིན་བི་སྟ།
Sanskrit: cīnapiṣṭa
g.1002
minor marks
Wylie: dpe byad bzang po
Tibetan: དཔེ་བྱད་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: anuvyañjana
See “eighty excellent minor marks.”
g.1003
miraculous birth
Wylie: rdzus skyes
Tibetan: རྫུས་སྐྱེས།
Sanskrit: upapāduka
Fourth of the four modes of birth.
g.1004
miraculous fortune telling
Wylie: cho ’phrul
Tibetan: ཆོ་འཕྲུལ།
Sanskrit: ādeśanāpratihārya
g.1005
mirage
Wylie: smig rgyu
Tibetan: སྨིག་རྒྱུ།
Sanskrit: marīci
g.1006
misconception
Wylie: phyin ci log pa
Tibetan: ཕྱིན་ཅི་ལོག་པ།
Sanskrit: viparyāsa
g.1007
misconstrue
Wylie: rtog
Tibetan: རྟོག
Sanskrit: parāmṛśati
g.1008
miserliness
Wylie: ser sna
Tibetan: སེར་སྣ།
Sanskrit: mātsarya
g.1009
mistaken view
Wylie: lta ba phyin ci log pa
Tibetan: ལྟ་བ་ཕྱིན་ཅི་ལོག་པ།
Sanskrit: dṛṣṭiviparyāsa
g.1010
monastic community
Wylie: dge ’dun
Tibetan: དགེ་འདུན།
Sanskrit: saṅgha
Though often specifically reserved for the monastic community, this term can be applied to any of the four Buddhist communities—monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen—as well as to identify the different groups of practitioners, like the community of bodhisattvas or the community of śrāvakas. It is also the third of the Three Jewels (triratna) of Buddhism: the Buddha, the Teaching, and the Community.
g.1011
monastic preceptor
Wylie: mkhan po
Tibetan: མཁན་པོ།
Sanskrit: upādhyāya
One who presides over the monastic ordination ceremony of new monks.
g.1012
moon reflected in water
Wylie: chu zla
Tibetan: ཆུ་ཟླ།
Sanskrit: udakacandra
g.1013
morbid pallor
Wylie: sha bkra
Tibetan: ཤ་བཀྲ།
Sanskrit: kilāsa
g.1014
most extensive discourses
Wylie: shin tu rgyas pa’i mdo sde
Tibetan: ཤིན་ཏུ་རྒྱས་པའི་མདོ་སྡེ།
Sanskrit: vaipulyasūtra
Twelfth of the twelve branches of the scriptures.
g.1015
motion
Wylie: ’gro ba
Tibetan: འགྲོ་བ།
Sanskrit: gamana
g.1016
mouth is compact
Wylie: zhal yongs su rgyas pa
Tibetan: ཞལ་ཡོངས་སུ་རྒྱས་པ།
Sanskrit: citavadanatā
Twenty-fourth of the eighty minor marks.
g.1017
mouth is fragrant
Wylie: zhal dri zhim pa
Tibetan: ཞལ་དྲི་ཞིམ་པ།
Sanskrit: sugandhamukhatā
Forty-first of the eighty minor marks.
g.1018
mouth is not too wide
Wylie: zhal ha cang yang mi ring ba
Tibetan: ཞལ་ཧ་ཅང་ཡང་མི་རིང་བ།
Sanskrit: nātyāyatavacanatā
Twenty-first of the eighty minor marks.
g.1019
mouth is without blemish
Wylie: zhal rkang rkong med pa
Tibetan: ཞལ་རྐང་རྐོང་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: ajihmavadanatā
Twenty-second of the eighty minor marks.
g.1020
multicolored
Wylie: sre’o
Tibetan: སྲེའོ།
Sanskrit: śabala
g.1021
mundane
Wylie: ’jig rten pa
Tibetan: འཇིག་རྟེན་པ།
Sanskrit: laukika
g.1022
mundane gift of the sacred doctrine
Wylie: ’jig rten pa’i chos kyi sbyin pa
Tibetan: འཇིག་རྟེན་པའི་ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྦྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: laukikadharmadāna
g.1023
mundane phenomena
Wylie: ’jig rten pa’i chos
Tibetan: འཇིག་རྟེན་པའི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit: laukikadharma
These comprise the five psycho-physical aggregates, the twelve sense fields, the eighteen sensory elements, the ten virtuous actions, the four meditative concentrations, the four immeasurable aspirations, the four formless absorptions, and the five extrasensory powers.
g.1024
musical sound
Wylie: rol mo’i sgra
Tibetan: རོལ་མོའི་སྒྲ།
Sanskrit: vādyaśabda
g.1025
mustard
Wylie: yungs ’bru
Tibetan: ཡུངས་འབྲུ།
Sanskrit: sarṣapa
g.1026
nāga
Wylie: klu
Tibetan: ཀླུ།
Sanskrit: nāga
A class of nonhuman beings who live in subterranean aquatic environments, where they guard wealth and sometimes also teachings. Nāgas are associated with serpents and have a snakelike appearance. In Buddhist art and in written accounts, they are regularly portrayed as half human and half snake, and they are also said to have the ability to change into human form. Some nāgas are Dharma protectors, but they can also bring retribution if they are disturbed. They may likewise fight one another, wage war, and destroy the lands of others by causing lightning, hail, and flooding.
g.1027
Nāgārjuna
Wylie: klu grub
Tibetan: ཀླུ་གྲུབ།
Sanskrit: nāgārjuna
Indian commentator (fl. second century).
g.1028
name
Wylie: ming
Tibetan: མིང་།
Sanskrit: nāma, varṇa
g.1029
name and form
Wylie: ming gzugs
Tibetan: མིང་གཟུགས།
Sanskrit: nāmarūpa
Fourth of the twelve links of dependent origination.
g.1030
Namkhai Nyingpo
Wylie: gnam mkha’i snying po
Tibetan: གནམ་མཁའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Tibetan translator (fl. late eighth–early ninth centuries).
g.1031
nape of the neck
Wylie: gnya’ gong
Tibetan: གཉའ་གོང་།
Sanskrit: grīva
g.1032
Naradatta
Wylie: na las byin
Tibetan: ན་ལས་བྱིན།
Sanskrit: naradatta
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.1033
Nārāyaṇa
Wylie: sred med kyi bu
Tibetan: སྲེད་མེད་ཀྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit: nārāyaṇa
One of the ten incarnations of the Hindu deity Viṣṇu, embodying superhuman strength.
g.1034
narratives
Wylie: rtogs par brjod pa’i sde
Tibetan: རྟོགས་པར་བརྗོད་པའི་སྡེ།
Sanskrit: avadāna
Ninth of the twelve branches of the scriptures.
g.1035
natural luminosity
Wylie: rang bzhin gyi ’od gsal
Tibetan: རང་བཞིན་གྱི་འོད་གསལ།
Sanskrit: prakṛtiprabhāsvara
g.1036
naturally abiding buddha nature
Wylie: rang bzhin gnas rigs
Tibetan: རང་བཞིན་གནས་རིགས།
Sanskrit: prakṛtiṣṭhagotra
g.1037
nature
Wylie: rang bzhin
Tibetan: རང་བཞིན།
Sanskrit: prakṛti
g.1038
nature of luminosity
Wylie: ’od gsal ba nyid
Tibetan: འོད་གསལ་བ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: prabhāsvaratā
g.1039
nature of reality
Wylie: chos kyi tshul gyi rang bzhin
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་ཚུལ་གྱི་རང་བཞིན།
Sanskrit: dharmatāprakṛti
g.1040
nature of their own deeds
Wylie: las bdag gir bya ba nyid
Tibetan: ལས་བདག་གིར་བྱ་བ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: karmasvakatā
g.1041
navel curls to the right
Wylie: lte ba g.yas su ’khyil ba
Tibetan: ལྟེ་བ་གཡས་སུ་འཁྱིལ་བ།
Sanskrit: pradakṣiṇāvartanābhitā
Twenty-eighth of the eighty minor marks.
g.1042
navel does not protrude
Wylie: lte ba ma bye ba dag
Tibetan: ལྟེ་བ་མ་བྱེ་བ་དག
Sanskrit: nābhinālarahita
Fifty-sixth of the eighty minor marks.
g.1043
navel is deep
Wylie: lte ba zab pa
Tibetan: ལྟེ་བ་ཟབ་པ།
Sanskrit: gambhīranābhitā
Twenty-sixth of the eighty minor marks.
g.1044
navel is well rounded
Wylie: lte ba shin tu zlum pa
Tibetan: ལྟེ་བ་ཤིན་ཏུ་ཟླུམ་པ།
Sanskrit: vṛttakukṣitā
Twenty-seventh of the eighty minor marks.
g.1045
nectar
Wylie: spri ka
Tibetan: སྤྲི་ཀ
Sanskrit: pīyuṣa
g.1046
negative and non-virtuous attributes
Wylie: sdig pa mi dge ba’i chos
Tibetan: སྡིག་པ་མི་དགེ་བའི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit: pāpakānākuśaladharma
g.1047
negativity
Wylie: gnas ngan len
Tibetan: གནས་ངན་ལེན།
Sanskrit: dauṣṭhulya
That is to say, negativity of body, speech, and mind.
g.1048
neither confined to a single meaning
Wylie: don gcig pa ma yin pa
Tibetan: དོན་གཅིག་པ་མ་ཡིན་པ།
Sanskrit: anekārtha
g.1049
neither fettered nor liberated
Wylie: ma bcings ma grol ba
Tibetan: མ་བཅིངས་མ་གྲོལ་བ།
Sanskrit: abaddhāmukta
g.1050
Nepal
Wylie: bal yul
Tibetan: བལ་ཡུལ།
g.1051
neutral
Wylie: mi g.yo ba
Tibetan: མི་གཡོ་བ།
Sanskrit: aniñja
g.1052
never mistreated though visible to all creatures
Wylie: srog chags thams cad kyis mthong yang brnyas par mi byed
Tibetan: སྲོག་ཆགས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱིས་མཐོང་ཡང་བརྙས་པར་མི་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: sarvaprāṇyavimānitadarśanatā
Sixty-sixth of the eighty minor marks.
g.1053
Ngok Loden Sherab
Wylie: rngog blo ldan shes rab
Tibetan: རྔོག་བློ་ལྡན་ཤེས་རབ།
Kadampa master (1059–1109).
g.1054
night lotus
Wylie: ku mu da
Tibetan: ཀུ་མུ་ད།
Sanskrit: kumuda
The water plant Nymphae esculenta.
g.1055
nine contemplations of impurity
Wylie: ’du shes dgu
Tibetan: འདུ་ཤེས་དགུ
Sanskrit: navasaṃjñā
The nine contemplations of impurity, as described in 1.35, are as follows: (1) contemplation of a bloated corpse, (2) contemplation of a worm-infested corpse, (3) contemplation of a bloody corpse, (4) contemplation of a putrefied corpse, (5) contemplation of a blue-black corpse, (6) contemplation of a devoured corpse, (7) contemplation of a dismembered corpse, (8) contemplation of a skeleton, and (9) contemplation of an immolated corpse.For Pāli and Sanskrit sources relevant to the nine contemplations of impurity, see Dayal (193)2: 93–94.
g.1056
nine dramatic moods
Wylie: gar gyi cha byad dgu
Tibetan: གར་གྱི་ཆ་བྱད་དགུ
Sanskrit: navanāṭyarasa
The nine dramatic moods, contained in the sixty-four crafts, comprise those of (1) grace (śṛṅgāra, sgeg pa); (2) heroism (vīra, dpa’ ba); (3) ugliness (bībhatsa, mi sdug pa); (4) ferocity (raudra, drag shul); (5) joviality (hāsya, bzhad gad); (6) fearsomeness (bhayānaka, ’jigs rung); (7) compassion (karuṇā, snying rje); (8) awesomeness (adbhūta, rngam pa); and (9) peace (śānta, zhi ba). On all these and related matters, see Jamgon Kongtrul TOK Book 6, Pt.1: 311–315.
g.1057
nine serial steps of meditative absorption
Wylie: mthar gyis gnas pa’i snyoms par ’jug pa dgu
Tibetan: མཐར་གྱིས་གནས་པའི་སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ་དགུ
Sanskrit: navānupūrvavihārasamāpatti
See 1.34.
g.1058
Nirmāṇarata
Wylie: ’phrul dga’
Tibetan: འཕྲུལ་དགའ།
Sanskrit: nirmāṇarata
Fifth god realm of desire, meaning “delighting in emanation.”
g.1059
Nityodyukta
Wylie: rtag tu brtson
Tibetan: རྟག་ཏུ་བརྩོན།
Sanskrit: nityodyukta
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.1060
Nityotkṣiptahasta
Wylie: rtag tu lag brkyang
Tibetan: རྟག་ཏུ་ལག་བརྐྱང་།
Sanskrit: nityotkṣiptahasta
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.1061
No Fixed Abode
Wylie: gnas la rten pa med pa
Tibetan: གནས་ལ་རྟེན་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: aniketasthita
Name of the thirty-second meditative stability.
g.1062
no longer subject to rebirth
Wylie: phyir mi ’ong ba
Tibetan: ཕྱིར་མི་འོང་བ།
Sanskrit: āgāmī
The third of the four attainments of śrāvakas, this term refers to a person who will no longer take rebirth in the desire realm (kāmadhātu), but either be reborn in the Pure Abodes (śuddhāvāsa) or reach the state of an arhat in their current lifetime. (Provisional 84000 definition. New definition forthcoming.)
g.1063
noble eightfold path
Wylie: ’phags pa’i lam yan lag brgyad
Tibetan: འཕགས་པའི་ལམ་ཡན་ལག་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit: aṣṭaṅgāryamārga
The noble eightfold path, enumerated in 1.26, comprises (1) correct view, (2) correct ideation, (3) correct speech, (4) correct action, (5) correct livelihood, (6) correct effort, (7) correct recollection, and (8) correct meditative stability.
g.1064
noble form
Wylie: lus gzugs bzang ba
Tibetan: ལུས་གཟུགས་བཟང་བ།
Sanskrit: abhirūpaprasādika
g.1065
noble truth of suffering
Wylie: sdug bsngal ’phags pa’i bden pa
Tibetan: སྡུག་བསྔལ་འཕགས་པའི་བདེན་པ།
Sanskrit: duḥkhāryasatya
First of the four noble truths.
g.1066
noble truth of the cessation of suffering
Wylie: ’gog pa ’phags pa’i bden pa
Tibetan: འགོག་པ་འཕགས་པའི་བདེན་པ།
Sanskrit: nirodhāryasatya
Third of the four noble truths.
g.1067
noble truth of the origin of suffering
Wylie: kun ’byung ba ’phags pa’i bden pa
Tibetan: ཀུན་འབྱུང་བ་འཕགས་པའི་བདེན་པ།
Sanskrit: samudayāryasatya
Second of the four noble truths.
g.1068
noble truth of the path
Wylie: lam ’phags pa’i bden pa
Tibetan: ལམ་འཕགས་པའི་བདེན་པ།
Sanskrit: mārgāryasatya
Fourth of the four noble truths.
g.1069
non-abiding
Wylie: mi gnas pa, gnas pa med pa
Tibetan: མི་གནས་པ།, གནས་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: asthiti, asthitā
g.1070
non-acceptance
Wylie: yongs su gzung ba med pa
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་གཟུང་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: parigrahatā
g.1071
non-acquisitive cultivation
Wylie: bsgom pa yongs su ’dzin pa ma mchis pa
Tibetan: བསྒོམ་པ་ཡོངས་སུ་འཛིན་པ་མ་མཆིས་པ།
Sanskrit: aparigrahabhāvanā
g.1072
non-actualization
Wylie: mngon par bsgrub pa med pa
Tibetan: མངོན་པར་བསྒྲུབ་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: anabhinirhāra
g.1073
non-agent
Wylie: byed pa po med pa
Tibetan: བྱེད་པ་པོ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: akartṛka
g.1074
non-analytical attention
Wylie: so sor brtags pa dang ldan pa ma yin pa’i yid la byed pa
Tibetan: སོ་སོར་བརྟགས་པ་དང་ལྡན་པ་མ་ཡིན་པའི་ཡིད་ལ་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: apratsaṃyuktamanaskāra
g.1075
non-apprehensible
Wylie: dmigs su ma mchi, dmigs su med, dmigs su med pa, mi dmigs su med, dmigs pa med
Tibetan: དམིགས་སུ་མ་མཆི།, དམིགས་སུ་མེད།, དམིགས་སུ་མེད་པ།, མི་དམིགས་སུ་མེད།, དམིགས་པ་མེད།
Sanskrit: anupalabdhya, anupalabdha, nopalabhyate
g.1076
non-apprehension
Wylie: dmigs su med pa nyid, dmigs su ma mchis pa, mi dmigs pa nyid
Tibetan: དམིགས་སུ་མེད་པ་ཉིད།, དམིགས་སུ་མ་མཆིས་པ།, མི་དམིགས་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: anupalabdhitā, anupalambha, anupalambhatā
g.1077
non-appropriation
Wylie: gzung ba ma mchis pa
Tibetan: གཟུང་བ་མ་མཆིས་པ།
Sanskrit: aparigraha
g.1078
non-arising
Wylie: mi skye ba, skye ba ma mchis pa, skye ba med pa
Tibetan: མི་སྐྱེ་བ།, སྐྱེ་བ་མ་མཆིས་པ།, སྐྱེ་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: anutpādita, anutpāda, asamutthāna
g.1079
non-attachment
Wylie: chags pa med pa
Tibetan: ཆགས་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: asaṅga
g.1080
non-captivation
Wylie: mi ’phrogs pa
Tibetan: མི་འཕྲོགས་པ།
Sanskrit: asaṃhārya
g.1081
non-ceasing
Wylie: mi ’gag pa
Tibetan: མི་འགག་པ།
Sanskrit: anirodha
g.1082
non-conceptual
Wylie: rnam par mi rtog pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་མི་རྟོག་པ།
Sanskrit: nirvikalpa
g.1083
non-conceptualization
Wylie: rnam par mi rtog pa nyid
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་མི་རྟོག་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: nirvikalpatā
g.1084
non-conditioning
Wylie: ’du byed pa med pa, mngon par ’du byed pa med pa
Tibetan: འདུ་བྱེད་པ་མེད་པ།, མངོན་པར་འདུ་བྱེད་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: asaṃskāra, anabhisaṃskāratā
g.1085
non-cultivation
Wylie: rnam par ’jig pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་འཇིག་པ།
Sanskrit: vibhāvanā
(See also n.369).
g.1086
non-degenerate
Wylie: ma nyams pa
Tibetan: མ་ཉམས་པ།
Sanskrit: akhaṇḍa
g.1087
non-differentiation of perception
Wylie: ’du shes tha dad pa nyid med pa
Tibetan: འདུ་ཤེས་ཐ་དད་པ་ཉིད་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: nānātvasaṃjñā
g.1088
Non-dispersion of Aspects
Wylie: rnam pa dor ba med pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པ་དོར་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: ākārānavakāra
Name of the eighty-fifth meditative stability.
g.1089
non-disturbance
Wylie: nye bar zhi ba
Tibetan: ཉེ་བར་ཞི་བ།
Sanskrit: avikopana
g.1090
non-duality
Wylie: gnyis su med pa
Tibetan: གཉིས་སུ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: advaya
g.1091
non-dynamic
Wylie: rgyu ma med pa
Tibetan: རྒྱུ་མ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: agati
g.1092
non-entity
Wylie: dngos po med pa
Tibetan: དངོས་པོ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: abhāva
See n.50.
g.1093
non-existent
Wylie: bdag nyid med pa
Tibetan: བདག་ཉིད་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: nāstitā, nairātmya
g.1094
non-fixation
Wylie: mngon par zhen pa med pa
Tibetan: མངོན་པར་ཞེན་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: nirabhiniveśa, asaṅga
g.1095
non-forsaking
Wylie: mi ’dor ba
Tibetan: མི་འདོར་བ།
Sanskrit: anutsṛṣṭhi
g.1096
non-grasping
Wylie: ’dzin pa med pa
Tibetan: འཛིན་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: niravagraha
g.1097
non-involvement
Wylie: yongs su gdung ba med pa
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་གདུང་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: anuddāha
g.1098
non-mind
Wylie: sems med
Tibetan: སེམས་མེད།
Sanskrit: acitta
g.1099
non-motion
Wylie: mi ’gro ba
Tibetan: མི་འགྲོ་བ།
Sanskrit: agamana
g.1100
non-referential
Wylie: dmigs pa med pa
Tibetan: དམིགས་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: nirālambanatā
g.1101
non-referential wisdom
Wylie: dmigs pa med pa’i shes rab
Tibetan: དམིགས་པ་མེད་པའི་ཤེས་རབ།
Sanskrit: nirālambanaprajñā
g.1102
non-rejection
Wylie: spang ba med pa
Tibetan: སྤང་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: avivāsā
g.1103
non-residual nirvāṇa
Wylie: lhag ma med pa’i mya ngan las ’das pa
Tibetan: ལྷག་མ་མེད་པའི་མྱ་ངན་ལས་འདས་པ།
Sanskrit: nirupadhiśeṣanirvāṇa
One of the different types of nirvāṇa, where the aggregates have also been consumed within emptiness. See also “final nirvāṇa.”
g.1104
non-self
Wylie: bdag med pa
Tibetan: བདག་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: anātman
The view that there is no self existing independent of the five psycho-physical aggregates. Also translated here as “selflessness” and “absence of self.”
g.1105
non-sentience
Wylie: bems po nyid
Tibetan: བེམས་པོ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: jāḍaya
g.1106
non-specific phenomena
Wylie: lung du ma bstan pa’i chos
Tibetan: ལུང་དུ་མ་བསྟན་པའི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit: avyākṛtadharma
Non-specific phenomena, as found in 2.77, include the following: non-specific physical actions, non-specific verbal actions, non-specific mental actions, the non-specific four primary elements, the non-specific five sense organs, the non-specific five psycho-physical aggregates, the twelve sense fields, the eighteen sensory elements, and the maturation of past actions.(See also n.141).
g.1107
non-striving
Wylie: don du gnyer ba med pa
Tibetan: དོན་དུ་གཉེར་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: anābhoga
g.1108
non-transformation
Wylie: gzhan du ’gyur ba med pa
Tibetan: གཞན་དུ་འགྱུར་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: nānyatā
g.1109
non-virtuous phenomena
Wylie: mi dge ba’i chos
Tibetan: མི་དགེ་བའི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit: akuśaladharma
Non-virtuous phenomena, as presented in 2.76, include the following: the slaying of living creatures, theft, sexual misconduct, lying, slander, verbal abuse, irresponsible chatter, covetousness, malice, wrong views, anger, enmity, hypocrisy, annoyance, violence, jealousy, miserliness, and pride.(See also n.141).
g.1110
nor are its meanings manifold
Wylie: don tha dad pa ma yin pa
Tibetan: དོན་ཐ་དད་པ་མ་ཡིན་པ།
Sanskrit: anānārtha
g.1111
nose is prominent
Wylie: shangs mtho ba
Tibetan: ཤངས་མཐོ་བ།
Sanskrit: tuṅganāsatā
Forty-eighth of the eighty minor marks.
g.1112
not be overcome
Wylie: thul bar rngo mi thogs pa
Tibetan: ཐུལ་བར་རྔོ་མི་ཐོགས་པ།
Sanskrit: śakyo, vamarditum
g.1113
not calm
Wylie: ma zhi ba
Tibetan: མ་ཞི་བ།
Sanskrit: aśānta
g.1114
not disintegrate
Wylie: ’jig pa med pa
Tibetan: འཇིག་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: avināśa, āvināśita
g.1115
not empty
Wylie: mi stong pa
Tibetan: མི་སྟོང་པ།
Sanskrit: aśūnya
g.1116
not noisy
Wylie: ca co med pa
Tibetan: ཅ་ཅོ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: nāsti ravitam
Second of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.1117
not to mention
Wylie: lta shog
Tibetan: ལྟ་ཤོག
Sanskrit: vinīta
g.1118
not void
Wylie: mi dben pa
Tibetan: མི་དབེན་པ།
Sanskrit: nirviveka
g.1119
notion of self
Wylie: bdag tu ’du shes
Tibetan: བདག་ཏུ་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: ātmasaṃjñā
Third of the four misconceptions; the mistaken notion of a self existing independent of the five psycho-physical aggregates.
g.1120
notion that existence is pleasant
Wylie: sdug par ’du shes
Tibetan: སྡུག་པར་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: śubhasaṃjñā
Literally, the “notion of pleasantness;” fourth of the four misconceptions.
g.1121
notion that there is happiness
Wylie: bde ba’i ’du shes
Tibetan: བདེ་བའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: sukhasaṃjñā
Second of the four misconceptions.
g.1122
notion that there is permanence
Wylie: rtag pa’i ’du shes
Tibetan: རྟག་པའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: nityasaṃjñā
First of the four misconceptions.
g.1123
nourishment of consciousness
Wylie: rnam par shes pa’i zas
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པའི་ཟས།
Sanskrit: vijñānāhāra
Fourth of the four nourishments.
g.1124
nourishment of delight
Wylie: dga’ ba’i zas
Tibetan: དགའ་བའི་ཟས།
Sanskrit: prītyāhāra
g.1125
nourishment of food
Wylie: kham gyi zas
Tibetan: ཁམ་གྱི་ཟས།
Sanskrit: kavalīkārahāra
The first of the four nourishments.
g.1126
nourishment of mentation
Wylie: sems pa’i zas
Tibetan: སེམས་པའི་ཟས།
Sanskrit: cetanāhāra
Third of the four nourishments.
g.1127
nourishment of sensory contact
Wylie: reg pa’i zas
Tibetan: རེག་པའི་ཟས།
Sanskrit: sparśāhāra
Second of the four nourishments.
g.1128
object of comprehension
Wylie: yongs su shes par bya ba
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་ཤེས་པར་བྱ་བ།
Sanskrit: parijñeya
g.1129
object of knowledge
Wylie: shes par bya ba
Tibetan: ཤེས་པར་བྱ་བ།
Sanskrit: jñeya
g.1130
object of understanding
Wylie: mngon par shes par bya ba
Tibetan: མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པར་བྱ་བ།
Sanskrit: ājñeya
g.1131
object to be actualized
Wylie: mngon sum du bya ba
Tibetan: མངོན་སུམ་དུ་བྱ་བ།
Sanskrit: sākṣātkartavya
g.1132
object to be cultivated
Wylie: bsgom par bya ba
Tibetan: བསྒོམ་པར་བྱ་བ།
Sanskrit: bhāvayitavya
g.1133
object to be renounced
Wylie: spang bar bya ba
Tibetan: སྤང་བར་བྱ་བ།
Sanskrit: prahātavya
g.1134
objective
Wylie: don gyi dbang
Tibetan: དོན་གྱི་དབང་།
Sanskrit: arthavaśa
g.1135
objective referent
Wylie: dmigs pa
Tibetan: དམིགས་པ།
Sanskrit: ālambana
dmigs (pa) translates a number of Sanskrit terms, including ālambana, upalabdhi, and ālambate. These terms commonly refer to the apprehending of a subject, an object, and the relationships that exist between them. The term may also be translated as “referentiality,” meaning a system based on the existence of referent objects, referent subjects, and the referential relationships that exist between them. As part of their doctrine of “threefold nonapprehending/nonreferentiality” (’khor gsum mi dmigs pa), Mahāyāna Buddhists famously assert that all three categories of apprehending lack substantiality.
g.1136
Obliterating Defects of Speech, Transforming Them as if into Space
Wylie: ngag gi skyon rnam par ’jig pas nam mkha’ ltar gyur pa
Tibetan: ངག་གི་སྐྱོན་རྣམ་པར་འཇིག་པས་ནམ་མཁའ་ལྟར་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit: vākkalividhvaṃsanagaganakalpa
Name of the 110th meditative stability.
g.1137
obscuration
Wylie: sgrib pa
Tibetan: སྒྲིབ་པ།
Sanskrit: āvaraṇa
The obscurations to liberation and omniscience. They are generally categorized as two types: affective obscurations (kleśāvaraṇa), the arising of afflictive emotions; and cognitive obscurations (jñeyāvaraṇa), those caused by misapprehension and incorrect understanding about the nature of reality. The term is used also as a reference to a set five hindrances on the path: longing for sense pleasures (Skt. kāmacchanda), malice (Skt. vyāpāda), sloth and torpor (Skt. styānamiddha), excitement and remorse (Skt. auddhatyakaukṛtya), and doubt (Skt. vicikitsā).
g.1138
obsession
Wylie: kun nas ldang ba
Tibetan: ཀུན་ནས་ལྡང་བ།
Sanskrit: paryutthāna
g.1139
obstruct
Wylie: bkag par ’gyur
Tibetan: བཀག་པར་འགྱུར།
Sanskrit: pratyākhyātā bhavati
g.1140
obstructed
Wylie: thogs
Tibetan: ཐོགས།
Sanskrit: pratihanyate
g.1141
occur
Wylie: ’byung bar ’gyur
Tibetan: འབྱུང་བར་འགྱུར།
Sanskrit: prādurbhāvo bhavati
Also translated here as “emerge.”
g.1142
Oceanic Seal Gathering All Phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad yang dag par ’du ba rgya mtsho’i phyag rgya
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཡང་དག་པར་འདུ་བ་རྒྱ་མཚོའི་ཕྱག་རྒྱ།
Sanskrit: sarvadharmasamavasaraṇasāgara-mudrā, samavasaraṇa
Name of the twenty-first meditative stability.
g.1143
offering post
Wylie: mchod sdong
Tibetan: མཆོད་སྡོང་།
Sanskrit: yaṣṭi
g.1144
omniscience
Wylie: rnam pa thams cad mkhyen pa nyid
Tibetan: རྣམ་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་མཁྱེན་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: sarvajñatā
g.1145
omniscient masters of all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad la dbang bsgyur ba thams cad mkhyen pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ལ་དབང་བསྒྱུར་བ་ཐམས་ཅད་མཁྱེན་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvadharmavaśavartakasarvajña
An epithet of the buddhas.
g.1146
one achieves and abides in the cessation of all perceptions and feelings
Wylie: ’du shes dang tshor ba ’gog pa bsgrubs te gnas pa
Tibetan: འདུ་ཤེས་དང་ཚོར་བ་འགོག་པ་བསྒྲུབས་ཏེ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit: saṃjnāveditanirodhakayena sākṣātkrtvopasampadya viharati
Eighth of the eight aspects of liberation. Also the ninth of the nine serial steps of meditative absorption.
g.1147
one achieves and abides in the sense field of infinite consciousness, thinking, ‘Consciousness is infinite’
Wylie: rnam shes mtha’ yas skye mched bsgrubs te gnas pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་ཤེས་མཐའ་ཡས་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་བསྒྲུབས་ཏེ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit: vijñānāntyāyatanamupasampadyaviharati
Fifth of the eight aspects of liberation.
g.1148
one achieves and abides in the sense field of infinite space, thinking, ‘Space is infinite.’
Wylie: nam mkha’ mtha’ yas skye mched bsgrubs te gnas pa
Tibetan: ནམ་མཁའ་མཐའ་ཡས་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་བསྒྲུབས་ཏེ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit: ākāśānantyāyatanamupasampadya viharati
Fourth of the eight aspects of liberation. Also the fifth of the nine serial steps of meditative absorption.
g.1149
one achieves and abides in the sense field of neither perception nor non-perception
Wylie: ’du shes med ’du shes med min skye mched bsgrubs te gnas pa
Tibetan: འདུ་ཤེས་མེད་འདུ་ཤེས་མེད་མིན་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་བསྒྲུབས་ཏེ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit: naivasaṃjnāsaṃjnāyatanamupasampadya viharati
Seventh of the eight aspects of liberation. Also the eighth of the nine serial steps of meditative absorption.
g.1150
one achieves and abides in the sense field of nothing-at-all, thinking, ‘There is nothing at all.’
Wylie: ci yang med pa’i skye mched bsgrubs te gnas pa
Tibetan: ཅི་ཡང་མེད་པའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་བསྒྲུབས་ཏེ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit: akiṃcanyāyatanamupasampadya viharati
Sixth of the eight aspects of liberation. Also the seventh of the nine serial steps of meditative absorption.
g.1151
one who will be reborn only seven more times
Wylie: srid pa lan bdun pa
Tibetan: སྲིད་པ་ལན་བདུན་པ།
Sanskrit: kṛdbhavaparama
g.1152
one with only a single further intervening rebirth
Wylie: bar chad gcig pa
Tibetan: བར་ཆད་གཅིག་པ།
Sanskrit: ekavīcika
g.1153
one-pointedness of mind
Wylie: sems rtse gcig pa
Tibetan: སེམས་རྩེ་གཅིག་པ།
Sanskrit: cittasyaikāgratā, cetasekotībhāva
g.1154
open hall
Wylie: ’dun khang
Tibetan: འདུན་ཁང་།
Sanskrit: upasthānaśālā, maṇḍapa
g.1155
opinion
Wylie: lta bar gyur pa
Tibetan: ལྟ་བར་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit: dṛṣṭikṛta
Also translated here as “false view.”
g.1156
optical aberration
Wylie: mig yor
Tibetan: མིག་ཡོར།
Sanskrit: pratibhāsa
g.1157
ordinary person
Wylie: so so’i skye bo
Tibetan: སོ་སོའི་སྐྱེ་བོ།
Sanskrit: pṛthagjana
g.1158
orifices are without deterioration
Wylie: bu ga’i sgo rnams yongs su ma nyams pa
Tibetan: བུ་གའི་སྒོ་རྣམས་ཡོངས་སུ་མ་ཉམས་པ།
Sanskrit: paripūrṇavyañjanatā
Fifty-fourth of the eighty minor marks.
g.1159
outcaste
Wylie: gdol ba’i rigs
Tibetan: གདོལ་བའི་རིགས།
Sanskrit: caṇḍāla
g.1160
outcome
Wylie: rgyu ’thun pa
Tibetan: རྒྱུ་འཐུན་པ།
Sanskrit: niṣyanda
g.1161
outer patched robe
Wylie: snam sbyar
Tibetan: སྣམ་སྦྱར།
Sanskrit: saṃghāṭī
The outer robe worn by fully ordained monks on formal occasions, including teachings and begging for alms, is fashioned of patches, their number indicative of the monastic order to which they belong. See, e.g., Zhang Yisun et al (1985): 1594–1595.
g.1162
overweening conceit
Wylie: lhag pa’i nga rgyal
Tibetan: ལྷག་པའི་ང་རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit: abhimāna
g.1163
oviparous birth
Wylie: sgong skyes
Tibetan: སྒོང་སྐྱེས།
Sanskrit: aṇḍaja
Second of the four modes of birth.
g.1164
Padmavatī
Wylie: pad ma can
Tibetan: པད་མ་ཅན།
Sanskrit: padmavatī
Royal court.
g.1165
pale yellow
Wylie: ser skya
Tibetan: སེར་སྐྱ།
Sanskrit: kapila
g.1166
Pāli Canon
The original compilation of the Pāli Canon at Aluvihāra during the Fourth Buddhist Council is attributed to the reign of King Vaṭṭagāmiṇi in Sri Lanka, and has been dated in Sinhalese chronicles circa 29–17 ʙᴄᴇ. See Law (1933): 38–39. However, the oldest extant Pāli text, preserved on gold sheets in the Burmese Stūpa of Sri Ksetra, does not predate the seventh century.
g.1167
palms and soles are red
Wylie: phyag dang zhabs kyi mthil dmar ba
Tibetan: ཕྱག་དང་ཞབས་ཀྱི་མཐིལ་དམར་བ།
Sanskrit: lohitapāṇipādatalatā
Fifty-fifth of the eighty minor marks.
g.1168
palms are even
Wylie: phyag gi mthil mnyam pa
Tibetan: ཕྱག་གི་མཐིལ་མཉམ་པ།
Sanskrit: tūlasadṛśasukumārapāṇitā
Thirty-first of the eighty minor marks.
g.1169
Paranirmitavaśavartin
Wylie: gzhan ’phrul dbang byed
Tibetan: གཞན་འཕྲུལ་དབང་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: paranirmitavaśavartin
Sixth god realm of desire, meaning “mastery over transformations.”
g.1170
parasol
Wylie: gdugs
Tibetan: གདུགས།
Sanskrit: chatra
g.1171
Parīttābha
Wylie: ’od chung
Tibetan: འོད་ཆུང་།
Sanskrit: parīttābha
Fourth god realm of form, meaning “little radiance.”
g.1172
Parīttaśubha
Wylie: dge chung
Tibetan: དགེ་ཆུང་།
Sanskrit: parīttaśubha
Seventh god realm of form, meaning “little virtue.”
g.1173
partial understanding of selflessness with respect to personal identity
Wylie: gang zag la bdag med par phyogs gcig shes pa
Tibetan: གང་ཟག་ལ་བདག་མེད་པར་ཕྱོགས་གཅིག་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: ekāntikapugdalanairātmyajñāna
Selflessness in this context implies the lack of inherent existence in personal identity and also in physical and mental phenomena. Śrāvakas are said to expound the doctrine of selflessness only in terms of the absence of personal identity, while pratyekabuddhas additionally realize the emptiness of external phenomena, composed of atomic particles. However, unlike bodhisattvas they do not realize that the internal phenomena of consciousness too are without inherent existence.
g.1174
participate in
Wylie: len par byed pa
Tibetan: ལེན་པར་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: upādadāti
g.1175
particularizing intrinsic awareness
Wylie: so sor rnam par rig pa
Tibetan: སོ་སོར་རྣམ་པར་རིག་པ།
Sanskrit: prativijñapti
g.1176
pass into final nirvāṇa prematurely
Wylie: bar ma dor yongs su mya ngan las ’das pa
Tibetan: བར་མ་དོར་ཡོངས་སུ་མྱ་ངན་ལས་འདས་པ།
Sanskrit: antarāparinirvāṇa
g.1177
past action
Wylie: las
Tibetan: ལས།
Sanskrit: karman
The impact of past actions in the present and future. Also rendered here as “karma.”
g.1178
past actions corresponding to the roots of their particular volitions
Wylie: ’dun pa’i rtsa ba can gyi las
Tibetan: འདུན་པའི་རྩ་བ་ཅན་གྱི་ལས།
Sanskrit: chandamūlakarma
g.1179
past lives
Wylie: skyes pa’i rabs
Tibetan: སྐྱེས་པའི་རབས།
Sanskrit: jāṭaka
Particularly the former lives of Lord Buddha.
g.1180
path of cultivation
Wylie: sgom lam
Tibetan: སྒོམ་ལམ།
Sanskrit: bhāvanāmārga
Fourth of the five paths, preceded by the paths of provisions, connection, and insight, and followed by the path of no-more-learning.
g.1181
path of insight
Wylie: mthong lam
Tibetan: མཐོང་ལམ།
Sanskrit: darśanamārga
Third of the five paths, preceded by the paths of provisions and connection, and followed by the paths of cultivation and no-more-learning. See n.268.
g.1182
path of preparation
Wylie: sbyor lam
Tibetan: སྦྱོར་ལམ།
Sanskrit: prayogamārga
Second of the five paths.
g.1183
peace
Wylie: zhi ba
Tibetan: ཞི་བ།
Sanskrit: śānta
Also translated here as “calm” and “calmness.”
g.1184
peak
Wylie: rtse mo
Tibetan: རྩེ་མོ།
Sanskrit: mūrdhāna
Second of the four aspects of the path of preparation.
g.1185
pentapetes flower
Wylie: ban du dzi ba’i me tog
Tibetan: བན་དུ་ཛི་བའི་མེ་ཏོག
Sanskrit: bandhujīva
g.1186
perceive
Wylie: kun tu shes
Tibetan: ཀུན་ཏུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: saṃjānite
g.1187
perceiving
Wylie: kun tu shes pa
Tibetan: ཀུན་ཏུ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: saṃjanāna
g.1188
perception of death
Wylie: ’chi ba’i ’du shes
Tibetan: འཆི་བའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: mṛtyuḥsaṃjñā
Fifth of the six aspects of perception.
g.1189
perception of disinterest in all mundane things
Wylie: ’jig rten thams cad la mngon par mi dga’ ba’i ’du shes
Tibetan: འཇིག་རྟེན་ཐམས་ཅད་ལ་མངོན་པར་མི་དགའ་བའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: sarvalokānabhiratisaṃjñā
Sixth of the six aspects of perception.
g.1190
perception of hardship
Wylie: dka’ ba’i ’du shes
Tibetan: དཀའ་བའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: duṣkarasaṃjñā
g.1191
perception of impermanence
Wylie: mi rtag pa’i ’du shes
Tibetan: མི་རྟག་པའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: anityasaṃjñā
First of the six aspects of perception.
g.1192
perception of non-self
Wylie: bdag med pa’i ’du shes
Tibetan: བདག་མེད་པའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: anātmasaṃjñā
Third of the six aspects of perception.
g.1193
perception of suffering
Wylie: sdug bsngal ba’i ’du shes
Tibetan: སྡུག་བསྔལ་བའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: duḥkhasaṃjñā
Second of the six aspects of perception.
g.1194
perception of unattractiveness
Wylie: mi sdug pa’i ’du shes
Tibetan: མི་སྡུག་པའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: apriyasaṃjñā
Fourth of the six aspects of perception.
g.1195
perceptions
Wylie: ’du shes
Tibetan: འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: saṃjñā
It is perceptions that recognize and identify forms and objects, differentiating and designating them.
g.1196
perfected
Wylie: yongs su rdzogs pa
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་རྫོགས་པ།
Sanskrit: paripūrṇa
g.1197
perfume
Wylie: dri, dri ma
Tibetan: དྲི།, དྲི་མ།
Sanskrit: gandha
g.1198
perishable
Wylie: ’jig pa
Tibetan: འཇིག་པ།
Sanskrit: vināśita
g.1199
permanent
Wylie: rtag pa
Tibetan: རྟག་པ།
Sanskrit: nitya
g.1200
Permeation of Space
Wylie: nam mkha’ khyab par byed pa
Tibetan: ནམ་མཁའ་ཁྱབ་པར་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: ākāśasphāraṇa
Name of the twenty-second meditative stability.
g.1201
persevere with tenacity
Wylie: sems rab tu ’dzin
Tibetan: སེམས་རབ་ཏུ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit: cittaṃ pratigṛhnāti
g.1202
person
Wylie: gang zag
Tibetan: གང་ཟག
Sanskrit: pudgala
Also translated as “individual” or “personal identity.”
g.1203
personal identity
Wylie: gang zag
Tibetan: གང་ཟག
Sanskrit: pudgala
Also translated as “individual” or “person.”
g.1204
petitioner
Wylie: slong ba po
Tibetan: སློང་བ་པོ།
Sanskrit: yācaka, utthāpaka
g.1205
phantom
Wylie: sprul pa
Tibetan: སྤྲུལ་པ།
Sanskrit: nirmāṇa
g.1206
phenomena
Wylie: chos
Tibetan: ཆོས།
Sanskrit: dharma
The term dharma (chos) conveys ten different meanings, according to Vasubandhu’s Vyākhyāyukti. See also “Dharma.”
g.1207
phenomenal existence
Wylie: srid pa
Tibetan: སྲིད་པ།
Sanskrit: bhava
Also translated here as “rebirth” and “rebirth process”
g.1208
phlegm disorders
Wylie: bad kan las gyur pa’i nad
Tibetan: བད་ཀན་ལས་གྱུར་པའི་ནད།
Sanskrit: śleṣmikāvyādhi
Third of the four kinds of disease.
g.1209
physical deformity
Wylie: mi drang ba
Tibetan: མི་དྲང་བ།
Sanskrit: cakratva
g.1210
physical form
Wylie: gzugs
Tibetan: གཟུགས།
Sanskrit: rūpa
Physical forms include the subtle and manifest forms derived from the material elements.
g.1211
physical incarnation
Wylie: gzugs can gyi lus
Tibetan: གཟུགས་ཅན་གྱི་ལུས།
Sanskrit: ātmabhava
g.1212
physical purity
Wylie: lus yongs su dag pa
Tibetan: ལུས་ཡོངས་སུ་དག་པ།
Sanskrit: kāyapariśuddhi
g.1213
physical state
Wylie: lus kyi tshad
Tibetan: ལུས་ཀྱི་ཚད།
Sanskrit: ātmabhāvasyapramāṇa
g.1214
pinnacle of their crown cannot be seen
Wylie: spyi gtsug bltar mi mngon pa, spyi gtsug bltar mi mthong ba
Tibetan: སྤྱི་གཙུག་བལྟར་མི་མངོན་པ།, སྤྱི་གཙུག་བལྟར་མི་མཐོང་བ།
Sanskrit: gūḍhaśikhatā, anavalokitamūrdhatā
Seventy-first of the eighty minor marks in this text, although it does not figure in other lists of the minor marks. It is considered as a feature of the crown extension ( uṣṇīṣa ) in some texts and an additional, separate mark of a tathāgata in others. See also Unseen Pinnacle.
g.1215
plain
Wylie: thang
Tibetan: ཐང་།
Sanskrit: sthala
g.1216
plantain
Wylie: chu shing
Tibetan: ཆུ་ཤིང་།
Sanskrit: kadali
g.1217
pleasant speech
Wylie: snyan par smra ba
Tibetan: སྙན་པར་སྨྲ་བ།
Sanskrit: priyavacana
Second of the four attractive qualities of a bodhisattva.
g.1218
plural expression
Wylie: mang po brjod pa
Tibetan: མང་པོ་བརྗོད་པ།
Sanskrit: trirudāhāra
See n.202.
g.1219
poetic fabrication
Wylie: dngags su byas pa
Tibetan: དངགས་སུ་བྱས་པ།
Sanskrit: kāvikṛtakakāvya
g.1220
pores of their body all emit a pleasant odor
Wylie: spu’i khung bu thams cad nas dri yid du ’ong ba ’byung ba
Tibetan: སྤུའི་ཁུང་བུ་ཐམས་ཅད་ནས་དྲི་ཡིད་དུ་འོང་བ་འབྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit: sarvaromakūpebhyo manāpo gandha utpadyate
Fortieth of the eighty minor marks.
g.1221
possess the attributes of maturation
Wylie: rnam par smin pa’i chos can
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་སྨིན་པའི་ཆོས་ཅན།
Sanskrit: vipākadharmin
g.1222
possessing the attributes of non-regression
Wylie: log par mi lhung ba’i chos can
Tibetan: ལོག་པར་མི་ལྷུང་བའི་ཆོས་ཅན།
Sanskrit: avinipātadharmin
g.1223
powder
Wylie: phye ma
Tibetan: ཕྱེ་མ།
Sanskrit: cūrṇa
g.1224
power of faith
Wylie: dad pa’i stobs
Tibetan: དད་པའི་སྟོབས།
Sanskrit: śraddhābala
First of the five powers.
g.1225
power of meditative stability
Wylie: ting nge ’dzin gyi stobs
Tibetan: ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་གྱི་སྟོབས།
Sanskrit: samādhibala
Fourth of the five powers.
g.1226
Power of Perseverance
Wylie: brtson ’grus kyi stobs
Tibetan: བརྩོན་འགྲུས་ཀྱི་སྟོབས།
Sanskrit: vīryabala
Both the name of the fourteenth meditative stability and the second of the five powers.
g.1227
power of recollection
Wylie: dran pa’i stobs
Tibetan: དྲན་པའི་སྟོབས།
Sanskrit: smṛtibala
Third of the five powers.
g.1228
power of wisdom
Wylie: shes rab kyi stobs
Tibetan: ཤེས་རབ་ཀྱི་སྟོབས།
Sanskrit: prajñābala
Fifth of the five powers.
g.1229
practice austerity
Wylie: dka’ ba spyod
Tibetan: དཀའ་བ་སྤྱོད།
Sanskrit: duṣkaracārikāṃ carati
g.1230
practice of chastity
Wylie: tshangs par spyod pa
Tibetan: ཚངས་པར་སྤྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit: brahmacaryā
Brahman is a Sanskrit term referring to what is highest (parama) and most important (pradhāna); the Nibandhana commentary explains brahman as meaning here nirvāṇa, and thus the brahman conduct is the “conduct toward brahman,” the conduct that leads to the highest liberation, i.e., nirvāṇa. This is explained as “the path without outflows,” which is the “truth of the path” among the four truths of the noble ones. Other explanations (found in the Pāli tradition) take “brahman conduct” to mean the “best conduct,” and also the “conduct of the best,” i.e., the buddhas. In some contexts, “brahman conduct” refers more specifically to celibacy, but the specific referents of this expression are many.
g.1231
praised by the learned
Wylie: mkhas pas bsngags pa
Tibetan: མཁས་པས་བསྔགས་པ།
Sanskrit: vijñapraśasta
g.1232
Prajāpati
Wylie: skye dgu’i bdag po
Tibetan: སྐྱེ་དགུའི་བདག་པོ།
Sanskrit: prajāpati
Name of a god (deva).
g.1233
Prajñāpāramitā
Wylie: shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin ma
Tibetan: ཤེས་རབ་ཀྱི་ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་མ།
Sanskrit: prajñāpāramitā
Name of a female deity.
g.1234
Prajñāvarman
Wylie: shes rab go cha
Tibetan: ཤེས་རབ་གོ་ཆ།
Sanskrit: prajñāvarman
Indian paṇḍita (fl. ninth century).
g.1235
Prakrit
Wylie: phal skad
Tibetan: ཕལ་སྐད།
Sanskrit: prākṛta
A collective name for the colloquial dialects of the Middle Indo-Aryan languages.
g.1236
prattle incoherently
Wylie: byung rgyal du smra
Tibetan: བྱུང་རྒྱལ་དུ་སྨྲ།
Sanskrit: sambhinnapralāpī bhavati
g.1237
pratyekabuddha
Wylie: rang sangs rgyas, rang rgyal
Tibetan: རང་སངས་རྒྱས།, རང་རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit: pratyekabuddha
A hermit buddha who attains individual enlightenment, either in solitude or in small groups, without relying on a teacher.(See also n.4).
g.1238
precede
Wylie: sngon du ’gro
Tibetan: སྔོན་དུ་འགྲོ།
Sanskrit: pūrvaṃgamā bhavati
Also translated here as “have primacy.”
g.1239
precious jewel of the Buddha
Wylie: sangs rgyas dkon mchog
Tibetan: སངས་རྒྱས་དཀོན་མཆོག
Sanskrit: buddharatna
g.1240
precious jewel of the Dharma
Wylie: chos dkon mchog
Tibetan: ཆོས་དཀོན་མཆོག
Sanskrit: dharmaratna
g.1241
precious jewel of the Saṅgha
Wylie: dge ’dun dkon mchog
Tibetan: དགེ་འདུན་དཀོན་མཆོག
Sanskrit: saṅgharatna
g.1242
Precious Seal
Wylie: rin chen phyag rgya
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་ཕྱག་རྒྱ།
Sanskrit: ratnamudrā
Name of the second meditative stability.
g.1243
Precious Source
Wylie: rin chen ’byung gnas
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་འབྱུང་གནས།
Sanskrit: ratnaṃjaha
Name of the twenty-ninth meditative stability.
g.1244
preoccupy themselves with
Wylie: sbyor ba dag la brtson par gnas
Tibetan: སྦྱོར་བ་དག་ལ་བརྩོན་པར་གནས།
Sanskrit: yogam anuyukto viharati
g.1245
present circumstances
Wylie: da ltar byung ba
Tibetan: ད་ལྟར་བྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit: vartamānabhūta
Also translated as “present events.”
g.1246
present events
Wylie: da ltar byung ba
Tibetan: ད་ལྟར་བྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit: vartamānabhūta
Also translated as “present circumstances.”
g.1247
pride
Wylie: nga rgyal
Tibetan: ང་རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit: māna
Fourth of the five fetters associated with the higher realms.
g.1248
priestly class
Wylie: bram ze’i rigs
Tibetan: བྲམ་ཟེའི་རིགས།
Sanskrit: brāhmaṇavarṇa
First of the four classes of traditional Indian society.
g.1249
production
Wylie: rab tu skye ba
Tibetan: རབ་ཏུ་སྐྱེ་བ།
Sanskrit: prabhāvana
g.1250
prone to contagion
Wylie: ’go ba’i nad
Tibetan: འགོ་བའི་ནད།
Sanskrit: upasargataḥ
g.1251
prone to decay
Wylie: ’jig pa
Tibetan: འཇིག་པ།
Sanskrit: pralopadharmataḥ
g.1252
prone to harm
Wylie: gnod pa
Tibetan: གནོད་པ།
Sanskrit: aghataḥ
g.1253
prone to ill health
Wylie: nad pa
Tibetan: ནད་པ།
Sanskrit: rogataḥ
g.1254
prone to pustules
Wylie: ’bras
Tibetan: འབྲས།
Sanskrit: gaṇḍataḥ
g.1255
prone to sharp pains
Wylie: zug rngu
Tibetan: ཟུག་རྔུ།
Sanskrit: śalyataḥ
g.1256
prophetic declarations
Wylie: lung du bstan pa’i sde
Tibetan: ལུང་དུ་བསྟན་པའི་སྡེ།
Sanskrit: vyākaraṇa
Third of the twelve branches of the scriptures.
g.1257
protective sacred doctrine
Wylie: mgon byed pa’i chos
Tibetan: མགོན་བྱེད་པའི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit: nāthakaraṇīyadharma
g.1258
protector
Wylie: skyob
Tibetan: སྐྱོབ།
Sanskrit: trāṇa
g.1259
provision
Wylie: tshogs
Tibetan: ཚོགས།
Sanskrit: sambhāra
This term denotes the two provisions of merit and gnosis which are gathered by bodhisattvas on the path to manifestly perfect buddhahood. The fulfilment of these two provisions constitutes the fruition of the entire path, resulting respectively in the maturation of the buddha body of form and the buddha body of reality.(See also n.380).
g.1260
provisions that are definitely authentic
Wylie: yang dag pa nyid du nges pa’i tshogs
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པ་ཉིད་དུ་ངེས་པའི་ཚོགས།
Sanskrit: samyaktvaniyatarāśi
First of the three provisions.
g.1261
provisions that are definitely erroneous
Wylie: log pa nyid du nges pa’i tshogs
Tibetan: ལོག་པ་ཉིད་དུ་ངེས་པའི་ཚོགས།
Sanskrit: mithyātvaniyatarāśi
Second of the three provisions.
g.1262
provisions that are of indefinite provenance
Wylie: ma nges pa’i tshogs
Tibetan: མ་ངེས་པའི་ཚོགས།
Sanskrit: aniyatarāśi
Third of the three provisions.
g.1263
psycho-physical aggregate
Wylie: phung po
Tibetan: ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit: skandha
See “five psycho-physical aggregates.”
g.1264
Puṇyaprasava
Wylie: bsod nams ’phel, chung che
Tibetan: བསོད་ནམས་འཕེལ།, ཆུང་ཆེ།
Sanskrit: puṇyaprasava
Eleventh god realm of form, meaning “increasing merit.”
g.1265
Pure Abode
Wylie: gnas gtsang ma’i ris
Tibetan: གནས་གཙང་མའི་རིས།
Sanskrit: śuddhanivāsa
These realms and abodes denote the hierarchy of the gods who, in the manner of human beings and antigods, partake of the higher realms (svarga, mtho ris) of rebirth, but nonetheless remain trapped within cyclic existence. The gods altogether comprise (i) six god realms within the world system of desire, commencing with Caturmahārājakāyika and Trayastriṃśa, and concluding with Yāma, Tuṣita, Nirmāṇarata, and Paranirmitavaśavartin; (ii) the twelve Brahmā realms, extending from Brahmakāyika through Brahmapurohita, Mahābrahmā, Parīttābha, Apramāṇābha, Ābhāsvara, Parīttaśubha, Apramāṇaśubha, Śubhakṛtsna, Anabhraka, and Puṇyaprasava to Bṛhatphala, which are attained corresponding to lesser, middling, and higher degrees of the four meditative concentrations; and (iii) the five Pure Abodes at the pinnacle of the world system of form, extending from Avṛha, through Atapa, Sudṛśa, and Sudarśana to Akaniṣṭha. See also 15.1 and 17.51. This hierarchy is conveniently illustrated in the form of a chart. See, for example, Dudjom Rinpoche (1991): 14–15.
g.1266
Pure Appearance
Wylie: snang ba dag pa
Tibetan: སྣང་བ་དག་པ།
Sanskrit: śuddhapratibhāsa
Name of the forty-eighth meditative stability.
g.1267
Pure Sanctuary
Wylie: dag pa dam pa
Tibetan: དག་པ་དམ་པ།
Sanskrit: śuddhāvāsa
Name of the thirty-seventh meditative stability.
g.1268
Purification of Defining Characteristics
Wylie: mtshan nyid yongs su dag pa
Tibetan: མཚན་ཉིད་ཡོངས་སུ་དག་པ།
Sanskrit: lakṣaṇapariśodhana
Name of the ninetieth meditative stability.
g.1269
purificatory level
Wylie: yongs su sbyang ba’i sa
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་སྦྱང་བའི་ས།
Sanskrit: parikarmabhūmi
g.1270
purified
Wylie: rnam par byang ba
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་བྱང་བ།
Sanskrit: vyavadānika
g.1271
purity
Wylie: rnam par dag pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་དག་པ།
Sanskrit: viśuddhi
g.1272
Pūrṇamaitrāyaṇīputra
Wylie: byams ma’i bu gang po
Tibetan: བྱམས་མའི་བུ་གང་པོ།
Sanskrit: pūrṇamaitrāyaṇīputra
Name of an elder and senior disciple of Buddha Śākyamuni. Also called Pūrṇa.
g.1273
purposeful activity
Wylie: don spyod pa
Tibetan: དོན་སྤྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit: arthacaryā
Third of the four attractive qualities of a bodhisattva.
g.1274
Pursuit of the Stream
Wylie: rgyun gyi rjes su song ba
Tibetan: རྒྱུན་གྱི་རྗེས་སུ་སོང་བ།
Sanskrit: śroto’nugata
Name of the twenty-sixth meditative stability.
g.1275
Pūrvavideha
Wylie: lus ’phags
Tibetan: ལུས་འཕགས།
Sanskrit: pūrvavideha
The eastern continent of the human world according to traditional Indian cosmology, characterized as “sublime in physique”
g.1276
put an end to cultivation
Wylie: bsgom pa rnam par gzhig pa
Tibetan: བསྒོམ་པ་རྣམ་པར་གཞིག་པ།
Sanskrit: bhāvanāvibhāvana
g.1277
quotations
Wylie: de lta bu byung ba’i sde
Tibetan: དེ་ལྟ་བུ་བྱུང་བའི་སྡེ།
Sanskrit: itivṛttaka
Seventh of the twelve branches of the scriptures.
g.1278
Rājagṛha
Wylie: rgyal po’i khab
Tibetan: རྒྱལ་པོའི་ཁབ།
Sanskrit: rājagṛha
The ancient capital of Magadha prior to its relocation to Pāṭaliputra during the Mauryan dynasty, Rājagṛha is one of the most important locations in Buddhist history. The literature tells us that the Buddha and his saṅgha spent a considerable amount of time in residence in and around Rājagṛha—in nearby places, such as the Vulture Peak Mountain (Gṛdhrakūṭaparvata), a major site of the Mahāyāna sūtras, and the Bamboo Grove (Veṇuvana)—enjoying the patronage of King Bimbisāra and then of his son King Ajātaśatru. Rājagṛha is also remembered as the location where the first Buddhist monastic council was held after the Buddha Śākyamuni passed into parinirvāṇa. Now known as Rajgir and located in the modern Indian state of Bihar.
g.1279
Ratnākara
Wylie: dkon mchog ’byung gnas
Tibetan: དཀོན་མཆོག་འབྱུང་གནས།
Sanskrit: ratnākara
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.1280
Ratnaketu
Wylie: rin po che tog
Tibetan: རིན་པོ་ཆེ་ཏོག
Sanskrit: ratnaketu
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.1281
Ratnamudrāhasta
Wylie: lag na phyag rgya rin po che
Tibetan: ལག་ན་ཕྱག་རྒྱ་རིན་པོ་ཆེ།
Sanskrit: ratnamudrāhasta
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.1282
real nature
Wylie: de bzhin nyid
Tibetan: དེ་བཞིན་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: tathatā
g.1283
real nature of phenomena
Wylie: chos kyi de bzhin nyid
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་དེ་བཞིན་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: dharmatathatā
g.1284
realgar
Wylie: ldong ros
Tibetan: ལྡོང་རོས།
Sanskrit: manaḥsilā
Arsenic ore, used as a yellow pigment.
g.1285
reality
Wylie: chos nyid
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: dharmatā
The real nature, true quality, or condition of things. Throughout Buddhist discourse this term is used in two distinct ways. In one, it designates the relative nature that is either the essential characteristic of a specific phenomenon, such as the heat of fire and the moisture of water, or the defining feature of a specific term or category. The other very important and widespread way it is used is to designate the ultimate nature of all phenomena, which cannot be conveyed in conceptual, dualistic terms and is often synonymous with emptiness or the absence of intrinsic existence.
g.1286
rebirth
Wylie: skye
Tibetan: སྐྱེ།
Sanskrit: upapadyate
g.1287
rebirth, rebirth process
Wylie: srid pa
Tibetan: སྲིད་པ།
Sanskrit: bhava
Tenth of the twelve links of dependent origination; third of the four torrents. Also translated here as “phenomenal existence.”
g.1288
reborn within an identical class of gods or humans over successive lives
Wylie: rigs nas rigs su skye ba
Tibetan: རིགས་ནས་རིགས་སུ་སྐྱེ་བ།
Sanskrit: kulaṃkula
g.1289
recollection of death
Wylie: ’chi ba rjes su dran pa
Tibetan: འཆི་བ་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit: mṛtyanusmṛti
Tenth of the ten recollections.
g.1290
recollection of ethical discipline
Wylie: tshul khrims rjes su dran pa
Tibetan: ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit: śīlānusmṛti
Fourth of the ten recollections.
g.1291
recollection of physicality
Wylie: lus su gtogs pa rjes su dran pa
Tibetan: ལུས་སུ་གཏོགས་པ་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit: kāyagatānusmṛti
Ninth of the ten recollections.
g.1292
recollection of quiescence
Wylie: nye bar zhi ba rjes su dran pa
Tibetan: ཉེ་བར་ཞི་བ་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit: vyupaśamānusmṛti
Seventh of the ten recollections.
g.1293
recollection of renunciation
Wylie: gtong ba rjes su dran pa
Tibetan: གཏོང་བ་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit: tyāgānusmṛti
Fifth of the ten recollections.
g.1294
recollection of respiration
Wylie: dbugs ’byung ba dang rjes su dran pa
Tibetan: དབུགས་འབྱུང་བ་དང་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit: praśvāsānusmṛti
Eighth of the ten recollections.
g.1295
recollection of the Buddha
Wylie: sangs rgyas rjes su dran pa
Tibetan: སངས་རྒྱས་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit: buddhānusmṛti
First of the ten recollections.
g.1296
recollection of the Dharma
Wylie: chos rjes su dran pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit: dharmānusmṛti
Second of the ten recollections.
g.1297
recollection of the god realms
Wylie: lha rjes su dran pa
Tibetan: ལྷ་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit: devānusmṛti
Sixth of the ten recollections.
g.1298
recollection of the saṅgha
Wylie: dge ’dun rjes su dran pa
Tibetan: དགེ་འདུན་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit: saṅghānusmṛti
Third of the ten recollections.
g.1299
reed flute-maker
Wylie: smyig ma mkhan gyi rigs
Tibetan: སྨྱིག་མ་མཁན་གྱི་རིགས།
Sanskrit: veṇukāra
g.1300
reflection
Wylie: gzugs brnyan
Tibetan: གཟུགས་བརྙན།
Sanskrit: pratibimba
g.1301
refuge
Wylie: skyabs pa
Tibetan: སྐྱབས་པ།
Sanskrit: śaraṇa
g.1302
refuse scavenger
Wylie: g.yung po’i khyim
Tibetan: གཡུང་པོའི་ཁྱིམ།
Sanskrit: puṣkasakula
Also translated here as “garbage collector.”
g.1303
regards blue external forms
Wylie: phyi rol gyi gzugs sngon po la lta ba
Tibetan: ཕྱི་རོལ་གྱི་གཟུགས་སྔོན་པོ་ལ་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit: bahīrdha rūpāṇi nīlāni paśyati
Third of the eight sense fields of mastery.
g.1304
regards greater external forms
Wylie: gzugs chen por gyur pa la lta ba
Tibetan: གཟུགས་ཆེན་པོར་གྱུར་པ་ལ་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit: mahadgatāni paśyati
Second of the eight sense fields of mastery.See also n.44.
g.1305
regards lesser external forms
Wylie: gzugs chung ngu la lta ba
Tibetan: གཟུགས་ཆུང་ངུ་ལ་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit: parīttāni paśyati
First of the eight sense fields of mastery.See also n.44.
g.1306
regards red external forms
Wylie: phyi rol gyi gzugs dmar po la lta ba
Tibetan: ཕྱི་རོལ་གྱི་གཟུགས་དམར་པོ་ལ་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit: bahīrdha rūpāṇi lohitāni paśyati
Fifth of the eight sense fields of mastery.
g.1307
regards white external forms
Wylie: phyi rol gyi gzugs dkar po la lta ba
Tibetan: ཕྱི་རོལ་གྱི་གཟུགས་དཀར་པོ་ལ་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit: bahīrdha rūpāṇi avadātāni paśyati
Sixth of the eight sense fields of mastery.
g.1308
regards yellow external forms
Wylie: phyi rol gyi gzugs ser po la lta ba
Tibetan: ཕྱི་རོལ་གྱི་གཟུགས་སེར་པོ་ལ་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit: bahīrdha rūpāṇi pītāni paśyati
Fourth of the eight sense fields of mastery.
g.1309
rejoice
Wylie: yang dag par rab tu dga’ bar byed
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པར་རབ་ཏུ་དགའ་བར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: sampraharṣayati
g.1310
rejoicing
Wylie: rjes su yi rang ba
Tibetan: རྗེས་སུ་ཡི་རང་བ།
Sanskrit: anumodana
g.1311
relative truth
Wylie: kun rdzob kyi bden pa
Tibetan: ཀུན་རྫོབ་ཀྱི་བདེན་པ།
Sanskrit: saṃvṛtisatya
This denotes the empirical aspect of reality as conventionally experienced through our perceptions, which, in contrast to ultimate reality or emptiness, is considered true only within the relative framework of our own experiences.
g.1312
release from their inclination toward pleasant states
Wylie: sdug pa’i rnam par thar pa
Tibetan: སྡུག་པའི་རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པ།
Sanskrit: śubhavimokṣa
Literally, “release from pleasant states.”
g.1313
relentlessness
Wylie: brtson pa mi dor ba
Tibetan: བརྩོན་པ་མི་དོར་བ།
Sanskrit: anikṣiptadhuratā
g.1314
relic
Wylie: ring bsrel
Tibetan: རིང་བསྲེལ།
Sanskrit: dhātu
Funerary relics.
g.1315
religious robe
Wylie: chos gos
Tibetan: ཆོས་གོས།
Sanskrit: cīvara
In common parlance, this denotes the patched, yellow upper robe worn by renunciates.
g.1316
remembered
Wylie: dran pa
Tibetan: དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit: mata
g.1317
renunciant (to become)
Wylie: rab tu ’byung
Tibetan: རབ་ཏུ་འབྱུང་།
Sanskrit: pravrajati
The Sanskrit pravrajyā literally means “going forth,” with the sense of leaving the life of a householder and embracing the life of a renunciant. When the term is applied more technically, it refers to the act of becoming a male novice (śrāmaṇera; dge tshul) or female novice (śrāmaṇerikā; dge tshul ma), this being a first stage leading to full ordination.
g.1318
renunciate in conduct
Wylie: tshangs pa mtshungs par spyod pa
Tibetan: ཚངས་པ་མཚུངས་པར་སྤྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit: sabrahmācārin
g.1319
renunciation
Wylie: gtong ba, yongs su gtong ba
Tibetan: གཏོང་བ།, ཡོངས་སུ་གཏོང་བ།
Sanskrit: tyāga, parityāga
g.1320
Renunciation of Delight
Wylie: dga’ ba spong ba
Tibetan: དགའ་བ་སྤོང་བ།
Sanskrit: ratijaha
Name of the fifty-eighth meditative stability.
g.1321
repay the favors
Wylie: lan du phan gdags
Tibetan: ལན་དུ་ཕན་གདགས།
Sanskrit: pratikāraṃ karoti
g.1322
replenished
Wylie: gang ba
Tibetan: གང་བ།
Sanskrit: pūrṇatva
g.1323
repulsive phenomena
Wylie: mi sdug pa
Tibetan: མི་སྡུག་པ།
Sanskrit: aśubha
g.1324
resolve
Wylie: ’dun pa skyed pa
Tibetan: འདུན་པ་སྐྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: chandaṃ janayati
g.1325
resources
Wylie: yo byad
Tibetan: ཡོ་བྱད།
Sanskrit: upakaraṇa
g.1326
resting place
Wylie: gnas
Tibetan: གནས།
Sanskrit: layana
Also translated here as “sanctuary,” and “abode.”
g.1327
Retentive Intelligence
Wylie: gzungs kyi blo gros
Tibetan: གཟུངས་ཀྱི་བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit: dhāraṇīmati
Name of the ninety-fifth meditative stability.
g.1328
retinue
Wylie: g.yog ’khor
Tibetan: གཡོག་འཁོར།
Sanskrit: parivāra
Also translated here as “assembly.”
g.1329
Reverend Lord
Wylie: btsun pa bcom ldan ’das
Tibetan: བཙུན་པ་བཅོམ་ལྡན་འདས།
Sanskrit: bhadantabhagavat
Epithet of Buddha Śākyamuni.See “Lord” or “Blessed One,” and also n.19.
g.1330
ribbon
Wylie: ba dan
Tibetan: བ་དན།
Sanskrit: patākā
g.1331
rightly aspire
Wylie: yang dag par rab tu ’jog
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པར་རབ་ཏུ་འཇོག
Sanskrit: samyakpraṇidadhāti
g.1332
Roaming
Wylie: gnas med par spyod pa
Tibetan: གནས་མེད་པར་སྤྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit: aniketacārī
Name of the sixty-seventh meditative stability.
g.1333
roots of virtuous action
Wylie: dge ba’i rtsa ba
Tibetan: དགེ་བའི་རྩ་བ།
Sanskrit: kuśalamūla
According to most lists (specifically those of the Pāli and some Abhidharma traditions), the (three) roots of virtue or the roots of the good or wholesome states (of mind) are what makes a mental state good or bad; they are identified as the opposites of the three mental “poisons” of greed, hatred, and delusion. Actions based on the roots of virtue will eventually lead to future happiness. The Dharmasaṃgraha, however, lists the three roots of virtue as (1) the mind of awakening, (2) purity of thought, and (3) freedom from egotism (Skt. trīṇi kuśalamūlāni | bodhicittotpādaḥ, āśayaviśuddhiḥ, ahaṃkāramamakāraparityāgaśceti|).
g.1334
rotten tree
Wylie: shing rul
Tibetan: ཤིང་རུལ།
Sanskrit: kaśaṃbakajātīya
g.1335
round
Wylie: zlum po
Tibetan: ཟླུམ་པོ།
Sanskrit: vṛtta
g.1336
round fingers and toes
Wylie: sor mo rnams zlum pa
Tibetan: སོར་མོ་རྣམས་ཟླུམ་པ།
Sanskrit: vṛttāṅgulitā
Tenth of the eighty minor marks.
g.1337
royal class
Wylie: rgyal rigs
Tibetan: རྒྱལ་རིགས།
Sanskrit: kṣatriyavarṇa
The ruling caste in the traditional four-caste hierarchy of India, associated with warriors, the aristocracy, and kings.
g.1338
sacred doctrine
Wylie: chos
Tibetan: ཆོས།
Sanskrit: dharma
The term dharma (chos) conveys ten different meanings, according to Vasubandhu’s Vyākhyāyukti. In the context of the present work, it may mean “sacred doctrine” (also rendered “Dharma” in this translation), the “attributes” which buddhas and bodhisattvas acquire, “phenomena” or “things” in general, and, more specifically, “mental phenomena” which are the object of the mental faculty (manas, yid).
g.1339
sacred thread
Wylie: dge mtshan
Tibetan: དགེ་མཚན།
Sanskrit: kautuka
A symbol of the status of the priestly class at the apex of traditional Indian society.
g.1340
sadness
Wylie: yid mi bde ba
Tibetan: ཡིད་མི་བདེ་བ།
Sanskrit: durmanas
g.1341
saintly being
Wylie: skyes bu dam pa
Tibetan: སྐྱེས་བུ་དམ་པ།
Sanskrit: satpuruṣa
g.1342
Śakra
Wylie: brgya byin
Tibetan: བརྒྱ་བྱིན།
Sanskrit: śakra
The lord of the gods in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three (trāyastriṃśa). Alternatively known as Indra, the deity that is called “lord of the gods” dwells on the summit of Mount Sumeru and wields the thunderbolt. The Tibetan translation brgya byin (meaning “one hundred sacrifices”) is based on an etymology that śakra is an abbreviation of śata-kratu, one who has performed a hundred sacrifices. Each world with a central Sumeru has a Śakra. Also known by other names such as Kauśika, Devendra, and Śacipati.
g.1343
Śākyamuni
Wylie: shAkya thub pa
Tibetan: ཤཱཀྱ་ཐུབ་པ།
Sanskrit: śākyamuni
An epithet for the historical Buddha, Siddhārtha Gautama: he was a muni (“sage”) from the Śākya clan. He is counted as the fourth of the first four buddhas of the present Good Eon, the other three being Krakucchanda, Kanakamuni, and Kāśyapa. He will be followed by Maitreya, the next buddha in this eon.
g.1344
sāl tree
Wylie: shing sA la
Tibetan: ཤིང་སཱ་ལ།
Sanskrit: sā la
g.1345
sameness
Wylie: mnyam nyid
Tibetan: མཉམ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: samatā
g.1346
sameness of all things
Wylie: chos thams cad mnyam pa nyid
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་མཉམ་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: sarvadharmasamatā
As well as its more general meaning, this is the name of the fifty-seventh meditative stability.
g.1347
Sameness of Meditative Stability
Wylie: ting nge ’dzin mnyam pa nyid
Tibetan: ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་མཉམ་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: samādhisamatā
Name of the 104th meditative stability.
g.1348
sanctuary
Wylie: gnas
Tibetan: གནས།
Sanskrit: layana
Also translated here as “abode,” and “resting place.”
g.1349
saṅgha
Wylie: dge ’dun
Tibetan: དགེ་འདུན།
Sanskrit: saṅgha
The community of followers of the Buddha’s teachings, see also “Three Precious Jewels.”
g.1350
Śarabha Aiṇeya
Wylie: ri dags e ne ya
Tibetan: རི་དགས་ཨེ་ནེ་ཡ།
Sanskrit: śarabha aiṇeya
Śarabha Aiṇeya, the king of ungulates, is a mythical creature, alternatively represented as a spotted antelope (kṛṣṇasāra) or as an eight-footed antelope (bse kha sgo).
g.1351
Śāradvatīputra
Wylie: sha ra dwa ti’i bu
Tibetan: ཤ་ར་དྭ་ཏིའི་བུ།
Sanskrit: śāradvatīputra
One of the principal śrāvaka disciples of the Buddha, he was renowned for his discipline and for having been praised by the Buddha as foremost of the wise (often paired with Maudgalyāyana, who was praised as foremost in the capacity for miraculous powers). His father, Tiṣya, to honor Śāriputra’s mother, Śārikā, named him Śāradvatīputra, or, in its contracted form, Śāriputra, meaning “Śārikā’s Son.”
g.1352
Sārthavāha
Wylie: ded dpon
Tibetan: དེད་དཔོན།
Sanskrit: sārthavāha
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.1353
satisfaction
Wylie: ’dod pa
Tibetan: འདོད་པ།
Sanskrit: rocanā
g.1354
satisfy whichever gods and humans encounter them
Wylie: lha dang mi gang dag de dag gi sku mthong ba de dag tshim par ’gyur
Tibetan: ལྷ་དང་མི་གང་དག་དེ་དག་གི་སྐུ་མཐོང་བ་དེ་དག་ཚིམ་པར་འགྱུར།
Sanskrit: devamanuṣyatṛptakāyadarśanatāv
Sixty-fifth of the eighty minor marks.
g.1355
savories
Wylie: myang ba
Tibetan: མྱང་བ།
Sanskrit: āsvādanīya
g.1356
sayings in prose and verse
Wylie: dbyangs bsnyad kyi sde
Tibetan: དབྱངས་བསྙད་ཀྱི་སྡེ།
Sanskrit: geya
Second of the twelve branches of the scriptures.
g.1357
scavenger
Wylie: g.yung po’i rigs
Tibetan: གཡུང་པོའི་རིགས།
Sanskrit: pukkāśa
g.1358
scriptural categories
Wylie: chos kyi rnam grangs
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་རྣམ་གྲངས།
Sanskrit: dharmaparyāya
Also translated here as “doctrinal sūtra.”
g.1359
scrupulous conduct
Wylie: kun tu spyod pa gtsang ma
Tibetan: ཀུན་ཏུ་སྤྱོད་པ་གཙང་མ།
Sanskrit: śucisamācāra
g.1360
scrutiny
Wylie: dpyod pa
Tibetan: དཔྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit: vicāra
g.1361
Seal of Dhāraṇī
Wylie: gzungs kyi phyag rgya
Tibetan: གཟུངས་ཀྱི་ཕྱག་རྒྱ།
Sanskrit: dhāraṇīmudrā
Name of the nineteenth meditative stability.
g.1362
Seal of Entry into All Phenomena
Wylie: chos la ’jug pa’i phyag rgya
Tibetan: ཆོས་ལ་འཇུག་པའི་ཕྱག་རྒྱ།
Sanskrit: sarvadharmapraveśamudrā
Name of the eleventh meditative stability.
g.1363
Seal of the King
Wylie: rgyal po’i phyag rgya
Tibetan: རྒྱལ་པོའི་ཕྱག་རྒྱ།
Sanskrit: rājamudrā
Name of the thirteenth meditative stability.
g.1364
Seal of the Sacred Doctrine
Wylie: chos dam pa’i phyag rgya
Tibetan: ཆོས་དམ་པའི་ཕྱག་རྒྱ།
Sanskrit: varadharmamudrā
Name of the fifty-sixth meditative stability.
g.1365
second promulgation of the doctrinal wheel
Wylie: chos kyi ’khor lo bskor ba gnyis pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་འཁོར་ལོ་བསྐོར་བ་གཉིས་པ།
Sanskrit: dvitīyadharmacakrapravartana
g.1366
sectarian vagabond
Wylie: spyod pa pa
Tibetan: སྤྱོད་པ་པ།
Sanskrit: caraka
g.1367
seek to censure
Wylie: klan ka tshol ba
Tibetan: ཀླན་ཀ་ཚོལ་བ།
Sanskrit: upālambha
g.1368
seek to intrude
Wylie: glags tshol
Tibetan: གླགས་ཚོལ།
Sanskrit: avatāraprekṣiṇa
g.1369
seek to transcend
Wylie: pha rol tu mchi bar ’tshal ba
Tibetan: ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་མཆི་བར་འཚལ་བ།
Sanskrit: pāraṃgantukāma
g.1370
seen
Wylie: mthong ba
Tibetan: མཐོང་བ།
Sanskrit: dṛṣṭa
g.1371
self
Wylie: bdag
Tibetan: བདག
Sanskrit: ātman
Also translated here as “I.”
g.1372
selflessness
Wylie: bdag med
Tibetan: བདག་མེད།
Sanskrit: ātmāsadbhūtatva, nairātmya
Selflessness denotes the lack of inherent existence in self-identity and also, more subtly, in all physical and mental phenomena. Also translated here as “non-self” or “absence of self.”
g.1373
sensation
Wylie: tshor ba
Tibetan: ཚོར་བ།
Sanskrit: vedanā
Seventh of the twelve links of dependent origination. Also translated here as “feelings.”
g.1374
sense faculties are excellent
Wylie: skye mched kyi sgo bzang ba dag
Tibetan: སྐྱེ་མཆེད་ཀྱི་སྒོ་བཟང་བ་དག
Sanskrit: cārvāyatanadvāratā
Lit. “their gates to the sense fields are excellent;” thirty-sixth of the eighty minor marks.
g.1375
sense field
Wylie: skye mched
Tibetan: སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit: āyatana
The subjective and objective polarities of sense perception.
g.1376
sense field of mastery
Wylie: zil gyis gnon pa’i skye mched
Tibetan: ཟིལ་གྱིས་གནོན་པའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit: abhibhvāyatana
See “eight sense fields of mastery.”
g.1377
sense field of mental phenomena
Wylie: chos kyi skye mched
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit: dharmāyatana
Twefth of the twelve sense fields
g.1378
sense field of neither perception nor non-perception
Wylie: ’du shes med min gyi skye mched
Tibetan: འདུ་ཤེས་མེད་མིན་གྱི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit: naivasaṃjnāsaṃjnāyatana
Fourth of the four formless absorptions.
g.1379
sense field of odors
Wylie: dri’i skye mched
Tibetan: དྲིའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit: gandhāyatana
Ninth of the twelve sense fields.
g.1380
sense field of sights
Wylie: gzugs kyi skye mched
Tibetan: གཟུགས་ཀྱི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit: rūpāyatana
Seventh of the twelve sense fields.
g.1381
sense field of sounds
Wylie: sgra’i skye mched
Tibetan: སྒྲའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit: śabdāyatana
Eighth of the twelve sense fields.
g.1382
sense field of tangibles
Wylie: reg bya’i skye mched
Tibetan: རེག་བྱའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit: spraṣṭavyāyatana
Eleventh of the twelve sense fields.
g.1383
sense field of tastes
Wylie: ro’i skye mched
Tibetan: རོའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit: rasāyatana
Tenth of the twelve sense fields.
g.1384
sense field of the body
Wylie: lus kyi skye mched
Tibetan: ལུས་ཀྱི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit: kāyāyatana
Fifth of the twelve sense fields.
g.1385
sense field of the ears
Wylie: rna ba’i skye mched
Tibetan: རྣ་བའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit: śrotrāyatana
Second of the twelve sense fields.
g.1386
sense field of the eyes
Wylie: mig gi skye mched
Tibetan: མིག་གི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit: cakṣurāyatana
First of the twelve sense fields.
g.1387
sense field of the mental faculty
Wylie: yid kyi skye mched
Tibetan: ཡིད་ཀྱི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit: mana āyatana
Sixth of the twelve sense fields.
g.1388
sense field of the nose
Wylie: sna’i skye mched
Tibetan: སྣའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit: ghrāṇāyatana
Third of the twelve sense fields.
g.1389
sense field of the tongue
Wylie: lce’i skye mched
Tibetan: ལྕེའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit: jihvāyatana
Fourth of the twelve sense fields.
g.1390
sense of moral and ascetic supremacy
Wylie: tshul khrims dang brtul zhugs mchog tu ’dzin pa
Tibetan: ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས་དང་བརྟུལ་ཞུགས་མཆོག་ཏུ་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit: śīlavrataparāmarśa
Third of the three fetters; also fourth of the five fetters associated with the lower realms .
g.1391
sense of moral supremacy
Wylie: tshul khrims mchog ’dzin
Tibetan: ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས་མཆོག་འཛིན།
Sanskrit: śīlaparāmarśagranthā
Third of the four knots.
g.1392
senses are completely purified
Wylie: skye mched shin tu yongs su dag pa
Tibetan: སྐྱེ་མཆེད་ཤིན་ཏུ་ཡོངས་སུ་དག་པ།
Sanskrit: viśuddhagātratā, āyatanatā
Sixteenth of the eighty minor marks.
g.1393
sensory contact
Wylie: reg pa
Tibetan: རེག་པ།
Sanskrit: sparśa
Sixth of the twelve links of dependent origination.
g.1394
sensory element
Wylie: khams
Tibetan: ཁམས།
Sanskrit: dhātu
See “eighteen sensory elements.”
g.1395
sensory element of auditory consciousness
Wylie: rna ba’i rnam par shes pa’i khams
Tibetan: རྣ་བའི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: śrotravijñānadhātu
Sixth of the eighteen sensory elements.
g.1396
sensory element of consciousness
Wylie: rnam par shes pa’i khams
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: vijñānadhātu
g.1397
sensory element of gustatory consciousness
Wylie: lce’i rnam par shes pa’i khams
Tibetan: ལྕེའི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: jihvavijñānadhātu
Twelfth of the eighteen sensory elements.
g.1398
sensory element of mental consciousness
Wylie: yid kyi rnam par shes pa’i khams
Tibetan: ཡིད་ཀྱི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: manovijñānadhātu
Eighteenth of the eighteen sensory elements.
g.1399
sensory element of mental phenomena
Wylie: chos kyi khams
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: dharmadhātu
Seventeenth of the eighteen sensory elements
g.1400
sensory element of odors
Wylie: dri’i khams
Tibetan: དྲིའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: gandhadhātu
Eighth of the eighteen sensory elements.
g.1401
sensory element of olfactory consciousness
Wylie: sna’i rnam par shes pa’i khams
Tibetan: སྣའི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: ghrāṇavijñānadhātu
Ninth of the eighteen sensory elements.
g.1402
sensory element of sights
Wylie: gzugs kyi khams
Tibetan: གཟུགས་ཀྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: rūpadhātu
Second of the eighteen sensory elements.
g.1403
sensory element of sounds
Wylie: sgra’i khams
Tibetan: སྒྲའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: śabdadhātu
Fifth of the eighteen sensory elements.
g.1404
sensory element of tactile consciousness
Wylie: lus kyi rnam par shes pa’i khams
Tibetan: ལུས་ཀྱི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: kāyavijñānadhātu
Fifteenth of the eighteen sensory elements.
g.1405
sensory element of tangibles
Wylie: reg bya’i khams
Tibetan: རེག་བྱའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: spraṣṭavyadhātu
Fourteenth of the eighteen sensory elements.
g.1406
sensory element of tastes
Wylie: ro’i khams
Tibetan: རོའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: rasadhātu
Eleventh of the eighteen sensory elements.
g.1407
sensory element of the body
Wylie: lus kyi khams
Tibetan: ལུས་ཀྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: kāyadhātu
Thirteenth of the eighteen sensory elements.
g.1408
sensory element of the ears
Wylie: rna ba’i khams
Tibetan: རྣ་བའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: śrotradhātu
Fourth of the eighteen sensory elements.
g.1409
sensory element of the eyes
Wylie: mig gi khams
Tibetan: མིག་གི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: cakṣurdhātu
First of the eighteen sensory elements.
g.1410
sensory element of the mental faculty
Wylie: yid kyi khams
Tibetan: ཡིད་ཀྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: manodhātu
Sixteenth of the eighteen sensory elements.
g.1411
sensory element of the nose
Wylie: sna’i khams
Tibetan: སྣའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: ghrāṇdhātu
Seventh of the eighteen sensory elements.
g.1412
sensory element of the tongue
Wylie: lce’i khams
Tibetan: ལྕེའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: jihvdhātu
Tenth of the eighteen sensory elements.
g.1413
sensory element of visual consciousness
Wylie: mig gi rnam par shes pa’i khams
Tibetan: མིག་གི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: cakṣurvijñānadhātu
Third of the eighteen sensory elements.
g.1414
sentient being
Wylie: sems can
Tibetan: སེམས་ཅན།
Sanskrit: sattva
g.1415
sequential and reverse modalities
Wylie: lugs ’byung dang lugs ldog, lugs dang ’thun pa dang lugs dang mi ’thun pa
Tibetan: ལུགས་འབྱུང་དང་ལུགས་ལྡོག, ལུགས་དང་འཐུན་པ་དང་ལུགས་དང་མི་འཐུན་པ།
Sanskrit: anulomapratiloma
The process of dependent origination as it works to bring about rebirth in saṃsāra, and as it works when deliberately reversed to bring the cycle to an end. See “twelve links of dependent origination.”
g.1416
serene joy
Wylie: rab tu dga’ ba
Tibetan: རབ་ཏུ་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit: prema
g.1417
serial clear realization
Wylie: mthar gyis pa’i mngon rtogs
Tibetan: མཐར་གྱིས་པའི་མངོན་རྟོགས།
Sanskrit: ānupūrvābhisamaya
Sixth of the eight progressive sections of clear realization.
g.1418
serial training
Wylie: mthar gyis sbyor ba
Tibetan: མཐར་གྱིས་སྦྱོར་བ།
Sanskrit: anupūrvaprayoga
g.1419
sesame
Wylie: til
Tibetan: ཏིལ།
Sanskrit: tila
g.1420
setting of the mind on enlightenment
Wylie: byang chub sems bskyed pa, sems bskyed pa
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་བསྐྱེད་པ།, སེམས་བསྐྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: bodhicittotpāda, cittotpāda
The setting of the mind on enlightenment for the sake of all sentient beings, which marks the onset of the bodhisattva path and culminates in the actual attainment of buddhahood, distinguishes the compassionate bodhisattva path from that of the śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas who are both preoccupied with their own emancipation from cyclic existence. See Dayal (1932): 50–79, Williams (1989): 197–204, and Padmakara Translation Group (1994): 218–234. (See also n.4).
g.1421
seven branches of enlightenment
Wylie: byang chub kyi yan lag bdun
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག་བདུན།
Sanskrit: saptabodhyaṅga
The seven branches of enlightenment, as found in 1.25, comprise the branches of enlightenment that entail: (1) correct recollection , (2) correct doctrinal analysis , (3) correct perseverance , (4) correct delight , (5) correct mental and physical refinement , (6) correct meditative stability , and (7) correct equanimity .
g.1422
seven harmonious tones of the musical scale
Wylie: glu dbyangs kyi nges pa bdun
Tibetan: གླུ་དབྱངས་ཀྱི་ངེས་པ་བདུན།
Sanskrit: saptasvara
The seven harmonious tones of the musical scale, contained in the sixty-four crafts, are (1) the [peacock-like] sixth tone (ṣaḍja, drug ldan); (2) the [ox-like] sage tone (ṛṣabha, drang srong); (3) the [goat-like] third tone (gandhāra, sa ’dzin); (4) the [crane-like] middle tone (madhyama, bar ma); (5) the [cuckoo-like] fifth tone (pancama, lnga pa); (6) the [horse-like] clear tone (dhaivata, blo gsal); and (7) the [elephant-like] base tone (niṣāda, ’khor nyan). On all these and related matters, see Jamgon Kongtrul TOK Book 6, Pt.1: 311–315.
g.1423
seven precious things
Wylie: rin chen sna bdun
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་སྣ་བདུན།
Sanskrit: saptaratna
The set of seven precious materials or substances includes a range of precious metals and gems, but their exact list varies. The set often consists of gold, silver, beryl, crystal, red pearls, emeralds, and white coral, but may also contain lapis lazuli, ruby, sapphire, chrysoberyl, diamonds, etc. The term is frequently used in the sūtras to exemplify preciousness, wealth, and beauty, and can describe treasures, offering materials, or the features of architectural structures such as stūpas, palaces, thrones, etc. The set is also used to describe the beauty and prosperity of buddha realms and the realms of the gods.In other contexts, the term saptaratna can also refer to the seven precious possessions of a cakravartin or to a set of seven precious moral qualities.
g.1424
seven prominent parts
Wylie: bdun mtho ba
Tibetan: བདུན་མཐོ་བ།
Sanskrit: saptocchrayatā
Fifteenth of the thirty-two major marks, including the backs of the legs, backs of the arms, shoulders, and neck.
g.1425
sexual misconduct
Wylie: ’dod pas log par g.yem pa
Tibetan: འདོད་པས་ལོག་པར་གཡེམ་པ།
Sanskrit: kāmamithyācāra
Third of the ten non-virtuous actions.
g.1426
sharp eye-teeth
Wylie: tshems mche ba rno ba dang ldan pa
Tibetan: ཚེམས་མཆེ་བ་རྣོ་བ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: tīkṣṇadaṃṣṭratā
Forty-seventh of the eighty minor marks.
g.1427
short
Wylie: thung ngu
Tibetan: ཐུང་ངུ།
Sanskrit: hrasva
g.1428
should be expected
Wylie: shes par bya ba
Tibetan: ཤེས་པར་བྱ་བ།
Sanskrit: pratikāṅṣitavya
g.1429
shoulders
Wylie: thal gong
Tibetan: ཐལ་གོང་།
Sanskrit: aṃsa
g.1430
shrub cotton
Wylie: ras bal
Tibetan: རས་བལ།
Sanskrit: karpāsa
karpāsa (rendered here “shrub cotton”) and Tūla (rendered here as “tree cotton”) are both kinds of cotton, perhaps overlapping as is translated into Tibetan as ras bal in some texts. Our rendering is based on the Tibetans’ choice of the term shing bal and the existence of a number of species of Gossypium, among which are the diploid, Asian G. arboreum and G. herbaceum (cf Monier Williams); Negi’s Tibetan-Sanskrit dictionary also mentions five kinds of tūla, at least some of which are trees. Other possible distinctions might be between annual and perennial plants, or varieties grown in different regions.See n.65.
g.1431
side with evil
Wylie: nag po’i phyogs pa
Tibetan: ནག་པོའི་ཕྱོགས་པ།
Sanskrit: kṛṣṇāhijātīya
g.1432
sights
Wylie: gzugs rnams
Tibetan: གཟུགས་རྣམས།
Sanskrit: rupāṇi
g.1433
sign
Wylie: mtshan ma
Tibetan: མཚན་མ།
Sanskrit: nimitta
Also translated here as “mental image.”
g.1434
signless
Wylie: mtshan ma med pa
Tibetan: མཚན་མ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: nirnimitta
Also translated here as “without mental images.”
g.1435
signlessness
Wylie: mtshan ma med pa
Tibetan: མཚན་མ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: animitta
Second of the three gateways to liberation.
g.1436
Śikhin
Wylie: gtsug tor can
Tibetan: གཙུག་ཏོར་ཅན།
Sanskrit: śikhin
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.1437
Single Array
Wylie: bkod pa gcig pa
Tibetan: བཀོད་པ་གཅིག་པ།
Sanskrit: ekavyūha
Name of the eighty-second meditative stability.
g.1438
singular course of action
Wylie: las gcig pa
Tibetan: ལས་གཅིག་པ།
Sanskrit: ekakarmāṇa
g.1439
singular expression
Wylie: gcig brjod pa
Tibetan: གཅིག་བརྗོད་པ།
Sanskrit: ekodāhāra
See n.202.
g.1440
Situ Paṇchen
Wylie: si tu paN chen
Tibetan: སི་ཏུ་པཎ་ཆེན།
Tibetan polymath, founder of Palpung (dpal spungs) Monastery (1700–1774).
g.1441
six aspects of perception
Wylie: ’du shes drug
Tibetan: འདུ་ཤེས་དྲུག
Sanskrit: ṣaṭsaṃjñā
The six aspects of perception, as enumerated in 1.37, are: (1) perception of impermanence, (2) perception of suffering, (3) perception of non-self, (4) perception of unattractiveness, (5) perception of death, and (6) perception of disinterest in all mundane things.
g.1442
six extrasensory powers
Wylie: mngon shes drug
Tibetan: མངོན་ཤེས་དྲུག
Sanskrit: ṣaḍabhijñā
As mentioned in 2.13, they comprise (1) the extrasensory power realizing knowledge of [miraculous] activities, (2) the extrasensory power realizing knowledge of divine clairvoyance, (3) the extrasensory power realizing knowledge of divine clairaudience, (4) the extrasensory power realizing knowledge of other minds, (5) the extrasensory power realizing knowledge of recollection of past lives, and (6) the extrasensory power realizing knowledge of the cessation of contaminants.(See also n.62).
g.1443
six inner sense fields
Wylie: nang gi skye mched drug
Tibetan: ནང་གི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་དྲུག
Sanskrit: ṣaḍādhyātmikāyatana
The six inner sense fields, as listed in 1.14, comprise (1) the sense field of the eyes, (2) the sense field of the ears, (3) the sense field of the nose, (4) the sense field of the tongue, (5) the sense field of the body, and (6) the sense field of the mental faculty. These are part of the twelve sense fields.
g.1444
six outer sense fields
Wylie: phyi’i skye mched drug
Tibetan: ཕྱིའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་དྲུག
Sanskrit: ṣaḍbāhyāyatana
The six outer sense fields, as listed in 1.15, comprise (1) the sense field of sights, (2) the sense field of sounds, (3) the sense field of odors, (4) the sense field of tastes, (5) the sense field of tangibles, and (6) the sense field of mental phenomena. These are part of the twelve sense fields.
g.1445
six recollections
Wylie: rjes su dran pa drug
Tibetan: རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ་དྲུག
Sanskrit: ṣaḍanusmṛti
See i.26.
g.1446
six sense fields
Wylie: skye mched drug
Tibetan: སྐྱེ་མཆེད་དྲུག
Sanskrit: ṣaḍāyatana
Fifth of the twelve links of dependent origination.
g.1447
six transcendent perfections
Wylie: pha rol tu phyin pa drug
Tibetan: ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ་དྲུག
Sanskrit: ṣaṭpāramitā
The practice of the six transcendent perfections, comprising generosity, ethical discipline, tolerance, perseverance, meditative concentration, and wisdom or discriminative awareness, is the foundation of the entire bodhisattva’s way of life. These six are known as “transcendent perfections” when they are motivated by an altruistic intention to attain full enlightenment for the sake of all beings, when they are undertaken within a sixfold combination of all the perfections, and when they are performed with an awareness of the emptiness of the agent, the object, and their interaction. See 2.12.(See also n.61).
g.1448
sixty-four crafts
Wylie: sgyu rtsal drug cu rtsa bzhi
Tibetan: སྒྱུ་རྩལ་དྲུག་ཅུ་རྩ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: catuḥṣaṣṭikalā
The sixty-four crafts, as enumerated in the Mahāvyutpatti, comprise the thirty designated arts, the eighteen requisites of musical performance, the seven harmonious tones of the musical scale, and the nine dramatic moods. See n.386.
g.1449
sixty-two false views
Wylie: lta ba’i rnam pa drug cu rtsa gnyis
Tibetan: ལྟ་བའི་རྣམ་པ་དྲུག་ཅུ་རྩ་གཉིས།
Sanskrit: dvāṣaṣṭidṛṣṛṭikṛtāni
The sixty-two false views, as enumerated in the Sūtra of the Net of Brahmā (Bodhi (1978)), comprise eighteen speculations concerning the past, based on theories of eternalism, partial eternalism, extensionism, endless equivocation, and fortuitous origination, as well as forty-four speculations concerning the future, based on percipient immortality, non-percipient immortality, neither percipient nor non-percipient immortality, annihilationism, and the immediate attainment of nirvāṇa in the present life.
g.1450
skill in means
Wylie: thabs la mkhas pa
Tibetan: ཐབས་ལ་མཁས་པ།
Sanskrit: upāyakauśalya
The concept of skillful or expedient means is central to the understanding of the Buddha’s enlightened deeds and the many scriptures that are revealed contingent on the needs, interests, and mental dispositions of specific types of individuals. It is, therefore, equated with compassion and the form body of the buddhas, the rūpakāya. According to the Great Vehicle, training in skillful means collectively denotes the first five of the six perfections when integrated with wisdom, the sixth perfection. It is therefore paired with wisdom (prajñā), forming the two indispensable aspects of the path. It is also the seventh of the ten perfections. (Provisional 84000 definition. New definition forthcoming.)
g.1451
skillful means
Wylie: thabs
Tibetan: ཐབས།
Sanskrit: upāya
The concept of skillful means is central to the understanding of the Buddha’s enlightened deeds and the many scriptures which are revealed contingent to the needs, interests, and mental dispositions of specific types of individuals. According to the Great Vehicle, training in skillful means collectively denotes the first five of the six transcendent perfections when integrated with wisdom, the sixth transcendent perfection, to form a union of discriminative awareness and means.
g.1452
slander
Wylie: phra ma
Tibetan: ཕྲ་མ།
Sanskrit: paiśunya
Fifth of the ten non-virtuous actions.
g.1453
śloka
Wylie: shlo ka
Tibetan: ཤློ་ཀ
Sanskrit: śloka
The term usually refers to a unit of metrical verse, most commonly in Sanskrit literature a couplet of two sixteen-syllable lines (pāda) each of which can be subdivided into two half-lines of eight syllables. In the Tibetan translations a śloka is usually rendered as a four-line verse. However, the term is also used (especially in catalogues of canonical works) as a unit measuring the length of texts written in prose or in a mixture of prose and verse, in which case it simply measures thirty-two syllables. The titles of the principal Prajñāpāramitā sūtras, most of which are written in prose, identify them by including mention of their length in ślokas, usually translated in English as “in nnn lines.” The original titles, even in their long form, include only the number itself, and that this refers to the length in ślokas is by convention inferred.
g.1454
social class
Wylie: rigs
Tibetan: རིགས།
Sanskrit: varṇa
g.1455
son of enlightened heritage
Wylie: rigs kyi bu
Tibetan: རིགས་ཀྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit: kulaputra
A term of endearment, used by a teacher when addressing a male follower of the bodhisattva path.
g.1456
sophistry
Wylie: rtog ge
Tibetan: རྟོག་གེ
Sanskrit: tarka
g.1457
sound
Wylie: sgra
Tibetan: སྒྲ།
Sanskrit: śabda, ghoṣa
g.1458
space
Wylie: nam mkha’
Tibetan: ནམ་མཁའ།
Sanskrit: gagana, ākāśa
g.1459
space element
Wylie: nam mkha’i khams
Tibetan: ནམ་མཁའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: ākāśadhātu
g.1460
speak first
Wylie: gsong por gsung ba
Tibetan: གསོང་པོར་གསུང་བ།
Sanskrit: pūrvābhilāpin
Thirty-eighth of the eighty minor marks.
g.1461
specific phenomena
Wylie: lung du bstan pa’i chos
Tibetan: ལུང་དུ་བསྟན་པའི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit: vyākṛtadharma
g.1462
speech is pervasive, in conformity with their assembly, but it does not extend outside their assembly
Wylie: gsung ni ’khor dang ’thun par khyab par mdzad kyi ’khor gyi phyi rol du gsung mi ’gro
Tibetan: གསུང་ནི་འཁོར་དང་འཐུན་པར་ཁྱབ་པར་མཛད་ཀྱི་འཁོར་གྱི་ཕྱི་རོལ་དུ་གསུང་མི་འགྲོ།
Sanskrit: vāg anukūlavartiparṣado bahir na nirgacchati
Sixty-eighth of the eighty minor marks.
g.1463
speech is sweet and fully perfected
Wylie: gsung snyan cing rnam pa thams cad yongs su rdzogs pa
Tibetan: གསུང་སྙན་ཅིང་རྣམ་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཡོངས་སུ་རྫོགས་པ།
Sanskrit: madhuracārumañjusvaratā
Forty-sixth of the eighty minor marks.
g.1464
spiritual attainment
Wylie: grub pa
Tibetan: གྲུབ་པ།
Sanskrit: siddhi
g.1465
spiritual mentor
Wylie: dge ba’i bshes gnyen
Tibetan: དགེ་བའི་བཤེས་གཉེན།
Sanskrit: kalyāṇamitra
A spiritual teacher who can contribute to an individual’s progress on the spiritual path to enlightenment and act wholeheartedly for the welfare of students.
g.1466
spiritual teacher
Wylie: bla ma
Tibetan: བླ་མ།
Sanskrit: guru
A spiritual teacher, in particular one with whom one has a personal teacher–student relationship.
g.1467
splendor and intelligence
Wylie: dpal dang blo gros
Tibetan: དཔལ་དང་བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit: śrīmatbuddhimat
Nineteenth of the eighty minor marks.
g.1468
square
Wylie: lham pa
Tibetan: ལྷམ་པ།
Sanskrit: caturasra
g.1469
śrāvaka
Wylie: nyan thos
Tibetan: ཉན་ཐོས།
Sanskrit: śrāvaka
The pious attendants heeding the words spoken by Lord Buddha, contrasted in terms of their realization with both pratyekabuddhas and bodhisattvas (See also n.4).
g.1470
Śreṇika
Wylie: bzo sbyangs
Tibetan: བཟོ་སྦྱངས།
Sanskrit: śreṇika
Name of a mendicant (parivrājaka).See also n.205.
g.1471
śrīvatsa motif
Wylie: dpal gyi be’u
Tibetan: དཔལ་གྱི་བེའུ།
Sanskrit: śrīvatsa
An auspicious symbol, taking the form of an endless knot, indicative of eternity.
g.1472
Stability of Mind
Wylie: sems gnas pa
Tibetan: སེམས་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit: cittasthita
Name of the fifty-second meditative stability.
g.1473
stable community
Wylie: nges pa’i tshogs
Tibetan: ངེས་པའི་ཚོགས།
Sanskrit: niyatarāśī
g.1474
state of mind
Wylie: sems gnas pa
Tibetan: སེམས་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit: cittasthiti
g.1475
statement
Wylie: brjod pa
Tibetan: བརྗོད་པ།
Sanskrit: pravyāhāra, abhidhāna
Also translated here as “description.”
g.1476
strengthen
Wylie: stobs dang ldan par bgyid
Tibetan: སྟོབས་དང་ལྡན་པར་བགྱིད།
Sanskrit: balavatkaroti
g.1477
strive
Wylie: brtson ’grus rtsom
Tibetan: བརྩོན་འགྲུས་རྩོམ།
Sanskrit: vīryamārabhate
g.1478
struggle
Wylie: ’bad
Tibetan: འབད།
Sanskrit: vyāyacchate
g.1479
study
Wylie: thos pa
Tibetan: ཐོས་པ།
Sanskrit: śruti
Twelfth of the eighteen fields of knowledge
g.1480
stūpa
Wylie: mchod rten
Tibetan: མཆོད་རྟེན།
Sanskrit: stūpa
A sacred object representative of buddha mind and the buddha body of reality, originally constructed to hold the mortal remains of Śākyamuni Buddha. The symbolism of the stūpa is complex, and its design varies considerably throughout the Buddhist world.
g.1481
stupidity
Wylie: shes rab ’chal ba
Tibetan: ཤེས་རབ་འཆལ་བ།
Sanskrit: dauṣprajnā
g.1482
Subdued
Wylie: rnam par ’joms pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་འཇོམས་པ།
Sanskrit: vivṛta
Name of the forty-fifth meditative stability.
g.1483
Śubhakṛtsna
Wylie: dge rgyas
Tibetan: དགེ་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit: śubhakṛtsna
Ninth god realm of form, meaning “most extensive virtue.”
g.1484
Subhūti
Wylie: rab ’byor
Tibetan: རབ་འབྱོར།
Sanskrit: subhūti
Name of an elder.
g.1485
Sublimation of [All] Phenomena
Wylie: chos kyis gnas pa’i spyi gtsug
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱིས་གནས་པའི་སྤྱི་གཙུག
Sanskrit: dharmaṅgata
Name of the fifty-ninth meditative stability.
g.1486
Sublimation [of All Things]
Wylie: yang dag par ’phags pa
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པར་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvadharmasamudgata, samudgata
Name of the fifteenth meditative stability.
g.1487
sublime
Wylie: ’phags pa
Tibetan: འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit: ārya
—
g.1488
sublime emancipation
Wylie: ’phags pa nges par ’byin pa
Tibetan: འཕགས་པ་ངེས་པར་འབྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: āryanairāṇika
g.1489
subsequent knowledge
Wylie: rjes su rtogs pa’i shes pa
Tibetan: རྗེས་སུ་རྟོགས་པའི་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: anvayajñāna
Second of the eleven aspects of knowledge.
g.1490
subtle quiescence
Wylie: zhi ba zhib mo
Tibetan: ཞི་བ་ཞིབ་མོ།
Sanskrit: sūkṣmaśānti
g.1491
Sudarśana
Wylie: shin tu mthong
Tibetan: ཤིན་ཏུ་མཐོང་།
Sanskrit: sudarśana
Fourth of the pure abodes, meaning “extreme insight.”
g.1492
Sudṛśa
Wylie: gya nom snang ba
Tibetan: གྱ་ནོམ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: sudṛśa
Third of the pure abodes, meaning “attractive.”
g.1493
suffering
Wylie: sdug bsngal
Tibetan: སྡུག་བསྔལ།
Sanskrit: duḥkha
The term “suffering” includes all essentially unsatisfactory experiences of life in cyclic existence, whether physical or mental. These comprise (1) the suffering of suffering, i.e., the physical sensations and mental experiences which are self-evident as suffering and toward which spontaneous feelings of aversion arise; (2) the suffering of change, i.e., all experiences which are normally recognised as pleasant and desirable, but which are nonetheless suffering in that persistent indulgence in these always results in changing attitudes of dissatisfaction and boredom; and (3) the suffering of the pervasive conditioning underlying the round of birth, aging, and death.
g.1494
sugata
Wylie: bde bar gshegs pa
Tibetan: བདེ་བར་གཤེགས་པ།
Sanskrit: sugata
One of the standard epithets of the buddhas. A recurrent explanation offers three different meanings for su- that are meant to show the special qualities of “accomplishment of one’s own purpose” (svārthasampad) for a complete buddha. Thus, the Sugata is “well” gone, as in the expression su-rūpa (“having a good form”); he is gone “in a way that he shall not come back,” as in the expression su-naṣṭa-jvara (“a fever that has utterly gone”); and he has gone “without any remainder” as in the expression su-pūrṇa-ghaṭa (“a pot that is completely full”). According to Buddhaghoṣa, the term means that the way the Buddha went (Skt. gata) is good (Skt. su) and where he went (Skt. gata) is good (Skt. su).Here used also as an epithet of Buddha Śākyamuni.
g.1495
superior organ of taste
Wylie: ro bro ba’i mchog dang ldan pa
Tibetan: རོ་བྲོ་བའི་མཆོག་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: rasarasāgrajñatā
Twenty-fourth of the thirty-two major marks.
g.1496
support
Wylie: rten
Tibetan: རྟེན།
Sanskrit: upaniśraya
g.1497
support for miraculous ability
Wylie: rdzu ’phrul gyi rkang pa
Tibetan: རྫུ་འཕྲུལ་གྱི་རྐང་པ།
Sanskrit: ṛddhipādāḥ
See “four supports for miraculous ability.”
g.1498
support for miraculous ability combining meditative stability of mind with the formative force of exertion
Wylie: sems kyi ting nge ’dzin spang ba’i ’du byed dang ldan pa’i rdzu ’phrul gyi rkang pa
Tibetan: སེམས་ཀྱི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་སྤང་བའི་འདུ་བྱེད་དང་ལྡན་པའི་རྫུ་འཕྲུལ་གྱི་རྐང་པ།
Sanskrit: cittasamādhiprahāṇasaṃskārasamanvāgataṛddhipāda
Third of the four supports for miraculous abilities.
g.1499
support for miraculous ability combining meditative stability of perseverance with the formative force of exertion
Wylie: brtson ’grus kyi ting nge ’dzin spang ba’i ’du byed dang ldan pa’i rdzu ’phrul gyi rkang pa
Tibetan: བརྩོན་འགྲུས་ཀྱི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་སྤང་བའི་འདུ་བྱེད་དང་ལྡན་པའི་རྫུ་འཕྲུལ་གྱི་རྐང་པ།
Sanskrit: vīryasamādhiprahāṇasaṃskārasamanvāgataṛddhipāda
Second of the four supports for miraculous abilities.
g.1500
support for miraculous ability combining meditative stability of resolution with the formative force of exertion
Wylie: ’dun pa’i ting nge ’dzin spang ba’i ’du byed dang ldan pa’i rdzu ’phrul gyi rkang pa
Tibetan: འདུན་པའི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་སྤང་བའི་འདུ་བྱེད་དང་ལྡན་པའི་རྫུ་འཕྲུལ་གྱི་རྐང་པ།
Sanskrit: chandasamādhiprahāṇasaṃskārasamanvāgataṛddhipāda
First of the four supports for miraculous abilities.
g.1501
support for miraculous ability combining meditative stability of scrutiny with the formative force of exertion
Wylie: dpyod pa’i ting nge ’dzin spang ba’i ’du byed dang ldan pa’i rdzu ’phrul gyi rkang pa
Tibetan: དཔྱོད་པའི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་སྤང་བའི་འདུ་བྱེད་དང་ལྡན་པའི་རྫུ་འཕྲུལ་གྱི་རྐང་པ།
Sanskrit: mīmāṃsāvīryasamādhiprahāṇasaṃskārasamanvāgataṛddhipāda
Fourth of the four supports for miraculous abilities.
g.1502
supramundane
Wylie: ’jig rten las ’das pa
Tibetan: འཇིག་རྟེན་ལས་འདས་པ།
Sanskrit: lokottara
g.1503
supramundane phenomena
Wylie: ’jig rten las ’das pa’i chos
Tibetan: འཇིག་རྟེན་ལས་འདས་པའི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit: lokottaradharma
Supramundane phenomena, as found in 2.78, include the following: the four applications of mindfulness, the four correct exertions, the four supports for miraculous abilities, the five faculties, the five powers, the seven branches of enlightenment, the noble eightfold path, the three gateways to liberation, the faculties that will enable knowledge of all that is unknown, the faculties that acquire the knowledge of all things, the faculties endowed with the knowledge of all things, the meditative stability endowed with ideation and scrutiny , the meditative stability free from ideation and merely endowed with scrutiny , the meditative stability free from both ideation and scrutiny , the [eighteen] aspects of emptiness (starting from the emptiness of internal phenomena and ending with the emptiness of the essential nature of non-entities), the ten powers of the tathāgatas, the four assurances, the four kinds of exact knowledge, great loving kindness, great compassion, and the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas. (See also n.141 and n.142).
g.1504
supremacy
Wylie: chos mchog
Tibetan: ཆོས་མཆོག
Sanskrit: agradharma
Fourth of the four aspects of the path of preparation.
g.1505
Supreme Source
Wylie: mchog gi ’byung gnas
Tibetan: མཆོག་གི་འབྱུང་གནས།
Sanskrit: kārākāra
Name of the fiftieth meditative stability.
g.1506
Surpassing All Phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad las shin tu ’phags pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ལས་ཤིན་ཏུ་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvadharmodgata
Name of the sixth meditative stability.
g.1507
Sūryagarbha
Wylie: nyi ma’i snying po
Tibetan: ཉི་མའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit: sūryagarbha
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.1508
Susaṃprasthita
Wylie: shin tu yang dag zhugs
Tibetan: ཤིན་ཏུ་ཡང་དག་ཞུགས།
Sanskrit: susaṃprasthita
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.1509
sūtra
Wylie: mdo
Tibetan: མདོ།
Sanskrit: sūtra
The sūtras or “discourses” are the teachings included in the three turnings of the doctrinal wheel, which Śākyamuni Buddha promulgated to his disciples as a fully ordained monk, consequent to his attainment of buddhahood.
g.1510
Suvikrāntavikrāmin
Wylie: rab kyi rtsal gyis rnam par gnon pa
Tibetan: རབ་ཀྱི་རྩལ་གྱིས་རྣམ་པར་གནོན་པ།
Sanskrit: suvikrāntavikrāmin
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.1511
svastika
Wylie: g.yung drung
Tibetan: གཡུང་དྲུང་།
Sanskrit: svastika
An ancient Indian symbol of auspiciousness and eternity.
g.1512
syllable
Wylie: yig ’bru
Tibetan: ཡིག་འབྲུ།
Sanskrit: akṣara
g.1513
symbol
Wylie: brda
Tibetan: བརྡ།
Sanskrit: saṃketa
Also translated as “term.”
g.1514
symmetrical aureole of light, extending a full arm span
Wylie: ’od ’dom gang mnyam pa
Tibetan: འོད་འདོམ་གང་མཉམ་པ།
Sanskrit: vyāmaprabhatā
Sixty-third of the eighty minor marks.
g.1515
systematic presentation
Wylie: rnam par gzhag pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་གཞག་པ།
Sanskrit: vyavasthāna
g.1516
Taintless Lamp
Wylie: dri ma med pa’i sgron ma
Tibetan: དྲི་མ་མེད་པའི་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit: vimalapradīpa
Name of the thirrty-fourth meditative stability.
g.1517
Taintless Light
Wylie: ’od dri ma med pa
Tibetan: འོད་དྲི་མ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: vimalaprabha
Name of the ninety-ninth meditative stability.
g.1518
Taintless Light of the Full Moon
Wylie: zla ba nya ba’i ’od dri ma med pa
Tibetan: ཟླ་བ་ཉ་བའི་འོད་དྲི་མ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: paripūrṇavimalacandraprabha
Name of the 101st meditative stability.
g.1519
Taintless Modality Devoid of Impurities
Wylie: rdul med cing rdul dang bral ba dang ldan pa
Tibetan: རྡུལ་མེད་ཅིང་རྡུལ་དང་བྲལ་བ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: arajīvirajonayayukta
Name of the 105th meditative stability.
g.1520
taken as the standard
Wylie: tshad mar byed
Tibetan: ཚད་མར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: pramāṇīkaroti
g.1521
tales of past lives
Wylie: skyes rabs kyi sde
Tibetan: སྐྱེས་རབས་ཀྱི་སྡེ།
Sanskrit: jāṭaka
Eighth of the twelve branches of the scriptures.
g.1522
tathāgata
Wylie: de bzhin gshegs pa
Tibetan: དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པ།
Sanskrit: tathāgata
A frequently used synonym for buddha. According to different explanations, it can be read as tathā-gata, literally meaning “one who has thus gone,” or as tathā-āgata, “one who has thus come.” Gata, though literally meaning “gone,” is a past passive participle used to describe a state or condition of existence. Tatha(tā), often rendered as “suchness” or “thusness,” is the quality or condition of things as they really are, which cannot be conveyed in conceptual, dualistic terms. Therefore, this epithet is interpreted in different ways, but in general it implies one who has departed in the wake of the buddhas of the past, or one who has manifested the supreme awakening dependent on the reality that does not abide in the two extremes of existence and quiescence. It is also often used as a specific epithet of the Buddha Śākyamuni.
g.1523
Teacher
Wylie: ston pa
Tibetan: སྟོན་པ།
Sanskrit: śāstṛ
Epithet of Buddha Śākyamuni.
g.1524
teaching
Wylie: bstan pa
Tibetan: བསྟན་པ།
Sanskrit: nirdeśa
g.1525
teeth whose tips are long, sharp, and white
Wylie: tshems rtse mo mtho zhing rno la dkar ba
Tibetan: ཚེམས་རྩེ་མོ་མཐོ་ཞིང་རྣོ་ལ་དཀར་བ།
Sanskrit: agroccatvatīkṣṇaśukladantatā
Twenty-third of the thirty-two major marks.
g.1526
ten directions
Wylie: phyogs bcu
Tibetan: ཕྱོགས་བཅུ།
Sanskrit: daśadik
The four cardinal directions along with the four intermediate directions, the zenith, and the nadir.
g.1527
ten levels
Wylie: sa bcu
Tibetan: ས་བཅུ།
Sanskrit: daśabhūmi
The ten levels, as found in 13.9, comprise (1) the level of bright insight, (2) the level of buddha nature, (3) the level of eighth-lowest stage, (4) the level of insight, (5) the level of attenuated refinement, (6) the level of dispassion, (7) the level of [an arhat’s] spiritual achievement, (8) the level of the pratyekabuddhas, (9) the level of the bodhisattvas, and (10) the actual level of the genuinely perfect buddhas.(See also n.268).
g.1528
ten powers of the tathāgatas
Wylie: de bzhin gshegs pa’i stobs bcu
Tibetan: དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པའི་སྟོབས་བཅུ།
Sanskrit: daśatathāgatabala
The ten powers of the tathāgatas, as presented in 2.1, are: (1) definitive knowledge that things which are possible are indeed possible; (2) definitive knowledge that things which are impossible are indeed impossible; (3) definitive knowledge, through possibilities and causes, of the maturation of past, future, and present actions, and of those who undertake such actions ; (4) definitive knowledge of multiple world systems and diverse dispositions ; (5) definitive knowledge of the diversity of inclinations and the multiplicity of inclinations that other sentient beings and other individuals have ; (6) definitive knowledge of whether the acumen of other sentient beings and other individuals is supreme or not ; (7) definitive knowledge of the paths that lead anywhere ; (8) definitive knowledge of all the afflicted and purified mental states and their emergence, with respect to the faculties, powers, branches of enlightenment, aspects of liberation, meditative concentrations, meditative stabilities, and formless absorptions ; (9) definitive knowledge of the recollection of multiple past abodes, and of the transference of consciousness at the death and birth of all sentient beings ; and (10) definitive knowledge that through one’s own extrasensory powers one has actualized, achieved, and maintained in this very lifetime the liberation of mind and the liberation of wisdom in the state that is free from contaminants because all contaminants have ceased.
g.1529
ten recollections
Wylie: rjes su dran pa bcu
Tibetan: རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ་བཅུ།
Sanskrit: daśānusmṛti
The ten recollections, as presented in 1.36, are: (1) recollection of the Buddha, (2) recollection of the Dharma, (3) recollection of the Saṅgha, (4) recollection of ethical discipline, (5) recollection of renunciation, (6) recollection of the god realms, (7) recollection of quiescence, (8) recollection of respiration, (9) recollection of physicality, and (10) recollection of death.
g.1530
ten sense fields of total consummation
Wylie: zad par gyi skye mched bcu
Tibetan: ཟད་པར་གྱི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་བཅུ།
Sanskrit: daśakṛtsnāyatana
The ten sense fields of total consummation, as found enumerated in 1.56, comprise (1) the total consummation of the earth element, (2) the total consummation of the water element, (3) the total consummation of the fire element, (4) the total consummation of the wind element, (5) the total consummation of the space element, (6) the total consummation of blueness, (7) the total consummation of yellowness, (8) the total consummation of redness, (9) the total consummation of whiteness, and (10) the total consummation of consciousness.
g.1531
ten virtuous actions
Wylie: dge ba bcu
Tibetan: དགེ་བ་བཅུ།
Sanskrit: daśakusala
The ten virtuous actions are divided into three modes of excellent physical conduct, four modes of excellent verbal conduct, and three modes of excellent mental conduct.See 27.7.
g.1532
tenacity
Wylie: rab tu ’dzin pa
Tibetan: རབ་ཏུ་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit: pragrāha
g.1533
termination
Wylie: yongs su chad pa
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་ཆད་པ།
Sanskrit: pariccheda
g.1534
terrified
Wylie: ’gong
Tibetan: འགོང་།
Sanskrit: saṃkocayati
g.1535
thankful
Wylie: byas pa tshor ba
Tibetan: བྱས་པ་ཚོར་བ།
Sanskrit: kṛtavedī
g.1536
theft
Wylie: ma byin par len pa
Tibetan: མ་བྱིན་པར་ལེན་པ།
Sanskrit: adatādāna
Second of ten non-virtuous actions.
g.1537
they do not degenerate in their wisdom
Wylie: shes rab nyams pa med pa
Tibetan: ཤེས་རབ་ཉམས་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: nāsti prajñāhāniḥ
Eleventh of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.1538
thirty designated arts
Wylie: bzo la sogs par gtogs pa sum cu
Tibetan: བཟོ་ལ་སོགས་པར་གཏོགས་པ་སུམ་ཅུ།
Sanskrit: śilpavidyākalā
The thirty designated arts, contained in the sixty-four crafts, are (1) writing (lipi, yi ge); (2) gestures (mudrā, lag rtsis); (3) arithmetic (gaṇana, grangs); (4) astrology (saṃkhya, rtsis chen); (5) hairbinding (śikhābandha, thor tshugs); (6) deportment (padabandha, gom stabs); (7) elephant goading (aṅkuśagraha, lcags kyus bsgyur thabs); (8) swordsmanship (khaḍgika/ sarau, ral gri’i thabs); (9) lassoing or snaring (pāśagraha, zhags pa gdab pa); (10) javelin throwing (tomaragraha, mda’ bo che ’phen pa), (11) advancing (upayāṇa, mdun du bsnur ba), (12) retreating (apayāna, phyir bsnur ba); (13) cutting (chedya, bcad pa); (14) breaking (bhedya, dral ba); (15) poisoning (dālana, dbug pa); (16) striking from afar (dūravedha, rgyang nas ’phog pa); (17) verbal assault (śabdavedha, sgra grags par ’phog pa); (18) vital assault (marmavedha, gnad du ’phog pa) or stealthy assault (avedanīyavedha, mi tshor bar ’phog pa); (19) hard assault (dṛḍhaprahāritā, tshabs che bar ’phog pa); (20) jumping (laṅghita, mchongs pa); (21) wrestling (sālambha, gyad kyi ’dzin stangs); (23) running (javita, bang); (24) swimming (plavita, rkyal brgal ba); (25) elephant riding (hastigrīvā, glang po che’i gnyar zhon pa); (26) horse riding (aśvapṛṣṭha, rta la zhon pa); (27) charioteering (ratha, shing rta’i thabs); (28) archery (bāṇa, mda’ ); (29) bows (dhanuḥ, gzhu); and (30) trials of strength (vikramabala, gyad stobs). On all these and related matters, see Jamgon Kongtrul TOK Book 6, Pt.1: 311–315.
g.1539
thirty-seven aspects of enlightenment
Wylie: byang chub kyi phyogs kyi chos sum cu rtsa bdun
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཕྱོགས་ཀྱི་ཆོས་སུམ་ཅུ་རྩ་བདུན།
Sanskrit: saptatriṃśadbodhipakṣadharma
The thirty-seven aspects of enlightenment comprise the four applications of mindfulness, the four correct exertions, the four supports for miraculous ability, the five faculties, the five powers, the seven branches of enlightenment, and the noble eightfold path. See 1.20–1.26.For a summary of the relevant Pāli and Sanskrit sources on all see the extensive discussion in Dayal (1932): 80–164.
g.1540
thirty-two major marks of a superior man that the tathāgatas possess
Wylie: de bzhin gshegs pa’i skyes bu chen po’i mtshan sum cu rtsa gnyis
Tibetan: དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པའི་སྐྱེས་བུ་ཆེན་པོའི་མཚན་སུམ་ཅུ་རྩ་གཉིས།
Sanskrit: tathāgatadvātriṃśanmahāpuruṣalakṣaṇa
These are the major physical marks that identify the buddha body of emanation, and which, in some sources and traditions, portend the advent of a universal monarch. As well as being listed in this and other Prajñāpāramitā sūtras (see n.64), they are to be found detailed in the Lalitavistara (7.98–103 and 26.145–173), Mahāyānopadeśa, Rāṣṭrapālaparipṛcchā, Ratnagotravibhāgottaratantraśāstra (3.17–25), Mahāvastu, and in the Pali Lakkhaṇasutta.See 2.15 and 29.24.
g.1541
thoroughbred
Wylie: cang shes pa
Tibetan: ཅང་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: ājāneya
Meaning “thoroughbred horse,” the term is used here and in the introductory narratives of many sūtras as a metaphor for fearlessness.
g.1542
thoroughbred elephant
Wylie: glang po che cang shes
Tibetan: གླང་པོ་ཆེ་ཅང་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: hastājāneya
g.1543
thoroughbred steed
Wylie: rta cang shes
Tibetan: རྟ་ཅང་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: aśvājāneya
g.1544
thought
Wylie: sems
Tibetan: སེམས།
Sanskrit: citta
Also translated here as “mind” and “mindset.”
g.1545
three degrees of awareness
Wylie: rig pa gsum
Tibetan: རིག་པ་གསུམ།
Sanskrit: trividyā
As indicated in the Dharmasaṃgītisūtra (Toh 238, 1.133), these comprise the awareness of clairvoyance (lha’i mig gi rig pa), the awareness that recollects past abodes (sngon gyi gnas rjes su dran pa’i rig pa), and the awareness of the cessation of contaminants (zag pa zad pa’i rig pa). See Nordrang Orgyan (2008): 428.
g.1546
three essenceless natures
Wylie: ngo bo nyid med pa gsum
Tibetan: ངོ་བོ་ཉིད་མེད་པ་གསུམ།
Sanskrit: trividhā niḥsvabhāvatā
These comprise the imaginary, dependent, and consummate essenceless natures, which are elaborated particularly in the discourses associated with the third turning of the doctrinal wheel.(See also n.1).
g.1547
three fetters
Wylie: kun tu sbyor gsum
Tibetan: ཀུན་ཏུ་སྦྱོར་གསུམ།
Sanskrit: trisaṃyojana
The three fetters, as found in 11.8, comprise false views about perishable composites , hesitation, and a sense of moral and ascetic supremacy. See also n.198.
g.1548
three impure realms, subject to rebirth
Wylie: sa gsum
Tibetan: ས་གསུམ།
Sanskrit: tribhava
That is to say, the animal realm, the realm of anguished spirits and the denizens of the hells.
g.1549
three lower realms
Wylie: ngan song gsum
Tibetan: ངན་སོང་གསུམ།
Sanskrit: tridurgati
A collective name for the realms of animals, anguished spirits, and denizens of the hells.
g.1550
three miracles
Wylie: cho ’phrul gsum
Tibetan: ཆོ་འཕྲུལ་གསུམ།
Sanskrit: triprātihārya
The three miracles are enumerated in Kimura VI–VIII: 49 as the miracle of possessing magical abilities (ṛddhiprātihārya, rdzu ’phrul gyi cho ’phrul), the miracle of revelation (ādeśanāprātihārya, yongs su bstan pa’i cho ’phrul), and the miracle of instruction (anuśāsanaprātihārya, rjes su bstan pa’i cho ’phrul). See also Conze (1975): 476, who interprets revelation as the knowledge of others’ thoughts. Nordrang Orgyan (2008): 231 additionally lists three alternative enumerations.
g.1551
three poisons
Wylie: dug gsum
Tibetan: དུག་གསུམ།
Sanskrit: triviṣa
A collective name for desire, hatred, and delusion.
g.1552
three precious jewels
Wylie: dkon mchog gsum
Tibetan: དཀོན་མཆོག་གསུམ།
Sanskrit: triratna
A collective term for the Buddha, his sacred doctrine (Dharma), and the Saṅgha, which are listed separately in this glossary.
g.1553
three provisions
Wylie: tshogs gsum
Tibetan: ཚོགས་གསུམ།
Sanskrit: trirāśi
The three provisions are the provisions that are definitely authentic , provisions that are definitely erroneous , and provisions that are of indefinite provenance .See 24.24.
g.1554
three spheres [of subject, object, and their interaction]
Wylie: ’khor gsum
Tibetan: འཁོར་གསུམ།
Sanskrit: trimaṇḍala
g.1555
three times
Wylie: dus gsum
Tibetan: དུས་གསུམ།
Sanskrit: trikala
Past, present, and future.
g.1556
threefold combination [of happiness, suffering, and neutrality]
Wylie: gsum ’dus pa
Tibetan: གསུམ་འདུས་པ།
Sanskrit: trikasaṅgama
g.1557
tied to one more rebirth
Wylie: lan gcig phyir ’ong ba
Tibetan: ལན་གཅིག་ཕྱིར་འོང་བ།
Sanskrit: sakṛdāgāmī
One who has achieved the second of the four levels of attainment on the śrāvaka path and who will attain liberation after only one more birth. (Provisional 84000 definition. New definition forthcoming.)
g.1558
tolerance
Wylie: bzod pa
Tibetan: བཟོད་པ།
Sanskrit: kṣānti
Third of the four aspects of the path of preparation, also translated here as “acceptance.” However, in the context of the transcendent perfections, tolerance is the third of the six transcendent perfections.
g.1559
tolerance of suffering
Wylie: dang du len pa’i bzod pa
Tibetan: དང་དུ་ལེན་པའི་བཟོད་པ།
Sanskrit: adhivāsanakṣānti
Literally, “tolerance of remaining infused [by suffering].”
g.1560
tolerance that understands the profound nature of phenomena
Wylie: chos rtogs pa’i bzod pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་རྟོགས་པའི་བཟོད་པ།
Sanskrit: dharmajñānakṣānti
Literally, “tolerance that understands phenomena.” This denotes receptivity to the non-arising nature of all things, identified with emptiness.
g.1561
tongue is red
Wylie: ljags dmar ba
Tibetan: ལྗགས་དམར་བ།
Sanskrit: raktajihvatā
Forty-ninth of the eighty minor marks.
g.1562
tongue that is slender and large
Wylie: ljags srab cing che ba
Tibetan: ལྗགས་སྲབ་ཅིང་ཆེ་བ།
Sanskrit: tanujihvatā
Fiftieth of the eighty minor marks.
g.1563
torch-bearer
Wylie: sgron ma ’dzin pa
Tibetan: སྒྲོན་མ་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit: ulkādhārin
g.1564
torso resembles that of a lion
Wylie: ro stod seng ge lta bu
Tibetan: རོ་སྟོད་སེང་གེ་ལྟ་བུ།
Sanskrit: siṃhapūrvārdhakāyatā
Sixty-ninth of the eighty minor marks.
g.1565
total consummation of blueness
Wylie: zad par sngon po
Tibetan: ཟད་པར་སྔོན་པོ།
Sanskrit: nīlakṛtsna
g.1566
total consummation of consciousness
Wylie: zad par rnam par shes pa
Tibetan: ཟད་པར་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: vijñānakṛtsna
g.1567
total consummation of redness
Wylie: zad par dmar po
Tibetan: ཟད་པར་དམར་པོ།
Sanskrit: lohitakṛtsna
g.1568
total consummation of the earth element
Wylie: zad par sa
Tibetan: ཟད་པར་ས།
Sanskrit: pṛthivīkṛtsna
g.1569
total consummation of the fire element
Wylie: zad par me
Tibetan: ཟད་པར་མེ།
Sanskrit: tejaskṛtsna
g.1570
total consummation of the space element
Wylie: zad par nam mkha’
Tibetan: ཟད་པར་ནམ་མཁའ།
Sanskrit: ākāśakṛtsna
g.1571
total consummation of the water element
Wylie: zad par chu
Tibetan: ཟད་པར་ཆུ།
Sanskrit: apkṛtsna
g.1572
total consummation of the wind element
Wylie: zad par rlung
Tibetan: ཟད་པར་རླུང་།
Sanskrit: vāyukṛtsna
g.1573
total consummation of whiteness
Wylie: zad par dkar po
Tibetan: ཟད་པར་དཀར་པོ།
Sanskrit: avadātakṛtsna
g.1574
total consummation of yellowness
Wylie: zad par ser po
Tibetan: ཟད་པར་སེར་པོ།
Sanskrit: pītakṛtsna
g.1575
Total Illumination
Wylie: kun tu snang ba
Tibetan: ཀུན་ཏུ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: samantāvaloka
Name of the fifty-third meditative stability.
g.1576
training
Wylie: bslab pa
Tibetan: བསླབ་པ།
Sanskrit: śikṣā
Refers to the five fundamental precepts of abstaining from killing, stealing, sexual misconduct, lying, and consuming intoxicants.
g.1577
transcendence
Wylie: yang dag par ’da’ ba
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པར་འདའ་བ།
Sanskrit: samatikrama
g.1578
Transcendence of the Range
Wylie: yul las rgal ba
Tibetan: ཡུལ་ལས་རྒལ་བ།
Sanskrit: viṣamaśānti
Name of the seventy-first meditative stability.
g.1579
transcendent perfection
Wylie: pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan: ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: pāramitā
See “six transcendent perfections.”
g.1580
transcendent perfection of ethical discipline
Wylie: tshul khrims kyi pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan: ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས་ཀྱི་ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: śīlapāramitā
Second of the six transcendent perfections.
g.1581
transcendent perfection of generosity
Wylie: sbyin pa’i pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan: སྦྱིན་པའི་ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: dānapāramitā
First of the six transcendent perfections.
g.1582
transcendent perfection of meditative concentration
Wylie: bsam gtan gyi pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan: བསམ་གཏན་གྱི་ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: dhyānapāramitā
Fifth of the six transcendent perfections.
g.1583
transcendent perfection of perseverance
Wylie: brtson ’grus kyi pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan: བརྩོན་འགྲུས་ཀྱི་ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: vīryapāramitā
Fourth of the six transcendent perfections.
g.1584
transcendent perfection of tolerance
Wylie: bzod pa’i pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan: བཟོད་པའི་ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: kṣāntipāramitā
Third of the six transcendent perfections.
g.1585
transcendent perfection of wisdom
Wylie: shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan: ཤེས་རབ་ཀྱི་ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: prajñāpāramitā
Sixth of the six transcendent perfections.
g.1586
Transcending All Things
Wylie: thams cad las ’da’ ba
Tibetan: ཐམས་ཅད་ལས་འདའ་བ།
Sanskrit: praticchedakara
Name of the seventy-eighth meditative stability.
g.1587
Trayastriṃśa
Wylie: sum cu rtsa gsum pa
Tibetan: སུམ་ཅུ་རྩ་གསུམ་པ།
Sanskrit: trayastriṃśa
Second god realm of desire, abode of the thirty-three gods.
g.1588
tree cotton
Wylie: shing bal
Tibetan: ཤིང་བལ།
Sanskrit: tūla
For definition, see “shrub cotton”.
g.1589
Tree of Enlightenment
Wylie: byang chub kyi shing
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཤིང་།
Sanskrit: bodhivṛkṣa
Tree of Enlightenment at Vajrāsana.
g.1590
trillion
Wylie: bye ba phrag ’bum
Tibetan: བྱེ་བ་ཕྲག་འབུམ།
Sanskrit: koṭiśatasahasra
g.1591
turn the doctrinal wheel
Wylie: chos kyi ’khor lo bskor ba
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་འཁོར་ལོ་བསྐོར་བ།
Sanskrit: dharmacakrapravartana
This metaphor refers to the promulgation of the Buddhist teachings by the Buddha who is recognized to have promulgated three sequential “turnings of the wheel.” The association with the concept of a wheel derives from a comparison with the “wheel of sharp weapons” said to be held in the hand of a universal monarch. Within the context of this comparison the sacred teachings are composed of ethical discipline (the central axis), analytic wisdom or discriminative awareness (the sharp spokes), and meditative concentration (the stabilising perimeter).
g.1592
turn their enlightened intention
Wylie: dgongs par mdzad
Tibetan: དགོངས་པར་མཛད།
Sanskrit: samanvāharati
g.1593
Tuṣita
Wylie: dga’ ldan
Tibetan: དགའ་ལྡན།
Sanskrit: tuṣita
Tuṣita (or sometimes Saṃtuṣita), literally “Joyous” or “Contented,” is one of the six heavens of the desire realm (kāmadhātu). In standard classifications, such as the one in the Abhidharmakośa, it is ranked as the fourth of the six counting from below. This god realm is where all future buddhas are said to dwell before taking on their final rebirth prior to awakening. There, the Buddha Śākyamuni lived his preceding life as the bodhisattva Śvetaketu. When departing to take birth in this world, he appointed the bodhisattva Maitreya, who will be the next buddha of this eon, as his Dharma regent in Tuṣita. For an account of the Buddha’s previous life in Tuṣita, see The Play in Full (Toh 95), 2.12, and for an account of Maitreya’s birth in Tuṣita and a description of this realm, see The Sūtra on Maitreya’s Birth in the Heaven of Joy , (Toh 199).
g.1594
twelve ascetic virtues
Wylie: sbyangs pa’i yon tan bcu gnyis
Tibetan: སྦྱངས་པའི་ཡོན་ཏན་བཅུ་གཉིས།
Sanskrit: dvādaśadhūtaguṇa
The twelve ascetic virtues comprise wearing clothing from a dust heap, owning only three robes, wearing felt or woolen clothes, begging for food, eating one’s meal at a single sitting, restricting the quantity of food, staying in solitude, sitting under trees, sitting in exposed places, sitting in charnel grounds, sitting even during sleep, and staying wherever one happens to be. For the Sanskrit and Tibetan terms, see Mahāvyutpatti 127–39; also Dudjom Rinpoche (1991), vol. 2: 169.
g.1595
twelve Brahmā realms
Wylie: tshangs pa’i ’jig rten bcu gnyis
Tibetan: ཚངས་པའི་འཇིག་རྟེན་བཅུ་གཉིས།
Sanskrit: dvādaśabrahmaloka
See notes n.291 and n.301.
g.1596
twelve links of dependent origination
Wylie: rten ’brel gyi yan lag bcu gnyis
Tibetan: རྟེན་འབྲེལ་གྱི་ཡན་ལག་བཅུ་གཉིས།
Sanskrit: dvādaśāṅgapratītyasamutpāda
The principle of dependent origination asserts that nothing exists independently of other factors, the reason for this being that things and events come into existence only by dependence on the aggregation of multiple causes and conditions. In general, the processes of cyclic existence, through which the external world and the sentient beings within it revolve in a continuous cycle of suffering, propelled by the propensities of past actions and their interaction with afflicted mental states, originate dependent on the sequential unfolding of twelve links, commencing from fundamental ignorance and ending with birth, aging, and death (see 1.18–1.19). It is only through deliberate reversal of these twelve links that one can succeed in bringing the whole cycle to an end. See 24.10.
g.1597
twelve sense fields
Wylie: skye mched bcu gnyis
Tibetan: སྐྱེ་མཆེད་བཅུ་གཉིས།
Sanskrit: dvādaśāyatana
These comprise six inner sense fields and six outer sense fields. See 1.14 and respective glossary entries.
g.1598
two extremes of eternalism and nihilism
Wylie: rtag pa dang chad pa’i mtha’ gnyis
Tibetan: རྟག་པ་དང་ཆད་པའི་མཐའ་གཉིས།
Sanskrit: śāśvatānta ucchedānta
The two extreme views to be avoided when seeking an insight into emptiness.
g.1599
two modes of awareness
Wylie: rig pa gnyis
Tibetan: རིག་པ་གཉིས།
Sanskrit: dvividyā
The two modes of awareness are intrinsic and extraneous. In this context, the former may indicate the awareness of one’s own mind and the latter the awareness of the minds of others.
g.1600
two prominent [backs of] his arms
Wylie: phyag gnyis kyi gong mtho
Tibetan: ཕྱག་གཉིས་ཀྱི་གོང་མཐོ།
Sanskrit: utsaṅghahastau
g.1601
two prominent [backs of] his legs
Wylie: zhabs gnyis kyi gong mtho
Tibetan: ཞབས་གཉིས་ཀྱི་གོང་མཐོ།
Sanskrit: utsaṅghapādau
g.1602
ultimate reality
Wylie: don dam bden pa
Tibetan: དོན་དམ་བདེན་པ།
Sanskrit: paramārthasatya
See “ultimate truth.”
g.1603
ultimate truth
Wylie: don dam bden pa
Tibetan: དོན་དམ་བདེན་པ།
Sanskrit: paramārthasatya
Ultimate truth is defined as a synonym of emptiness, the ultimate nature of phenomena, in contrast to the relative truth of conventionally experienced perceptions. Also translated here as “ultimate reality.”
g.1604
unactualized
Wylie: yongs su ma grub pa
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་མ་གྲུབ་པ།
Sanskrit: anutpanna
g.1605
unapprehended
Wylie: dmigs su med pa
Tibetan: དམིགས་སུ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: anupalabdhya, anupalabdha
g.1606
Unattached, Liberated, and Uncovered Like Space
Wylie: nam mkha’ ltar chags pa med la rnam par grol zhing gos pa med pa
Tibetan: ནམ་མཁའ་ལྟར་ཆགས་པ་མེད་ལ་རྣམ་པར་གྲོལ་ཞིང་གོས་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: ākāsasaṅghavimuktinirupalepa
Name of the 111th meditative stability.
g.1607
unborn
Wylie: ma skyes
Tibetan: མ་སྐྱེས།
Sanskrit: ajāta
g.1608
unchanging
Wylie: ’gyur ba med pa
Tibetan: འགྱུར་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: avikāra
g.1609
uncommon phenomena
Wylie: thun mong ma lags pa’i chos
Tibetan: ཐུན་མོང་མ་ལགས་པའི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit: asādhāraṇadharma
Uncommon phenomena from the perspective of ordinary persons, as described in 2.84, include the following: the thirty-seven aspects of enlightenment, the ten powers of the tathāgatas, the four assurances, the four kinds of exact knowledge, the three gateways to liberation, and [all the aforementioned attributes], up to and including the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.(See also n.141).
g.1610
unconditioned
Wylie: mngon par ’dus ma byas pa
Tibetan: མངོན་པར་འདུས་མ་བྱས་པ།
Sanskrit: abhyasaṃskṛta
g.1611
unconditioned phenomena
Wylie: ’dus ma byas pa’i chos
Tibetan: འདུས་མ་བྱས་པའི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit: asaṃskṛtadharma
Unconditioned phenomena, as described in 2.82, include the following: Non-arising, non-abiding, non-disintegration, and non-transformation with respect to all things, and similarly, the cessation of desire, the cessation of hatred, the cessation of delusion, the abiding of phenomena in the real nature, reality, the expanse of reality, maturity with respect to all things, the real nature, the unmistaken real nature, the inalienable real nature, and the finality of existence.(See also n.141).
g.1612
Unconquerable
Wylie: zad mi shes pa
Tibetan: ཟད་མི་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: ajaya
Name of the forty-first meditative stability.
g.1613
uncontained
Wylie: khongs su gtogs ma ma yin pa
Tibetan: ཁོངས་སུ་གཏོགས་མ་མ་ཡིན་པ།
Sanskrit: aparyāpanna
g.1614
uncontaminated
Wylie: ma ’dres pa
Tibetan: མ་འདྲེས་པ།
Sanskrit: aśabala
g.1615
uncontaminated gnosis
Wylie: zag med pa’i ye shes
Tibetan: ཟག་མེད་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: anāsravajñāna
g.1616
uncontaminated phenomena
Wylie: zag pa ma mchis pa’i chos
Tibetan: ཟག་པ་མ་མཆིས་པའི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit: anāsravadharma
Uncontaminated phenomena, as described in 2.80, include the following: the four applications of mindfulness, and likewise all those [aforementioned causal and fruitional] attributes, up to and including the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.(See also n.141).
g.1617
uncreated
Wylie: mi byed
Tibetan: མི་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: na karoti
g.1618
uncrushability
Wylie: brdzi ba med pa, mi rdzi ba nyid
Tibetan: བརྫི་བ་མེད་པ།, མི་རྫི་བ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: anavamardanīya, anavamṛdayatā
g.1619
undauntedness
Wylie: zhum pa med pa
Tibetan: ཞུམ་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: asaṃlīna
g.1620
understanding is perfectly pure
Wylie: mkhyen pa yongs su dag pa
Tibetan: མཁྱེན་པ་ཡོངས་སུ་དག་པ།
Sanskrit: pariśuddhajñatā
Seventeenth of the eighty minor marks.
g.1621
understanding of all phenomena
Wylie: rnam mkhyen, rnam par mkhyen pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་མཁྱེན།, རྣམ་པར་མཁྱེན་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvākārajñāna
First of the eight progressive sections of clear realization.
g.1622
understanding of omniscience
Wylie: thams cad shes pa nyid
Tibetan: ཐམས་ཅད་ཤེས་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: sarvajñatā
Third of the eight progressive sections of clear realization.
g.1623
understanding of the aspects of the path
Wylie: lam gyi rnam pa shes pa nyid, lam gyi rnam pa shes pa
Tibetan: ལམ་གྱི་རྣམ་པ་ཤེས་པ་ཉིད།, ལམ་གྱི་རྣམ་པ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: mārgākārajñatā
Second of the eight progressive sections of clear realization.
g.1624
undervalue
Wylie: spong
Tibetan: སྤོང་།
Sanskrit: riñciṣyati
g.1625
undestroyed
Wylie: mi ’jig
Tibetan: མི་འཇིག
Sanskrit: na vikaroti
g.1626
undifferentiated nature
Wylie: tha dad med pa nyid
Tibetan: ཐ་དད་མེད་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: anānātva
g.1627
undistractedness
Wylie: rnam par mi g.yeng ba
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་མི་གཡེང་བ།
Sanskrit: saṃgraha
g.1628
unemancipated [in nirvāṇa]
Wylie: nges par ’byung ba med pa
Tibetan: ངེས་པར་འབྱུང་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: aniryāta
g.1629
uneven
Wylie: phya le ma yin pa
Tibetan: ཕྱ་ལེ་མ་ཡིན་པ།
Sanskrit: viṣama
g.1630
unfavorable circumstance
Wylie: gshis ngan
Tibetan: གཤིས་ངན།
Sanskrit: viṣamāparihāra
g.1631
unguent
Wylie: byug pa
Tibetan: བྱུག་པ།
Sanskrit: upalepa
g.1632
unhusked rice
Wylie: ’bras sA lu
Tibetan: འབྲས་སཱ་ལུ།
Sanskrit: śāli
g.1633
uniformity of all things
Wylie: chos kyi mnyam pa nyid
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་མཉམ་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: dharmasamatā
g.1634
Unimpaired
Wylie: brjed pa med pa
Tibetan: བརྗེད་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: asampramuṣita
Name of the twentieth meditative stability.
g.1635
union
Wylie: rnal ’byor
Tibetan: རྣལ་འབྱོར།
Sanskrit: yoga
g.1636
Unity of Aspects
Wylie: rnam pa gcig tu gyur pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པ་གཅིག་ཏུ་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit: ekākāra
Name of the eighty-fourth meditative stability.
g.1637
universal monarch
Wylie: ’khor los sgyur ba’i rgyal po
Tibetan: འཁོར་ལོས་སྒྱུར་བའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: cakravartīrāja
The concept of the benign universal monarch or emperor who rules in accordance with the law of the sacred teachings of Buddhism is one that has permeated Buddhist literature since the time of Aśoka. Their appearance in the world is considered a unique and rare event, just as the appearance of a buddha is considered to be unique and rare.
g.1638
unkempt
Wylie: smad pa
Tibetan: སྨད་པ།
Sanskrit: jugupsita
g.1639
unmistaken real nature
Wylie: ma nor ba de bzhin nyid
Tibetan: མ་ནོར་བ་དེ་བཞིན་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: avitathatā
g.1640
Unmodified
Wylie: rnam pa med pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: avikāra
Name of the sixty-fifth meditative stability.
g.1641
unobscured
Wylie: sgrib pa med pa
Tibetan: སྒྲིབ་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: nirāvaraṇa
g.1642
unobstructed
Wylie: thogs pa med pa
Tibetan: ཐོགས་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: apratigha
g.1643
unoriginated
Wylie: yongs su ma byung ba
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་མ་བྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit: asadbhūta
g.1644
unreliable
Wylie: yid brtan du mi rung ba
Tibetan: ཡིད་བརྟན་དུ་མི་རུང་བ།
Sanskrit: anāśvāsanīyataḥ
g.1645
unrevealed
Wylie: bstan du med pa
Tibetan: བསྟན་དུ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: anidarśana
g.1646
Unseeking
Wylie: tshol ba med pa
Tibetan: ཚོལ་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: animiṣa
Name of the thirty-first meditative stability.
g.1647
unseen
Wylie: ma mthong ba
Tibetan: མ་མཐོང་བ།
Sanskrit: adṛṣṭa
g.1648
Unseen Pinnacle
Wylie: spyi gtsug bltar mi mthong ba
Tibetan: སྤྱི་གཙུག་བལྟར་མི་མཐོང་བ།
Sanskrit: anavalokitamūrdha
Name of the seventh meditative stability. See also Pinnacle of their crown cannot be seen.
g.1649
unskilled
Wylie: thabs la mi mkhas pa
Tibetan: ཐབས་ལ་མི་མཁས་པ།
Sanskrit: upāyākuśala
g.1650
unstable
Wylie: mi gnas
Tibetan: མི་གནས།
Sanskrit: na pratiṣṭhate
g.1651
unsullied
Wylie: nag nog med pa
Tibetan: ནག་ནོག་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: akalmāṣa
g.1652
unsupported
Wylie: rten pa med pa
Tibetan: རྟེན་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: aniśrita
g.1653
unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment
Wylie: bla na med pa yang dag par rdzogs pa’i byang chub
Tibetan: བླ་ན་མེད་པ་ཡང་དག་པར་རྫོགས་པའི་བྱང་ཆུབ།
Sanskrit: anuttarābhisambodhi
g.1654
unsurpassibility
Wylie: zil gyis mi non pa
Tibetan: ཟིལ་གྱིས་མི་ནོན་པ།
Sanskrit: anabhibhūta
g.1655
Unvanquished
Wylie: nges par rgyal ba
Tibetan: ངེས་པར་རྒྱལ་བ།
Sanskrit: nirjita
Name of the forty-fourth meditative stability.
g.1656
Unwavering
Wylie: g.yo ba med pa
Tibetan: གཡོ་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: acala
Name of the seventieth meditative stability.
g.1657
upper robe
Wylie: bla gos
Tibetan: བླ་གོས།
Sanskrit: uttarāsaṅga
g.1658
upright posture
Wylie: sku shin tu drang por ’khrungs pa
Tibetan: སྐུ་ཤིན་ཏུ་དྲང་པོར་འཁྲུངས་པ།
Sanskrit: ṛjukāyodbhavatā
Eighteenth of the thirty-two major marks.
g.1659
Uttarakuru
Wylie: sgra mi snyan
Tibetan: སྒྲ་མི་སྙན།
Sanskrit: uttarakuru
The northern continent of the human world according to traditional Indian cosmology, characterized as “unpleasant sound.”
g.1660
Uttaramati
Wylie: blo gros rgya chen
Tibetan: བློ་གྲོས་རྒྱ་ཆེན།
Sanskrit: uttaramati
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.1661
utter purity
Wylie: shin tu rnam par dag pa
Tibetan: ཤིན་ཏུ་རྣམ་པར་དག་པ།
Sanskrit: atyantaviśuddhi
g.1662
utterly calm
Wylie: shin tu zhi ba
Tibetan: ཤིན་ཏུ་ཞི་བ།
Sanskrit: atipraśānta
g.1663
Utterly Devoid of Delimitation
Wylie: shin tu brtags pa med pa
Tibetan: ཤིན་ཏུ་བརྟགས་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: niratiśaya
Name of the seventy-ninth meditative stability.
g.1664
utterly disheartened
Wylie: kun tu zhum
Tibetan: ཀུན་ཏུ་ཞུམ།
Sanskrit: saṃlīyate
g.1665
utterly fallacious
Wylie: shin tu gsong ldong
Tibetan: ཤིན་ཏུ་གསོང་ལྡོང་།
Sanskrit: atyantānṛtata
g.1666
utterly painful
Wylie: shin tu zug rngu
Tibetan: ཤིན་ཏུ་ཟུག་རྔུ།
Sanskrit: atyantaśalya
g.1667
utterly porous
Wylie: shin tu gse tshags
Tibetan: ཤིན་ཏུ་གསེ་ཚགས།
Sanskrit: atyantacchidrata
g.1668
utterly ripe
Wylie: shin tu ’bras
Tibetan: ཤིན་ཏུ་འབྲས།
Sanskrit: atyantavipāka
g.1669
vacuous
Wylie: ya ma brla
Tibetan: ཡ་མ་བརླ།
Sanskrit: vaśika
g.1670
Vajra family
Wylie: rdo rje’i rigs
Tibetan: རྡོ་རྗེའི་རིགས།
Sanskrit: vajrakula
In this context, the term vajrakula denotes the retinue of the wrathful bodhisattva Vajrapāṇi.
g.1671
Vardhamānamati
Wylie: blo gros ’phel
Tibetan: བློ་གྲོས་འཕེལ།
Sanskrit: vardhamānamati
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.1672
Varuṇadatta
Wylie: chu lhas byin
Tibetan: ཆུ་ལྷས་བྱིན།
Sanskrit: varuṇadatta
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.1673
vehicle of the bodhisattvas
Wylie: byang chub sems dpa’i theg pa
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་དཔའི་ཐེག་པ།
Sanskrit: bodhisattvayāna
This is equivalent to the Great Vehicle.
g.1674
vehicle of the pratyekabuddhas
Wylie: rang rgyal gyi theg pa
Tibetan: རང་རྒྱལ་གྱི་ཐེག་པ།
Sanskrit: pratyekabuddhayāna
g.1675
vehicle of the śrāvakas
Wylie: nyan thos kyi theg pa
Tibetan: ཉན་ཐོས་ཀྱི་ཐེག་པ།
Sanskrit: śrāvakayāna
g.1676
venerable
Wylie: tshe dang ldan pa
Tibetan: ཚེ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: āyuṣmān
A monk or mendicant of seniority. Āyuṣmān (tshe dang ldan pa) is a title of respect directed toward a monk or wandering mendicant who is venerable and in a position of seniority, but not a fully realized buddha. (In the Lalitavistara, ch. 26, Śākyamuni famously rejects this title as a suitable term of address for himself. See, e.g., Dudjom Rinpoche 1991: 423). Āyuṣmān may imply one who has held monastic ordination for a significant number of years, and who has some level of realization, but is still “mortal” and tied to cyclic existence, in contrast to the buddhas, who are “immortal.” Even today Thai monks colloquially address each other, using ayusma for someone senior and avuso (“friend”) for someone junior.
g.1677
venerate
Wylie: bla mar byed pa
Tibetan: བླ་མར་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: gurukaroti
g.1678
verbal abuse
Wylie: tshig rtsub po
Tibetan: ཚིག་རྩུབ་པོ།
Sanskrit: pāruṣya
Sixth of the ten non-virtuous actions.
g.1679
verbal purity
Wylie: ngag yongs su dag pa
Tibetan: ངག་ཡོངས་སུ་དག་པ།
Sanskrit: vākpariśuddhi
g.1680
verbally constructed
Wylie: tshig gis bstan pa
Tibetan: ཚིག་གིས་བསྟན་པ།
Sanskrit: sandarśita
g.1681
verdigris
Wylie: zangs g.ya’
Tibetan: ཟངས་གཡའ།
Sanskrit: tāmrakiṭṭa
g.1682
vermilion
Wylie: mtshal
Tibetan: མཚལ།
Sanskrit: hiṅgula
g.1683
verse
Wylie: tshigs su bcad pa
Tibetan: ཚིགས་སུ་བཅད་པ།
Sanskrit: śloka
g.1684
verses
Wylie: tshigs su bcad pa’i sde
Tibetan: ཚིགས་སུ་བཅད་པའི་སྡེ།
Sanskrit: gāthā
Fourth of the twelve branches of the scriptures.
g.1685
victory banner
Wylie: rgyal mtshan
Tibetan: རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit: dvaja
One of the eight auspicious symbols, often in the form of a roof-top ornament, representing the Buddha’s victory over malign forces.
g.1686
Victory Banner’s Crest
Wylie: rgyal mtshan gyi rtse mo’i tog
Tibetan: རྒྱལ་མཚན་གྱི་རྩེ་མོའི་ཏོག
Sanskrit: dhvajāgraketurāja, dhvajāgraketu
Name of the twenty-fourth meditative stability.
g.1687
viewer
Wylie: mthong ba po
Tibetan: མཐོང་བ་པོ།
Sanskrit: darśaka
g.1688
Vimuktisena
Wylie: rnam grol sde
Tibetan: རྣམ་གྲོལ་སྡེ།
Sanskrit: vimuktisena
Indian commentator (fl. early sixth century).
g.1689
Vinaya
Wylie: ’dul ba
Tibetan: འདུལ་བ།
Sanskrit: vinaya
The vows and texts pertaining to monastic discipline.
g.1690
violence
Wylie: rnam par ’tshe ba
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་འཚེ་བ།
Sanskrit: hiṃsa
g.1691
virtuous ascetic
Wylie: dge sbyong
Tibetan: དགེ་སྦྱོང་།
Sanskrit: śramaṇa
A general term applied to spiritual practitioners who live as ascetic mendicants. In Buddhist texts, the term usually refers to Buddhist monastics, but it can also designate a practitioner from other ascetic/monastic spiritual traditions. In this context śramaṇa is often contrasted with the term brāhmaṇa (bram ze), which refers broadly to followers of the Vedic tradition. Any renunciate, not just a Buddhist, could be referred to as a śramaṇa if they were not within the Vedic fold. The epithet Great Śramaṇa is often applied to the Buddha.
g.1692
virtuous attributes
Wylie: dge ba’i chos
Tibetan: དགེ་བའི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit: kuśaladharma
Also translated here as “virtuous phenomena.”
g.1693
virtuous phenomena
Wylie: dge ba’i chos
Tibetan: དགེ་བའི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit: kuśaladharma
Also translated here as “virtuous attributes.” For a listing of the mundane virtuous phenomena, see 2.75.(See also n.141).
g.1694
visage that resembles the full moon
Wylie: zhal zla ba nya ba lta bu
Tibetan: ཞལ་ཟླ་བ་ཉ་བ་ལྟ་བུ།
Sanskrit: pūrṇonduvadanā
Twenty-seventh or thirty-first of the thirty-two major marks.
g.1695
Viśeṣamati
Wylie: blo gros khyad par can
Tibetan: བློ་གྲོས་ཁྱད་པར་ཅན།
Sanskrit: viśeṣamati
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.1696
viviparous birth
Wylie: mngal skyes
Tibetan: མངལ་སྐྱེས།
Sanskrit: jārāyuja
First of the four modes of birth.
g.1697
voice is deep [like the trumpet of an elephant or the rolling of thunder]
Wylie: dbyangs zab pa
Tibetan: དབྱངས་ཟབ་པ།
Sanskrit: gajagarjitajimūtaghoṣatā
Twenty-fifth of the eighty minor marks; the additional simile comes from the Sanskrit term used in this list in other sūtras.
g.1698
voice of the tathāgatas endowed with sixty aspects
Wylie: gsung yan lag drug bcu dang ldan pa, gsung dbyangs rnam pa drug bcu
Tibetan: གསུང་ཡན་ལག་དྲུག་བཅུ་དང་ལྡན་པ།, གསུང་དབྱངས་རྣམ་པ་དྲུག་བཅུ།
See n.272.
g.1699
void
Wylie: dben pa, gsog
Tibetan: དབེན་པ།, གསོག
Sanskrit: vivakta, tucchaka
Also translated here as “voidness.”
g.1700
voidness
Wylie: dben pa, gsog
Tibetan: དབེན་པ།, གསོག
Sanskrit: vivakta, tucchaka
Also translated here as “void.”
g.1701
volition
Wylie: mos pa
Tibetan: མོས་པ།
Sanskrit: adhimukti, adhimuñcyamāna
Also translated here as “inclination,” “will,” and “intent.”
g.1702
Vulture Peak
Wylie: bya rgod kyi phung po’i ri
Tibetan: བྱ་རྒོད་ཀྱི་ཕུང་པོའི་རི།
Sanskrit: gṛdhrakūṭa
The Gṛdhrakūṭa, literally Vulture Peak, was a hill located in the kingdom of Magadha, in the vicinity of the ancient city of Rājagṛha (modern-day Rajgir, in the state of Bihar, India), where the Buddha bestowed many sūtras, especially the Great Vehicle teachings, such as the Prajñāpāramitā sūtras. It continues to be a sacred pilgrimage site for Buddhists to this day.
g.1703
waist cloth
Wylie: ras yug chen
Tibetan: རས་ཡུག་ཆེན།
Sanskrit: paṭaka, cīvara
g.1704
wandering mendicant
Wylie: kun tu rgyu
Tibetan: ཀུན་ཏུ་རྒྱུ།
Sanskrit: parivrājika
A non-Buddhist religious mendicant who literally “roams around.” Historically, they wandered in India from ancient times, including the time of the Buddha, and held a variety of beliefs, engaging with one another in debate on a range of topics. Some of their metaphysical views are presented in the early Buddhist discourses of the Pali Canon. They included women in their number.
g.1705
warmth
Wylie: drod
Tibetan: དྲོད།
Sanskrit: uṣmagata
Name of the 1st training on the path of preparation.
g.1706
water element
Wylie: chu’i khams
Tibetan: ཆུའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: abdhātu
g.1707
way of the buddhas
Wylie: sangs rgyas kyi tshul
Tibetan: སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་ཚུལ།
Sanskrit: buddhanetrī
g.1708
weaken
Wylie: stobs chung bar bgyid
Tibetan: སྟོབས་ཆུང་བར་བགྱིད།
Sanskrit: durbalīkaroti
g.1709
well distinguished by conditioned phenomena
Wylie: ’dus byas kyis rab tu phye ba
Tibetan: འདུས་བྱས་ཀྱིས་རབ་ཏུ་ཕྱེ་བ།
Sanskrit: samskṛtsprabhāvita
g.1710
well-being
Wylie: phan pa
Tibetan: ཕན་པ།
Sanskrit: hita
g.1711
wheat
Wylie: gro
Tibetan: གྲོ།
Sanskrit: godhūma
g.1712
when beings are inclined toward pleasant states
Wylie: sdug pa nyid du mos pa
Tibetan: སྡུག་པ་ཉིད་དུ་མོས་པ།
Sanskrit: śubhādhimukti
Third of the eight aspects of liberation.
g.1713
when corporeal beings observe physical forms
Wylie: gzugs can gzugs rnams la lta ba
Tibetan: གཟུགས་ཅན་གཟུགས་རྣམས་ལ་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit: rūpī rūpāṇi paśyati
First of the eight aspects of liberation.
g.1714
when formless beings endowed with internal perception observe external physical forms
Wylie: nang gzugs med par ’du shes pas phyi rol gyi gzugs rnams la lta ba
Tibetan: ནང་གཟུགས་མེད་པར་འདུ་ཤེས་པས་ཕྱི་རོལ་གྱི་གཟུགས་རྣམས་ལ་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit: adhyātmamarūpasaṃjñī bahirthā rūpāṇi paśyati
Second of the eight aspects of liberation.
g.1715
white lotus
Wylie: pad ma dkar po
Tibetan: པད་མ་དཀར་པོ།
Sanskrit: puṇḍarika
g.1716
who propound inaction
Wylie: bya ba ma yin pa smra ba
Tibetan: བྱ་བ་མ་ཡིན་པ་སྨྲ་བ།
Sanskrit: akriyāvādin
g.1717
whose afflicted mental states have ended
Wylie: nyon mongs pa zad pa
Tibetan: ཉོན་མོངས་པ་ཟད་པ།
Sanskrit: kleśakṣaya
g.1718
whose series of lives has ended
Wylie: tshe zad pa
Tibetan: ཚེ་ཟད་པ།
Sanskrit: āyuḥkṣaya
g.1719
why
Wylie: ci’i slad du
Tibetan: ཅིའི་སླད་དུ།
Sanskrit: kena kāraṇena
g.1720
wide eyes and bovine eyelashes
Wylie: spyan yangs shing ba’i rdzi ma lta bu
Tibetan: སྤྱན་ཡངས་ཤིང་བའི་རྫི་མ་ལྟ་བུ།
Sanskrit: viśālagopakṣmanetratā
Twenty-seventh of the thirty-two major marks.
g.1721
wild licorice
Wylie: mda’ rgyus
Tibetan: མདའ་རྒྱུས།
Sanskrit: śara
Abrus precatorius.
g.1722
wilderness
Wylie: ’brog dgon
Tibetan: འབྲོག་དགོན།
Sanskrit: kāntāra
g.1723
willingness
Wylie: ’dod pa
Tibetan: འདོད་པ།
Sanskrit: ruci, cchanda
g.1724
wind disorders
Wylie: rlung las gyur pa’i nad
Tibetan: རླུང་ལས་གྱུར་པའི་ནད།
Sanskrit: vātikāvyādhi
First of the four kinds of disease.
g.1725
wind element
Wylie: rlung gi khams
Tibetan: རླུང་གི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: vāyudhātu
g.1726
wisdom
Wylie: shes rab
Tibetan: ཤེས་རབ།
Sanskrit: prajñā
In the context of the transcendent perfections, wisdom is the sixth of the six transcendent perfections.The translation of prajñā (shes rab) by “wisdom” here defers to the precedent established by Edward Conze in his writings. It has a certain poetic resonance which more accurate renderings—“discernment,” “discriminative awareness,” or “intelligence”—unfortunately lack. It should be remembered that in Abhidharma, prajñā is classed as one of the five object-determining mental states (pañcaviṣayaniyata, yul nges lnga), alongside “will,” “resolve,” “mindfulness,” and “meditative stability.” Following Asaṅga’s Abhidharmasamuccaya, Jamgon Kongtrul (TOK, Book 6, Pt. 2, p. 498), defines prajñā as “the discriminative awareness that analyzes specific and general characteristics.” Therefore “wisdom” in this context is to be understood in the cognitive or analytical Germanic sense of witan or weis (Dayal 1932: 136) and not as an abstract “body of knowledge,” or in any aloof and mysterious theosophical sense. Nor indeed is there any association with the Greek sophia. Also translated here as “discriminative awareness.”
g.1727
wisdom that is instantaneously endowed with the adamantine meditative stability
Wylie: rdo rje lta bu’i ting nge ’dzin skad cig gcig dang ldan pa’i shes rab
Tibetan: རྡོ་རྗེ་ལྟ་བུའི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་སྐད་ཅིག་གཅིག་དང་ལྡན་པའི་ཤེས་རབ།
Sanskrit: vajropamasamādhi sthitvaikacittakṣaṇasamāyuktaprajñā
g.1728
wish
Wylie: bsam pa
Tibetan: བསམ་པ།
Sanskrit: abhiprāya
g.1729
wish to comprehend
Wylie: yongs su shes par byed ’dod pa
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་ཤེས་པར་བྱེད་འདོད་པ།
Sanskrit: parijñātukāma
g.1730
withhold
Wylie: ’dor bar byed
Tibetan: འདོར་བར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: chorikā karoti
g.1731
without a self
Wylie: bdag med pa
Tibetan: བདག་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: anātmataḥ
g.1732
without apprehending anything
Wylie: mi dmigs pa’i tshul du
Tibetan: མི་དམིགས་པའི་ཚུལ་དུ།
Sanskrit: anupalambhayogena
The expression “without apprehending anything” suggests that great bodhisattva beings should teach without perceiving anything as inherently existing. Lamotte, The Treatise on the Great Virtue of Wisdom, vol. IV, p. 1763, note 564, renders this term as “by a method of non-perceiving.”
g.1733
without aspiration
Wylie: smon pa med pa
Tibetan: སྨོན་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: apraṇihita
g.1734
without blindness
Wylie: mun pa ma mchis pa nyid
Tibetan: མུན་པ་མ་མཆིས་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: anandhakāratā
g.1735
without clumsiness
Wylie: ’khrul pa med pa
Tibetan: འཁྲུལ་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: nāsti skhalitam
First of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.1736
without conceptual notions
Wylie: rnam par rtog pa med pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་རྟོག་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: nirvikalpa
g.1737
without contaminants
Wylie: zag pa med pa
Tibetan: ཟག་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: anāsrava
g.1738
without defect
Wylie: nyes pa med pa
Tibetan: ཉེས་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: anaparādha
g.1739
without denomination
Wylie: ming du gdags pa med pa
Tibetan: མིང་དུ་གདགས་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: na nāma prajñapti
g.1740
without differentiating perceptions
Wylie: tha dad pa’i ’du shes med pa
Tibetan: ཐ་དད་པའི་འདུ་ཤེས་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: nāsti nānātvasaṃjñā
Fourth or fifth of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.1741
without false memories
Wylie: bsnyel ba med pa
Tibetan: བསྙེལ་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: nāsti muṣitasmṛtitā
Third of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.1742
without foundation
Wylie: gzhi med
Tibetan: གཞི་མེད།
Sanskrit: avastuka
g.1743
without inherent existence
Wylie: rang bzhin med pa
Tibetan: རང་བཞིན་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: aprakṛti
g.1744
without real nature
Wylie: de bzhin nyid med pa
Tibetan: དེ་བཞིན་ཉིད་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: atathatā
g.1745
without relying on external conditions
Wylie: gzhan gi dring la mi ’jog pa
Tibetan: གཞན་གི་དྲིང་ལ་མི་འཇོག་པ།
Sanskrit: aparapratyaya
g.1746
Without Settled Focus
Wylie: gnas su bya ba med pa
Tibetan: གནས་སུ་བྱ་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: niradhiṣṭhāna
Name of the eighty-first meditative stability.
g.1747
without support
Wylie: mi rten pa
Tibetan: མི་རྟེན་པ།
Sanskrit: aniśrita
g.1748
without syllables
Wylie: yi ge med pa
Tibetan: ཡི་གེ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: anakṣara
g.1749
without the indifference that lacks discernment
Wylie: so sor ma brtags pa’i btang snyoms med pa
Tibetan: སོ་སོར་མ་བརྟགས་པའི་བཏང་སྙོམས་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: apratisaṃkhyāyopeksā
Sixth of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas. Also rendered here as as “without indifference that does not make distinctions.”
g.1750
without uncomposed minds
Wylie: sems mnyam par ma bzhag pa med pa
Tibetan: སེམས་མཉམ་པར་མ་བཞག་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: nāsty asamāhitacitta
Forth or fifth of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.1751
words that syllables form
Wylie: yi ge bsgrub pa rnams
Tibetan: ཡི་གེ་བསྒྲུབ་པ་རྣམས།
Sanskrit: akṣarābhinirhāra
g.1752
world of “patient endurance”
Wylie: mi mjed ’jig rten gyi khams
Tibetan: མི་མཇེད་འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: sahālokadhātu
The name for our world system, the universe of a thousand million worlds, or trichiliocosm, in which the four-continent world is located. Each trichiliocosm is ruled by a god Brahmā; thus, in this context, he bears the title of Sahāṃpati, Lord of Sahā. The world system of Sahā, or Sahālokadhātu, is also described as the buddhafield of the Buddha Śākyamuni where he teaches the Dharma to beings. The name Sahā possibly derives from the Sanskrit √sah, “to bear, endure, or withstand.” It is often interpreted as alluding to the inhabitants of this world being able to endure the suffering they encounter. The Tibetan translation, mi mjed, follows along the same lines. It literally means “not painful,” in the sense that beings here are able to bear the suffering they experience.See also n.196.
g.1753
world system
Wylie: ’jig rten gyi khams
Tibetan: འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: lokadhātu
The term lokadhātu refers to a single four continent world-system illumined by a sun and moon, with a Mount Meru at its center and an encircling ring of mountains at its periphery, and with the various god realms above, thus including the desire, form, and formless realms.The term can also refer to groups of such world-systems in multiples of thousands. A universe of one thousand such world-systems is called a chiliocosm (sāhasralokadhātu, stong gi ’jig rten gyi khams); one thousand such chiliocosms is called a dichiliocosm (dvisāhasralokadhātu, stong gnyis kyi ’jig rten gyi khams); and one thousand such dichiliocosms is called a trichiliocosm (trisāhasralokadhātu, stong gsum gyi 'jig rten gyi khams). A trichiliocosm is the largest universe described in Buddhist cosmology.
g.1754
world system of desire
Wylie: ’dod pa’i khams
Tibetan: འདོད་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: kāmadhātu
In Buddhist cosmology, this is our own realm, the lowest and most coarse of the three realms of saṃsāra. It is called this because beings here are characterized by their strong longing for and attachment to the pleasures of the senses. The desire realm includes hell beings, hungry ghosts, animals, humans, asuras, and the lowest six heavens of the gods—from the Heaven of the Four Great Kings (cāturmahārājika) up to the Heaven of Making Use of Others’ Emanations (paranirmitavaśavartin). Located above the desire realm is the form realm (rūpadhātu) and the formless realm (ārūpyadhātu).
g.1755
world system of form
Wylie: gzugs kyi khams
Tibetan: གཟུགས་ཀྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: rūpadhātu
One of the three realms of saṃsāra in Buddhist cosmology, it is characterized by subtle materiality. Here beings, though subtly embodied, are not driven primarily by the urge for sense gratification. It consists of seventeen heavens structured according to the four concentrations of the form realm (rūpāvacaradhyāna), the highest five of which are collectively called “pure abodes” (śuddhāvāsa). The form realm is located above the desire realm (kāmadhātu) and below the formless realm (ārūpyadhātu).
g.1756
world system of formlessness
Wylie: gzugs med pa’i khams
Tibetan: གཟུགས་མེད་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: ārūpyadhatu
The highest and subtlest of the three realms of saṃsāra in Buddhist cosmology. Here beings are no longer bound by materiality and enjoy a purely mental state of absorption. It is divided in four levels according to each of the four formless concentrations (ārūpyāvacaradhyāna), namely, the Sphere of Infinite Space (ākāśānantyāyatana), the Sphere of Infinite Consciousness (vijñānānantyāyatana), the Sphere of Nothingness (akiñcanyāyatana), and the Sphere of Neither Perception nor Non-perception (naivasaṃjñānāsaṃjñāyatana). The formless realm is located above the other two realms of saṃsāra, the form realm (rūpadhātu) and the desire realm (kāmadhātu).
g.1757
worldliness
Wylie: zang zing
Tibetan: ཟང་ཟིང་།
Sanskrit: āmiṣa
g.1758
worldly convention
Wylie: tha snyad
Tibetan: ཐ་སྙད།
Sanskrit: vyavahāra
g.1759
worldly covetousness
Wylie: ’jig rten la brnab sems
Tibetan: འཇིག་རྟེན་ལ་བརྣབ་སེམས།
Sanskrit: lokābhidhyā
g.1760
worldly gift
Wylie: zang zing gi sbyin pa
Tibetan: ཟང་ཟིང་གི་སྦྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: āmiṣadāna
g.1761
worldly protector
Wylie: ’jig rten skyong ba
Tibetan: འཇིག་རྟེན་སྐྱོང་བ།
Sanskrit: lokapāla
g.1762
worthy of beholding
Wylie: lta bar ’os pa dag
Tibetan: ལྟ་བར་འོས་པ་དག
Sanskrit: samantaprāsādikatā
Twentieth of the eighty minor marks.
g.1763
worthy of veneration
Wylie: bla ma’i gnas pa
Tibetan: བླ་མའི་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit: gurusthānīya
g.1764
worthy recipient
Wylie: snod
Tibetan: སྣོད།
Sanskrit: bhājana
g.1765
worthy recipient
Wylie: sbyin gnas
Tibetan: སྦྱིན་གནས།
Sanskrit: dakṣiṇīya
g.1766
wrong view
Wylie: lta ba
Tibetan: ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit: dṛṣṭi
Second of the four torrents.
g.1767
wrong views
Wylie: log par lta ba
Tibetan: ལོག་པར་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit: mithyādṛṣṭi
Tenth of the ten non-virtuous actions.
g.1768
yakṣa
Wylie: gnod sbyin
Tibetan: གནོད་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit: yakṣa
A class of male and female spirits, depicted as holding choppers, cleavers, and swords. Inhabiting mountainous areas and sylvan groves, their name in Tibetan (gnod sbyin, “granting harm”) suggests a malign nature.
g.1769
Yama
Wylie: gshin rje
Tibetan: གཤིན་རྗེ།
Sanskrit: yama
Lord of death.
g.1770
Yāma
Wylie: ’thab bral
Tibetan: འཐབ་བྲལ།
Sanskrit: yāma
Third god realm of desire, meaning “strifeless.”
g.1771
Yawning Lion
Wylie: seng ge rnam par bsgyings pa
Tibetan: སེང་གེ་རྣམ་པར་བསྒྱིངས་པ།
Sanskrit: siṃhavijṛmbhita
Name of the twenty-seventh meditative stability.
g.1772
Yeshé Dé
Wylie: ye shes sde
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་སྡེ།
Yeshé Dé (late eighth to early ninth century) was the most prolific translator of sūtras into Tibetan. Altogether he is credited with the translation of more than one hundred sixty sūtra translations and more than one hundred additional translations, mostly on tantric topics. In spite of Yeshé Dé’s great importance for the propagation of Buddhism in Tibet during the imperial era, only a few biographical details about this figure are known. Later sources describe him as a student of the Indian teacher Padmasambhava, and he is also credited with teaching both sūtra and tantra widely to students of his own. He was also known as Nanam Yeshé Dé, from the Nanam (sna nam) clan.
g.1773
yojana
Wylie: dpag tshad
Tibetan: དཔག་ཚད།
Sanskrit: yojana
The yoking distance of oxen, based on the interpretation of the Treasury of Abhidharma (Abhidharmakośa), Ch. 3, vv. 87–88, one yojana may be calculated to be 7.315 metres or 4 miles 960 yds.